Isis-Statue. 
From C. Bunge: "The Science of Breath." Mazmzmn 
I CULTOR€_ 
If 
MAIMNAN/'TOI 
CHICAGO, ILL U.J.A. 
/- ✓ ✓> ///*"? - Revised and Supplemented Edition, 
Copyrighted in 1914, by the 
MAZDAZNAN PRESS 
Chicago, Illinois, U. S. A. FOREWORD 
SINCE our repeated re-print of Health and Breath Culture 
we have been approached with the plea to give a few pointers 
to those who are not in a position to avail themselves of the 
Three Months' Course given by the Centers. We are only too 
happy to do so, since the edition of 1902 was intended for pupils 
who studied with us or our graduates. As will be remembered by 
reading the Preface to the first edition it was never our intention to 
write books, neither do we care to do so now. We prefer to expound 
The Only Great and Inimitable Philosophy of Life-Ma^da^nan, 
orally. Only upon urgent request from pupils, who found Mazdaz- 
nan being plagiarized by recognized literateurs and the press in 
general, have we submitted to frame up some lessons as taught in 
regular courses. 
Ever since the return of Anquetil du Perron from Surat, India, 
to France in 1762 Mazdaznan has been plagiarized for aggrandize- 
ment of individuals and schools, and there hardly is a system through- 
out the civilized world that has not been benefitted by its wonderful 
teachings, giving no credit to the source, still using its sacred names 
for commercial purposes, knowing only too well its magic effects, as 
in-Ma^da Light. 
Rev. Dr. Otoman Zar-Adusht Hanish was the first to declare the 
source of rational inspiration after Swedenborg, Voltaire, Kant, 
Spinoza, Renan, Schopenhauer, Max Muller, Spencer, Haeckel, 
Jackson, and many others, too numerous to mention, have for some 
reasons failed to give due credit to the true source of their learning, 
and yet most liberally have made use of the material that assured 
them an authoritative standing before the academic world. 
Let it be remembered that there are people in this world who have 
love for humanity at their hearts, and are so happily situated that they 
need not worry for the morrow. Having tested for themselves the 
golden maxim that "Self-preservation is the first law in Nature" the 
Good Spirit lead them to the discovery of the "Elixir of Life" as 
you are being led to it right now. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
It is folly to withhold knowledge, understanding and wisdom 
from our kind. We are to make the way unto Progress straight that 
many more of us may enjoy the inexhaustible storehouse of Nature, 
since Knowledge of Nature is Power; Knowledge of God is Life. 
Man is so constituted that to his possibilities no limit can be set. 
But he is not free to develop his higher nature because of the sugges- 
tions he has fallen prey to, and is still influenced by, and because the 
real source of information is no longer known to him. "God has 
made man perfect, but man has made unto himself many inven- 
tions." 
Man has to gather his information from two sources-Inspira- 
tion and Revelation. In this way alone may man reach Polarisation 
and Realisation. Let us never forget that as a product of the Earth or 
Heaven we are the only ones of all creation who do not only 
think deductively, but have power to convey our thought unto others 
by word and demonstrate it through deed. Still, no matter how 
much we may acquaint ourselves with mental laws we never dare to 
forget our elementary nature, always keeping before us the picture of 
the long-lived cypress which with the advance of growth into upper 
air correspondingly casts roots into the depth of the earth to 
keep its balance, and therefore becomes well seasoned, and even 
though cut up into lumber, outlasts all other wood-almost breathing 
immortality. 
Keep your physical evenly balanced with the mental, bearing in 
mind that he alone who controls both, brain and muscle, gains all 
that life can possibly offer. 
Keeping up the following simple instructions for just one month 
will suffice to prove to you that all we need is to prepare our 
nature, cultivate the elementary conditions, and the fruits of the spirit 
are sure to follow. 
Demonstrations need no proof, they are stubborn Facts. There 
are thousands upon thousands who have learned to demonstrate. 
We do not have to print and reprint their testimonials, as we object 
to hypnotic spells, persuasion and influence; that may do for the 
weak- and shallow-minded; we prefer to point the way unto truth 
and life to those who need not be carried all the way. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
"God assists those who help themselves." Be a man; be a real 
woman. The gestative period of savagery is past; civilization has 
carried us through our childhood days of dependency; the liberty bell 
unto the Fatherhood of God is ringing in our ears; be a man; rally 
around the Banner of Peace-for in Peace we shall prosper. 
The infallibility and superiority of Ma^da^nan Culture is sus- 
tained by the fact that the Public through its Teachers, the Press 
through its Writers, the Pulpit through its Ministers, has and does 
continue to copy and imitate Ma^da^nan. An Imitation always 
bears out the efficacy and genuiness of the Original. 
Ever ready to assist and counsel unto the very last, 
We remain, in the interest of your welfare, 
REV. DR. OTOMAN ZAR-ADUSHT HANISH MAZDAZNAN 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE. 
INTRODUCTORY LESSON. 
SALUTATION: In the Name of Friendship for the 
Furtherance of Common Sense and Reason; 
Greeting:-- 
BEFORE going into the Study of Health and Breath Culture 
we shall be pleased to have our pupils acquaint themselves 
with a few facts so essential for the results to be obtained 
from so vast a Study as that of Health and Breath. Above 
all things let us always remember that Study is one thing and 
Practice is another. Study precedes Practice. As the Study so the 
Practice. Is the Study a feasable, reasonable and a logical one, then 
Practice will be followed with equal results, and most satisfactory to 
the earnest Student. 
Although living in the Eternal Now we nevertheless are aware 
of the fact that Time is precious and Life is short. Besides, the 
demands made upon us in this Age of Reason are most strenuous and 
the "Survival of the Fittest" no longer applies to Men of Muscle 
but to the Man of Nerve and Brain. It is the schoolboy only, who 
with some pride still measures the lumps in his muscles, as the old 
time phrenologist would feel the bumps upon the victims cranium. 
Men in the daily walks of life must show their Brain and prove their 
Nerve. Since the discovery of Forces in Nature and their utility in 
the Field of Labor we have found ourselves forced by the Spirit of 
the Times to call out the latent powers within, so as to successfully 
cope with the conditions about us, and reap our just share due us from 
the use of our God-given Talents. 
Since this is an age of Brain and Nerve it becomes necessary to 
discover ways and means supplying such a needful demand. Many 
have been the methods proposing to meet this timely demand, but 
like many other experiments in the field of inventions, they had to beset 
aside to make room for more natural methods, if needs be, unearthing 
the archives of ancient civilizations, that we may learn the secrets of HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
VI 
their culture, since with all our modern sciences and appliances we 
would hardly dare to undertake the building of Pyramids, a Sphynx, 
a Coloseum, a Labyrinth, a Babel, a Canal crossing the Sahara 
Desert and the thousand and one more startling things that have 
been discovered of late, as hailing from the days of antiquity. 
We continue to question ourselves how did men like Socrates, 
Herodotus, Pythagoras, Appolonius, Confucius, and thousands of 
others gain such colossal mental and other powers as displayed by 
them? If their attainments were due to scholastic or academic studies, 
then we should outvie them by far, owing to the undeniable fact that 
our educational facilities put all pedagogic struggles of the past to 
shame, say nothing of libraries, art and other museums, now at our 
command, something the ancients no more dreamed of than of our 
Wireless. 
Then how did knowledge and power come to man in the past ? 
Through the same channels as it comes to man today; some are born 
that way; others acquire it; while most of us have to work, if attain 
we would. Still, in every case attainment comes by-Inspiration. 
To some it comes unconsciously, others tumble to it, as it were, while 
the rest of us have to acquire everything we would desire, inch by 
inch, figuratively speaking. 
Men who study with us the Science of Life as disclosed in Maz- 
daznan Health and Breath Culture are men of integrity, am- 
bition and achievements. They know that life is short and time ex- 
ceedingly precious. In fact, the higher the advance in civilization, 
the more specialization in the field of labor, all the higher the price of 
labor and consequently the higher the cost of living. To keep in step 
with the spirit of the times and enjoy the golden fruit of civilization 
we need higher culture, which in turn requires a sound body and a 
sound mind to insure successful application. In Mazdaznan Health 
and Breath Culture we do not claim to offer anything astound- 
ingly new but the way in which it is taught and practiced assures most 
beneficial results, almost right at the start. It has been demonstrated 
in tens of thousands of cases that Mazdaznan is applicable to all the 
temperaments among the Aryan type. 
All we ask of our students and pupils is a fair test and the appli- 
cation of common sense during the time of practice and exercise. 
Before taking up the following Twelve Lessons of Rhythmic Breathing 
and Gymnastic Regime we would ask our pupils to observe a few 
Rules: 
Do not Practice Rhythmic Breathing until you have learned 
to empty the lungs to the utmost, without the slightest 
effort. To empty the lungs successfully and without effort; relax 
muscles of jaw, neck, chest, abdomen and limbs in general, 
following the process of relaxation from part to part, 
accompanied by your mind, breathing out slowly at the 
same time. 
All exercises, irrespective of their beneficial results to be ob- 
tained, should last Three Minutes Only. 
Outbreathing Exercises should be taken three to five times 
a day by every person, to insure good circulation. 
Take exercise every morning and evening in a lying position; 
forenoon and afternoon in a standing position; at noon take 
the sitting position. 
To raise one's vibrations and interest, it is well to speak 
sentences ON one breath and until a number of sentences, 
to the length of the Lord's Prayer, can be spoken "without 
ceasing", which means without gasping for breath. 
To illustrate the subject we shall suggest the following 
formulas: 
Inhale through nostrils for four seconds and upon one exhala- 
tion, speak slowly: 
Open O Thou World-sustaining Sun the Entrance unto 
Truth, hidden by the Vase op darling Light-, 
Again inhale for four seconds and breathe out the following sentence 
upon one exhalation, as before: 
Soften the Radiation ot Thy Illuminating Splendors, that 
I may behold Thy true Being. 
Again inhale through nostrils, as before, for four seconds, and breathe 
out the following sentence, speaking slowly, or, if preferred, breath- 
ing out with parted lips, bearing in mind the sentence or sentences: 
From the Unreal lead me on to the Real and unveil the 
magic Illusions of the phenomenal worlds that I may see 
the Path unto Realisation. 
For change of rythm the following may be used in the same manner 
as above, but above all things, relax the muscles and keep chest up 
high, never moving a muscle of the chest, while exhaling: 
Our Father who art in Peace, Intoned be thy name, 
Thy Realm arise; Thy will incarnate upon the earth as 
in heaven. 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
VII Inhale through nostrils for four seconds and exhale with parted lips 
the following: 
This day impart Thy word, And remember not our offenses 
That we may forget those who offend us. 
Through temptation guide us. And prom error deliver us. 
The above formulas, or any others, one may select, should be 
spoken three times in succession, allowing about three minutes. 
Such out-breathing exercises may be indulged in while at work or 
taking a walk. 
For the benefit of those, who, owing to misunderstanding, abhor 
everything suggesting the slightest religious scruples, we offer the 
following stanzas from the Rubaiyat: 
The dewdrop cried: "How far I'm from the sea!" 
The ocean laughed: "What simpleton thou be! 
We are all one; in common we are gods; 
A dot* alone divideth tbee from me." 
To insect small the wise cannot impart 
The Breath of Life once it to thence depart. 
All claims in magic, that some lips would make, 
Bv wiser lore and sense are set athwart. 
The golden lights within world's ether bright 
Moved on, and on they'll move reflecting light, 
While in this world we for a time appear, 
To disappear at morning with the night. 
Neither the Saints nor Sages of the past, 
Nor those yet forth to come unto the last, 
Nor what is writ in books or said of them. 
Do God reveal to man or prove him lost. 
*A dot, below or above a letter determines the sense of a word or a sentence 
in which it is to be used; if spiritual, the dot is fixed above the first 
letter; if literal then the dot is placed below. 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
VIII HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
IX 
After a few days' exercise it is possible to speak a stanza of the 
Rubaiyat or the Lord's Prayer on one single exhalation. Once we 
have gained control over the muscles of the chest, keeping same in 
check during the time of inhalation and exhalation, it is well to ob- 
serve more strictly our common daily hygienic and routine measures, 
as follows: 
BEFORE RETIRING: 
Make it a habit to stand in water (hot or cold according to sea- 
son or temperament) just enough to cover both feet, (running water 
preferred) while with a Turkish towel all of the body is to be rubbed 
most rigorously and quickly; all the procedure is to last no longer 
than THREE MINUTES. 
Dry your feet now and dry them quickly; rub them with hands 
until skin feels velvety and warm. Seesaw between toes; pull every 
toe; polish every toe-nail. Do not spend any more time for mani- 
pulations than THREE MINUTES. 
Attend to face and neck by "creaming" same thoroughly and 
rub off gently with a towel of a very soft texture. Spend no more 
time than three minutes. 
Attend to scalp by combing the hair with a tortoise comb and 
brush it with military brushes; frotate the scalp with finger- 
tips. To promote growth of hair use Eucalyptus oil with salted 
brandy; to stop dandruffs, use equal parts of Petrolatum and Alcohol. 
Must not occupy more time for scalp treatment than three minutes. 
Now give the teeth a scrub and rinse mouth with five drops of 
Oil of Eucalyptus to one tumblerful of hot water. 
"Creame" your hands; manicure your finger-nails. 
Scientific medical authorities advise, every night, just before re- 
tiring, one desert-spoonful of Paraffine oil, Russian Petrolatum (Neu- 
tralol), or half the quantity of white vaseline until the latter can be 
procured in its purity. In the morning take a tumblerful hot water. 
To save time, suitable exercises, prayers, breathings, etc., may 
be systematically followed in connection with one's routine. 
Ten to Fifteen Minutes spent in this way with one's self 
every night before retiring, will repay us in more than a thousand 
ways, eventually assuring immunity. 
To allow the air to circulate in one's room is very commendable, 
be it summer or winter; hot or cold; but on foggy, wet, rainy nights 
it is well to have only lower sash of window open and that only a 
trifle; while upon arising care should be taken never to slip into wet 
clothes. All clothes should be warm and dry, particularly in a cold 
or damp, hot climate. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
X 
IRREGULARITIES: 
All irregularities of an Alvine or Renal nature should be 
attended to and corrected before retiring for the night. Negligence to 
do so will revenge itself through the increase of organisms, germs, 
bacilli, microbes, fungi, fibroids and other disease-breeding and dis- 
ease-feeding zo-oids. It is by far more sensible, wiser and scientific 
to prevent all suggestions to disease, than to contract physical and 
mental disasters, and thereafter spend a life-time in scheming ways 
and means for the cure of evils. 
There should be on the average Two Alvine and Six Renal 
Calls a Day. In a normal state they are practically odorless. 
IMPROVING AND CORRECTING ALVINE CALLS. 
Improve Alvine calls by anointing the ani with true, sweet 
Almond oil, massaging and dilating the parts by natural means. Do 
not use any mechanical means; these are only resorted to in extreme 
cases of emergency, and even then, the new method of colon flushing 
should be used. 
In case of tenderness, soreness, hemorrhoidal and other rectal 
troubles massage parts thoroughly with plenty of sweet Almond oil 
and thereafter inject equal parts to the amount of a tablespoonful of 
Almond oil and Oil of Tar. 
To encourage the alvine call, take a seat with knees close to ab- 
domen; apply to ani a hot cloth; in some cases cold water is used 
effectively. After an evacuation touch up ani with hot water and 
anoint parts with Almond oil. This will quicken the sphincter muscle 
and aid greatly in overcoming nervous troubles. Nearly one half of 
our ailments are due to impingements upon the nerves in ani, the 
sphincter muscle and the rectum. Remove the cause and the effect 
ceases. 
All the above means are assisting nature; still to assure regular 
habits, it is well to correct one's diet. Eat more fresh fruits in the 
morning, more vegetable salads for lunch or dinner. If you must 
have white-flour-stuffs, eat Pilot bread, matzos, etc. You will thrive 
on bran bread, unfermented whole wheat bread, gluten bread, Swed- 
ish bread and raw cracked or rolled wheat; using for a drink sweet 
milk, clabber, fermilac and bran tea. The most stubborn cases of 
chronic constipation and nervousness are cured in this way. 
Live within the range of the products of the seasons; partake of 
the products of other climes, on an empty stomach; use from one to 
two ounces of oil a day, according to requirements and season. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
XI 
IMPROVING THE RENAL STATE. 
Cleanliness is paramount to good health, and regular habits ward 
off disease. Still, to assist Nature unto higher attainments it is 
necessary to correct errors, wherever they may be found. Mental 
derangements, irritability, meanness, nervousness, stubbornness, forget- 
fulness, passion, and many more undesirable traits, will be found in 
channels connecting either side of the bladder, the impingements 
upon corresponding nerves calling other organs into sympathy. 
The Hindu has a habit of drawing water up the urethra; the 
Arab sprinkles himself with dust; perhaps on account of the alkaline 
found in sand-dust. Savages and animals resort to many more crude 
methods, shocking to the finer nerves of the civilized man. 
Thanks to Progress and the guidance of the Spirit of the Times 
we can heat our water and make hot water applications to pelvis, 
groins and the vital parts in general. Application, massage and in- 
jections of small quantities of camphorated Almond oil or menthol- 
ated Petrolatum have been found most beneficial, while for disinfect- 
ing purposes the Australian Oil of Eucalyptus, or a solution of three 
prisms of Permanganate of Potash in a tumblerful of water, are still 
considered best. One and all can be used externally, for injection or 
internally. 
Proper soaps, too, aid greatly in the keeping up of good health. 
All vegetable oil soaps have more or less virtue. 
In cases due to error, we would not recommend sitz-baths, as the 
excessive use of same lead to mental derangements, pulmonary and 
catarrhal troubles, tuberculose and kindred affectations, according to 
temperament. Gentle dilations, plenty hot soap suds, Permanganate 
of Potash injections, anointing the affected parts with Almond and 
Garlic oils, will be found most essential in effecting a cure; a Ne- 
buchadnezzarian diet making things equal. 
IN THE MORNING: 
Upon awakening give each individual limb a good stretching; 
thereafter stretch all the limbs together; breathing in slowly while so 
doing; relaxing suddenly, at the same time breathing out completely. 
Either take a quick hot bath, a cold plunge or place feet in 
cold or hot water, proceed to rub off body with cold water or slap 
with a towel dipped in cold water, or rub with a Turkish towel 
alone. (Methods should differ with temperaments and seasons.) In 
Catarrhal troubles the two latter methods are advised, promoting 
final cure. Add every movement possible. Room should be free 
from draft. XII 
Rinse mouth thoroughly, using three to four prisms of Perman- 
ganate of Potash to a tumblerful of luke-warm water; alternating 
from time to time with three drops of Oil of Camphor, Oil of 
Sassafras, Australian Eucalyptus oil, of course in a tumblerful of hot 
water, and occasionally the last mouthful may be swallowed where 
there are stomach and intestinal troubles. 
Teeth should now be scrubbed with any good paste, and polished 
off with charcoal. Where the teeth show signs of decay they should 
be attended to by a conscientious dentist even if the honorare should 
be a trifle higher; teeth should never be trifled with, or experimented 
upon. 
Attend to the hair and lastly to face, neck and hands. As to 
the face the treatments differ. Some texture holds its own best by 
first applying hot water and thereafter cold; others improve by free 
use of Almond Oil followed by thorough rubbing and the use of a 
well-perfumed Beauty Creme. It is well though to give the face a 
good ''icing" once a week. To do the "icing" take a small silken 
bag four by five inches, fill it with a teacupful of chipped ice, 
mixed with a teaspoonful of salt; move the bag slowly over all the 
parts of face and neck and until flesh feels firm. Now apply a little 
Creme or Almond meal. This treatment will also be found very 
effective right after shaving. 
It should not be necessary for us to refer to the wearing apparel, 
still it may be well to be reminded, that irrespective of the hurry we 
may be in, the underwear and footwear should be fresh and clean 
every morning, besides being dry, warm and slightly scented. The 
upper garments, too, must be dry, warm and dustless. This will be 
particularly appreciated in a damp climate or during the wet season. 
Much depends upon the porous action and general circulation, both of 
which may be greatly improved by frequent change of stockings 
and underwear, preventing cold and catarrh, eliminating the latter, 
if troubled by same, by simply following above instructions. 
BREAKFAST: 
Whether following mental pursuits or engaged in manual labor 
it is best to eat lightly for breakfast. More good and sound work is 
done on a practically empty stomach. In case of restlessness during 
sleep, a loathesome and tired feeling in the morning, it is best to 
resort to a cathartic rather than to be eating a hearty breakfast. The 
normal man will best thrive on citrus fruit juices, fresh and baked 
fruits, slightly toasted rolled wheat and rolled oats, slow-toasted bread 
with milk or cream; occasionally a poached egg, if in season; French 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
XIII 
drip coffee with plenty heated cream; tea with lemon juice and rum; 
cocoa or chocolate made with milk. 
Cereals should never be cooked; eat them with fruits; almond or 
pine nuts or sweet cream. 
Take your time eating; partake of food with thanksgiving and 
consideration in heart and mind; relish every morsal by masticating 
food or drink. If annoyed with dyspeptic notions take a pinch or 
two of Willow bark charcoal, otherwise take a teaspoonful of lemon 
juice, rinse mouth thereafter, place a fresh mint leaf on your tongue 
and go out into the whirlpool of the world, coping with the condi- 
tions of the day, as a means of sharpening your wits. 
FORENOON: 
The forenoon should prove the time of man's greatest activity, 
and it will where the stomach makes smaller demands upon the circu- 
latory system, the latter becoming engaged in supplying brain and 
nerve. 
Five hours of work on a light stomach are equal to eight hours, 
interspersed with meals. Take for an example the man with his five 
to seven meals a day and note his slow movements of body and mind. 
Take joy in your labor, as the equivalent will be gaged according 
to circumstances. There is no loss-all is gain. And whenever in 
the least dubious remember and breathe out upon one breath the 
words of the Rubaiyat: 
Predestination, paradise and hell 
I sought to find beyond the skies, pell-mell, 
When to me spoke the still small Voice*: "My friend, 
In thee dwell fortune, paradise and hell." 
LUNCH-TIME: 
At such a time the wise man will simply still his hunger, 
making a careful selection of cooling, refreshing, invigorating, sub- 
stantial and sun-kissed foods. 
The man who eats, what he calls a square meal, washing it down 
with a large quantity of liquids, may feel "happy" in the region of 
the abdominal corporation, but he is no longer fit to do justice 
to his manual duties, neither is he of benefit to the concern he has 
+Still Small Voice: The Voice plays a great part in Oriental Philosophies; 
it is called: A wise friend: Voice of wisdom; The inner voice; etc. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
XIV 
offered his mental attributes. The greatest blunders are made upon a 
full, crowded stomach. 
The better way to spend one's lunch hour is to devote ten min- 
utes to breath and body gymnastics; thereafter partake of a light 
salad, a small dish of cracked wheat, and take a walk. 
AFTERNOON: 
Will prove equally as productive as the forenoon, especially if 
attention is paid to thorough emptying the lungs every hour or two. 
Afternoon is generally given to a critical spirit, especially where 
the lunch lies heavy in the stomach, the liver and bile turn sluggish, 
while the lungs are overcharged with carbon. 
Attend to your task and duty most conscientiously, and when- 
ever the slightest irritation suggests itself, simply breathe out a prayer, 
or upon one exhalation recite with the Rubaiyat: 
Waste not thy life in letters of dispute, 
Argument is death to the Voice of Truth, 
Of Creeds and of Beliefs debate with none, 
It widens out the breach unto defeat. 
DINNER: 
Also known as Supper, should be our principal and only real, full 
course meal. Time should be set between five and seven o'clock, 
and not later. 
In case of exhaustion, fatigue or overwork, it is best to take a hot 
bath upon arriving home; add to the tubful of water two tablespoon- 
fuls of sal soda. After a quick bath, put on fresh clothes, and 
you will relish your dinner; however simple the number of dishes. The 
appetite will be excellent; while food eaten in a happy mood will be 
readily assimilated. 
After a good, wholesome dinner, no task will be too great, no 
distance too far, to attend a lecture, the theatre, or spend an 
evening in company with friends, never speaking of one's business, 
but rather be all eyes and ears, and gain all information possible. 
Should at any time the conditions of the day grow upon your 
mind, suggesting the following lines from the Rubaiyat: 
The rich all offices have bought and hold 
That life's sole joy lies in the law and gold. 
No longer do they think their brothers bold, 
Unless they titles gain and mammon hold. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
XV 
Remember, such was the case eight hundred years ago. Today we 
have power to create new offices, positions, business, professions, 
etc. We are still in the swaddling clothes of inventions, and all we 
need to do is simply watch our opportunities. 
STUDY AND PRACTICE 
The following Twelve Lessons in Health and Breath Cul- 
ture in the same Mazdaznan spirit as imparted by the author and 
you too will join the Army of Successful Men, adding to the Society 
of Man talent and ability. 
Do not say you are too young, or too old, to learn new tricks. 
Every other day read your lesson for at least a week, before tak- 
ing up the next lesson, and daily take up the exercise for a week be- 
fore adding the next exercise, yet in no case take Breathing Exercises 
(even though you take four to six different positions) for more than 
five minutes, with in the course of four hours; and Body Exercises 
should not be indulged in for more than ten minutes, within 
the course of six hours. (This is to serve as a gentle hint as well to 
the professional physio-culturist, gymnast, panthopath, mechanopath, 
osteopath, mentopath, pneumatist, chiropractician and many others.) 
The first six exercises will serve as a daily talisman and should 
be habitually indulged in after a three months study and practice. 
All other exercises are the means toward polarization of body 
and mind, practiced religiously for three months, retaining thereafter 
only such positions as may be discovered most expedient to one's 
temperament. 
The Egyptian Postures given in the Addenda Lesson of 
Health and Breath Culture are published and illustrated for the 
first time. As all Preliminary exercises are to be taken on the breath, 
so the Egyptian postures have to be taken with song on the breath, 
to experience the full worth and value claimed for them. 
Having tested and put to the test every one of the exercises 
for over forty years, comparing them with other systems, we 
and tens of thousands of pupils, with pleasure testify that 
Ma^da^nan Health and Breath Culture stands unsurpassed. 
With showers of Blessings, 
O TOM AN, PRINCE OF ADUSHT. Eros mi bn* INVOCATION. 
0 Bliss Divine, thou that roamest throughout Zarvan Akarana, 
Essence of Life, 
Bearer of Light, 
Who enkindlest the fire of Love and nourishest Wisdom in the hearts 
of all mankind, 
Thou alone art the goal. 
Thy name be ever intoned. 
May thy Light forever manifest through the realms of existence. 
As it is real within the bosom of thy incomprehensible center, 
The Will of thy Being shall ever arise within our thought, 
That our actions may ever conform to thy design. 
We are pleased to partake of the bread of heaven daily. 
And our desires shall be ever concentrated upon the grandeur of self- 
reliance. 
Against darkness let the light of thy divine consciousness reflect, that 
we may feel its presence within our being, 
For thy promise is, that upon paths of delight and pleasure we shall 
wander throughout all life cycles. 
Unto thee we acknowledge power, glory, radiance, beauty, sublimity, 
and life divine, even unto Eternity. 
Thus be it in the name of Om and Na, 
And unto this end let all things prosper. PRELIMINARY. 
FIRST READING. 
SALUTATION: 
In the name of the Supreme, who dwelleth in the hearts of all 
mankind, and in all things animate and inanimate, Salutation 
and Greeting. 
S we are existing in a sense world, depending upon the 
condition of the senses for our knowledge of the objec- 
tive, it is perfectly proper that we exercise the power 
of our senses to the degree most beneficial for our welfare. 
And it is here on this sense plane that we find that if one or 
more of our senses are defective in any degree in the execu- 
tion of their various offices, we lack the comprehension of 
things dependent upon them. It is very important, for this 
reason, that we correct all such defects, and it lies within our 
power to do so. 
We hold that man has twelve senses, seven of which-See- 
ing, Hearing, Smelling, Tasting, Touching, Feeling, and In- 
tuition-are commonly known. The five intermediate senses 
-Transmission of Ideas, Telepathy, Spiritual Discernment, 
Clear-sight, and Realization-are less known, although we 
often come in contact with some one who enjoys the develop- 
ment, to a certain degree, of one or more of these higher 
senses, which we sometimes mistake for an extraordinary or 
supernatural gift, when in reality it is only the cropping out 
of a sense yet little understood. The perfection of a being, 
or its instrument, necessarily depends upon the degree of the 
evolution of the twelve senses. The development thereof 
depends directly upon, 
The accumulation of Ga-Llama, the centralizing life prin- 
ciple. 
The capacity or power of Breath. 
The generation of electric force through the expanded 
action of the ganglia of the nervous system. 
5 6 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
The regulation of the circulation of the blood through the 
perfect action of the lungs. 
The rhythmical distribution of the blood throughout the 
body by the heart. 
The equalized development of the brain cells. 
The awakening of thought power through the shusumna, 
or the spinal cord. 
The expansion of magnetic circles through the vibratory 
actions of the sympathetic nerve centers or kundalini. 
The perfect assimilation of food after thorough digestion. 
The purification of the body through its own action. 
The generation of life fluids through the life-preserving 
functions. 
The conservation of energies, and the consciousness of the 
ALL in existence. 
While taking into consideration all the important points 
regarding this sublime and wonderful study of the Breath, 
we shall also take up means whereby we can be aided in 
the establishment of perfect conditions in our bodily func- 
tions so as to enjoy life to its fullest extent. Every system 
has its methods for enabling its adherents to gain the great- 
est possible results, and in the Mazdaznan Philosophy we 
are taught certain postures as a means to an end. These rules 
and regulations are not the productions of modern times, and 
so do not necessitate experiment. They have been tested and 
tried in all ages, by kindred peoples, under various conditions, 
in all zones, and have proved by their results all for which 
they are intended. These exercises are a means to an end, 
the same as the knife and fork we use when partaking of our 
food. Breathings, and the positions in which we take them, 
serve as a means of gaining bliss unutterable. He who al- 
ready enjoys a certain degree of light gets more light, and he 
who lacks knowledge comes to an understanding of the truth. 
We ask of our friends and students nothing, no sacrifice, 
no humiliation-only resolution. This resolution must pos- 
sess concentration upon the w7ork before you, and the more 
you concentrate with determination of mind, faithful in the 
observation of the instructions given, religiously adhering to 
the duties involved, the more benefit you will receive, and the 
greater will be the gain resulting from these concentration 
exercises-greater than you at first anticipated. 
When weary and tired from the worry and troubles of a HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
7 
burdened existence, you throw your body into a state of re- 
laxation and breathe out, "My God, I am tired of this world 
and its burdens," and with the next indrawn breath you drink 
in a volume of sweet air, gently sighing, "I am All in All," you 
immediately feel relief in your fainting heart. Hope is re- 
newed-you feel once more revived, restored to a nobler con- 
sciousness of your being. Again you have strength to take up 
the battle of life, and the longer you breathe in this state of 
relaxation, the more you feel that after all life is worth liv- 
ing. No doubt you have experienced this for yourself at 
various times. 
There are times when we feel like giving up, and then 
again times when we feel encouraged, and this encouragement 
is due to the inspiration received while in a state of relaxation, 
although we have not been conscious of it. Nature, itself, 
puts us into that condition, otherwise we could not keep up 
with our experiences. If we are giving out, we must also 
take in, to replenish the fountains of life. The man who 
keeps cool and remains self-centered, whatever may befall him, 
is the man who naturally breathes fuller, deeper, more 
rhythmically, regularly. It comes natural to him, because he 
was conceived under more favorable Breath currents, al- 
though the mother was unconscious of it. The man who 
breathes rapidly loses his head, as it were, and is under a 
constant tension, fails in the pursuits of life, constantly finds 
fault with the conditions and environments of the times, not 
stopping for a moment to realize that man is the creator of 
his own success or failure. 
If your breathing capacity is very small and your ail- 
ments many, you must remember that it will be necessary for 
you to pay more attention to fuller breathing, besides doing 
the exercises given in this course, as the exercises are a means 
to an end for the attainment of higher developments. When 
it pains you to take long, full breaths, you prove thereby the 
lack of lung development, and you will have to make it a 
point to breath more fully oftener during the day, and even 
such physical breathing cannot be done properly unless you 
allow your body to be perfectly free from all pressure. The 
garments must be loose, very loose, so that the chest and 
diaphragm can expand easily to their utmost, while the ab- 
domen inflates of its own accord. Use no effort, no strain. 
Breathe out first, then breathe in fully and regularly as you 
feel able to do so. Breathe when walking or sitting, wrhen 8 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
you eat or drink, when you work or play-breathe, breathe, 
breathe. The more you breathe, the better for your physical 
conditions, the sooner you will normalize the circulation of 
the blood, and the more thorough will be its oxygenation. 
You will purify the blood and give the system an opportunity 
of bringing into action, organs with farther-reaching powers, 
thus removing effete matter and sluggish conditions, and the 
continuation of a proper and deeper breathing will remove all 
distressing feelings. Be persistent; take a few minutes of 
ordinary breathing at least every hour of the day and thus 
gradually accustom your system to deeper inhalations. Mus- 
cular chest expansion alone does not prove large Breath 
capacity. The freedom and ease with which Breath is taken 
insures its depth. 
Physical culture without the observation of proper breath- 
ing during the various motions and positions is of no material 
value, for although you develop certain muscles, which de- 
velopment is done at the expense of other portions of the 
body, it is necessary that you continue these physical exer- 
cises, or the body will drop back again into its former con- 
dition. The same is true of massage. Unless you keep it up, 
the results are not permanent. Continuous breathing will not 
only keep the blood in proper circulation, but will also act 
upon the muscles by means of the nervous system, upon which 
the strength of the muscles depends, and will keep them in 
their proper places, ready with the required power for in- 
tended actions and results. The athlete, in spite of all his 
muscular development, has complicated organic troubles, and 
is neither the brainiest nor the best example of endurance. 
It is not the strength of muscles alone that raises weights 
and performs feats of endurance, but the life force that has 
been imparted to them through the power of Breath. The 
trouble in this world lies not in the world itself, in its ob- 
jective existence, but in us as we in our own fancies create 
and perpetuate its reflex-existence. 
We love to flee to the mountains because of the freer action 
with which we unite our forces with those of mother nature, 
which draws us alluringly to her bosom. We love to wander 
by the river side, there in perfect solitude to draw into our 
starving nature the sweet breezes of life-giving air currents. 
We love to stand by the seashore and gaze over the calm or 
troubled waters of the deep, and enjoy the playing of the 
winds about us. And how deeply we breathe this refreshing air, as if it were the best of sparkling wine! But it is not 
necessary for us to wander far and wide to find this wonderful 
restorer. The same power is in our immediate vicinity, if 
we but know how to attract it to us. It is to this end that 
the call of the Blessed One becomes more intelligent to our 
ears: "Come and take of this water of life freely, and he who 
heareth, come." Why linger, why stay? That which thou 
seekest is near thee. The golden age of which poets sing is 
now. The paradise of which prophets spoke is here. The 
mysteries of life that puzzled philosophers in all the ages 
past are solved. The kingdom of peace and joy, where sick- 
ness, sin, sorrow, poverty, inharmony, separation, and war, 
are meaningless, that kingdom for which saviors have bled 
and died, has at last been realized. You are not even to be- 
lieve this, for belief alone will drag you down to the depths 
of perdition. The consciousness of life, and the realization 
and solution of the problem of life which gives life eternal, 
depends upon knowledge, and "This is life eternal, to KNOW 
God." 
This subject of Breath is too serious, too important, to be 
treated superficially. We shall make it our object to define 
every step thereof in a manner comprehensive even to a 
child, for a study is of no consequence unless it can be made 
plain. Then why waste time in the learning of definitions 
and tasks when the understanding of the problem of life is 
dependent upon the development of one's own comprehensive 
powers or abilities? 
A perfectly tuned musical instrument will send forth per- 
fect tones. The operator may not understand the multiplicity 
of the tones or the number required to make the music har- 
monious, but if the keys themselves are properly tuned he 
can always learn to operate them-some sooner than others- 
but they all will learn. The melodies are all in the operator, 
as the sounds are all in the instrument, and if both can be 
united into harmonious action, the result will be perfect,, 
divine. There is but one harmony, as there is but one sound. 
All tones emerge from, and merge into, the basic sound. Har- 
mony is music, yet music may not all be harmonious. The in- 
strument may be perfect, and hold all that constitutes all vari- 
ations of sound or tone, but if one or two of the keys are out 
of tune or do not possess the tone for which they have been 
designed, the melodies expressed upon that instrument by 
the operator will be inharmonious. What must be done, then? 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
9 10 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
Blame the operator, the melodies, compositions, improvises, 
the manufacturer or maker of the instrument, or the material 
of which the instrument is composed? Certainly not. Just 
(tune up the keys, and all will be well. 
There are things we can intrust to others. There are 
those who can do certain things with as much accuracy as if 
we did them ourselves. There is one thing we cannot intrust 
to the care of others, and that is the Temple of The Living 
God. A good Baby Grand piano may be purchased for fifteen 
hundred dollars, an ^Eolian for twenty-five hundred dollars, 
and when you are tired of either you can exchange them for 
something else or buy another. The money required for such 
luxuries may be obtained by work, and work may be had 
by creating it. This instrument of ours wras not made by 
hands, and in case it is inharmonious in action, cannot be 
adjusted or repaired by man with his limited knowledge. God 
alone has the wisdom and power to do all things, and that 
God is individualized in you. There is no teacher great 
enough to advise us, no instructor experienced enough to 
guide us, no physician learned enough to aid us. 
This instrument of ours, this body, is the most compli- 
cated and most delicate of mechanisms, and no one can be 
intrusted with it but the one to whom it belongs. Since it 
is your body, it is for you to become acquainted with its oper- 
ations. Anatomy, the geography of the body, gives no knowl- 
edge of the body other than the terms by which to designate 
the parts. The study of science wTill not put your body 
aright. It must be tuned up by yourself, that harmony may 
be expressed through it. But how ? What is to be done? 
Breathe. Breathe into your being that which constitutes life. 
Breathe Ga-Llama, the centralizing life principle which is the 
essence of your being, the principle in which you live, move 
and have your existence. 
Ga-Llama, the inspiration of sages, adepts, philosophers, 
saviors! 
Ga-Llama, the invigorator, inspirer, promulgator, restorer, 
redeemer! 
Ga-Llama, which opens the portals of the mind and sends 
forth the light of wisdom which gives life eternal. 
With every indrawn breath, be conscious of yourself, of 
Ga-Llama which builds up the tissues of a collective exist- 
ence. It is within you basically; around you externally. 
Thoughtlessly you breathe it out into the universe; thought- HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
11 
fully you draw it into the individual. This water of life is 
the Breath, the spirit, the essence of life, without which 
there is no knowledge of your being or existence. To enable 
you to partake of Ga-Llama, you must necessarily attract it 
unto you as you would attract God if you desire to be in His 
presence. Without this innermost desire to attract it, you 
never receive it, although it is ever near, and you have the 
basic principle of the same within the bosom of your being. 
You are unconscious of it because you are not recognizing its 
presence. You know and feel its presence only when you 
concentrate upon it and feel the desire of attaining it. You 
have felt its magic touch faintly in the past, but know not 
perhaps whence it came, nor what it meant. 
The comprehension of all things, whether they be of a re- 
ligious nature, philosophic, scientific, or otherwise, depends 
upon the understanding or the degree of development of brain 
functions, which reveals a sense condition correspondingly. 
The first thing you owe to yourself is to tune up the instru- 
ment, the body, by such means as will insure immediate re- 
sults beneficial to your being. 
Before we take up exercises as taught by the Mazdaznan 
system for the attainment of higher attributes correspond- 
ing with the Supreme in Space, Time and Causation, or the 
Zarvan Akarana of the philosophy, we must learn to pay some 
attention to our material breath or breathing, regulating the 
same to the degree necessary to normalize the condition of 
the blood. 
If suffering from colds, catarrh, lung affections, general 
debility and nervousness, take a cold water sponge bath or a 
wet towel rub every morning, all over the body. Then take a 
large bath towel and dry the skin thoroughly, allowing no 
moisture to remain on the skin. Rub quickly and vigorously 
and then finish rubbing the skin with your own hands, until 
the skin feels smooth, velvety and oily. Dress your feet with 
silk, fine linen or very fine muslin cloths and then put your 
stockings on over them. Before expanding the lungs, go out 
in the early morning or ventilate your room thoroughly, al- 
ways remembering that even during the cold season you are 
to keep your bed-room window partly open, but your bed 
placed so that no draught strikes your body. Stand perfectly 
erect, witl * head thrown well back, the chest raised and 
thrown for jard, while the shoulder blades are held back and 
down, with hands open as if ready to grasp objects too low 12 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
for them to reach. Keep the muscles of the face perfectly 
relaxed and your mouth closed. 
Inhale the air through the nostrils only. Inhale as long as 
you possibly can, but without effort, or any strain on any 
part of the body. When feeling any distress in the sides or 
the chest, itself, remember that it is the result of insufficient 
relaxation. Just correct the position of your chest and set 
the spinal column more erect, its weight resting on the end 
of the column, with knees a trifle bent. After having filled the 
lungs to their utmost capacity, raise up your arms in a 
circular motion, and as high up as you can with ease, at the 
same time move your tongue as if masticating, smack your 
lips, and swallow the saliva which has accumulated in the 
mouth. Just before exhaling, bring your arms down and, 
throwing them behind, begin to exhale slowly. Empty your 
lungs as much as possible and repeat this exercise seven or 
more times. Once having gone through this exercise per- 
fectly, you will gladly make it a point to follow it regularly, 
for the benefits derived from it will be beyond even your most 
sanguine expectations. 
Try to avoid the eating of breakfast. If needs be, eat a 
little fruit or drink some Barley Wisdom or any grain drink 
that you happen to like, although you are to get rid of the 
disease called appetite as quickly as possible if you desire to 
get and keep well. First work for several hours before eating 
anything and you will be the better for it. Make it a point 
to become busy as soon as you arise and do not sit down to 
rest until you have been on your feet for at least two hours, 
and after having been busily engaged here and there in pur- 
suits exercising the body. Always keep busy doing some- 
thing. Let your work be of use, irrespective as to its financial 
results or personal gain. When not engaged in manual labor, 
attend to the cultivation of the mind. Take walks in the open 
air and keep your eyes and ears open to everything with which 
your senses come in contact. Weigh everything coming 
under your observation carefully and thoughtfully. Do not 
jump at conclusions, but think, reflect and become wise. 
Above all things, do not allow yourself to be given to crit- 
icism or to criticise, as all such symptoms are the effects of 
a deep-rooted disease. Never enter into controversy, what- 
ever the nature of the subject, whether economic, political, 
philosophic, scientific, social or religious. Inviting discussion 
or to be carried away by it shows a drifting condition and a HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
position of uncertainty, resulting in disaster and untold 
troubles to mind, body, soul and spirit. Remain self-centered, 
and endeavor to have a happy feeling and a cheerful disposi- 
tion by singing or humming a tune or whistling some melody 
which you like. 
While at work keep your mind upon the thing before you 
and do not allow your mind to drift about. Keep your at- 
tention concentrated. Put into your work the noblest, purest 
and best ideas, thereby reflecting upon yourself what is your 
just reward. However busily engaged, stop for a few moments 
out of every hour to empty your lungs and to take a few well- 
drawn breaths. It will help you on your way, and place your 
organs in a position for better action. However impure the 
air itself may be, do not forget that as long as you will direct 
your organic action you will be able to even convert the 
stagnant air to healtbfulness, as action itself plays the more 
important part in breathing, all else being additional, yet sec- 
ondary. We shall in this wise gradually perceive the need of 
more rhythmic breathing and take up Breath Culture more 
seriously, thereby entering a field which unfolds to us a realm 
of thought heretofore entirely unknown to our minds and yet 
within our beings, merely awaiting its opportunities to un- 
fold. We are now ready to take up our first exercise with the 
object in view of establishing the Individual Breath. 
Yet before taking up the exercise proper, it will be 
well to state that the work is not to be likened to what is 
called physical culture, although the latter has taken from 
it certain positions and material, but lacks the most important 
part of it all-concentration and the application of Breath 
power corresponding with the position taken. Physical cul- 
ture is good in its own place, and would that you all were 
placed in a position where you could exercise your unused 
muscles with a good saw over a block of wood for a few 
hours each day. Sickness would not then be known among 
those loaded down with riches. Physical culture is for that 
unfortunate class of people. Athletics are good for those 
whose occupations are confining, and who have not sufficient 
opportunity of moving about. But something more is needed 
to cover the whole ground, whereby all may receive equal ben- 
efits from the performing of this work. You are to breathe, 
and concentrate upon Breath, thus keeping your mind func- 
tions steadied. 
It has been stated that you have twelve senses, and that 
13 14 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
upon the degree to which these senses are developed, your 
knowledge depends. The sense of sight plays a very impor- 
tant part in the formauon of ideas and judgment. According 
to the appearance of a thing to the sense of vision, you arrive 
at conclusions. It is but reasonable to presume that a de- 
fective sight is lacking in its comprehension of things objective 
to the degree of sight lacking. 
"Clearsight" is your invocation, that you may see clearly, 
is your prayer. Not a prayer of words, but of action through 
the promptings of the spirit. This exercise then is to perfect 
the sense of sight so as to enable you to discern truth from 
error, light from darkness, wealth from poverty. Perhaps, 
you think you can discern the latter, although you may not 
the former. Don't allow unbalanced brain functions to get 
the better of you. It is a matter of false conception, miscon- 
struction, wrong imagination, illusion, that the one rolling in 
wealth is the one to be envied. It is misery to him, he is a 
slave to it, he is the poorest of the poor. But this shall be 
shown more fully later on. As you get clearer sight, you will 
know it all for yourselves. Now to work, for time is precious, 
and life in form existence is short, even at four hundred and 
seventy-five years, which is the promise to all living within this 
cycle, which is the shortest one of all, because of its rapidity 
in action, it being the day of judgment, and were it not for 
the mercy of the Hidden One in all things that Time has been 
shortened, existence of manifestation would cease to perpet- 
uate. 
Wonderful things are to be told you, things that will set 
to marveling even the wisest, who, according to the scriptures, 
will be made fools through their own folly, while those who 
keep apace with Time shall be wise, for uuto them all things 
will be made plain through their own acquired ability, be- 
cause they choose to follow when they hear the Voice (the 
basic principle of sound), which is the manifestation of 
their being. 
EXERCISE ONE. 
Take a seat upon a chair, with feet resting firmly upon the 
floor. Sit as far back in the chair as your body will allow 
without your shoulders touching the back of the chair. 
Throw out your chest, raising it just a trifle, at the same 
time drawing in the abdominal region. Shoulders are thrown 
gently back and drooping just a little; hands resting upon 
lower limbs, elbows touching the hip bone, thumbs thrown 15 
out in form of a V, fingers drawn out without directly touch- 
ing each other. Feet are separated, toes about five to seven 
inches apart, heels only one or two inches, thus forming 
the letter V. 
Lips are closed, teeth separated, tongue resting upon lower 
part of mouth, tip of tongue touching lower teeth and gently 
curved under, and perfectly flat- 
tened and relaxed. Chin is drawn 
in sufficiently to show an indepen- 
dent air. The whole position is per- 
fectly erect, with all the muscles 
relaxed, but spinal column firm. 
The position must be so taken that 
the back of the body is always 
turned toward the light. 
Select some object of a dull na- 
ture which will have no tendency 
to suggest or induce drifting 
thought currents. A penny may be 
chosen if desired. Place the object 
four to seven feet from you in a 
position level with your eyes. Look 
at it steadily, but do not allow the 
eyelids to droop. In this position 
you will notice that ideas of a drift- 
ing nature no longer have a hold 
- upon your mind, and you are in the 
right position to concentrate, as the 
whole secret of success in the un- 
foldment of knowledge lies in the 
ability to concentrate. If the chair 
proves too high, place a book under the feet that they may 
be raised to the desired position. If the chair proves too low, 
place a book on the seat of the chair and sit upon it. As 
soon as correct position is determined, everything is in readi- 
ness to proceed. 
Empty the lungs, first by exhaling all the air you possibly 
can with perfect ease, but use no effort or strain. Everything 
in this work is to be done easily, gracefully and with perfect 
tranquillity. Now inhale through the nostrils only, slowly, 
gently, fully, and with perfect rhythm for seven seconds. Begin 
by filling the upper lobes of the lungs as much as the position 
taken will allow naturally and without effort, then the remain- 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 16 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
der of the respiratory organs even to the utmost. In the exhala- 
tion observe the same rule, controlling the action of the lungs 
so as to prevent spasms, unevenness, or rapidity-all must 
be done in perfect waves and circles. 
While inhaling this Breath of life, with eyes steadily cen- 
tered upon the object before you, concentrate your mind func- 
tions upon the Breath itself, following the current of Breath 
mentally as it enters the nostrils, along the air tubes into the 
lungs, and as it expands the chest and diaphragmatic region. 
Then as you exhale follow the reverse current. 
During this process of breathing think of Ga-Llama, the 
centralizing life principle, convinced in your own mind that it 
is for the purpose of building up cellular tissues throughout 
the entire system, thereby insuring a foundation for the re- 
generative or child life. Breathe with the knowledge that 
Breath is the life principle, and that the object of breathing 
is to reach perfect consciousness. The exercise alone without 
the concentration, will only partly do the work, and the result 
will be according. The concentration without the exercise 
will only assure mental gratification for the time being, but 
will not produce anything of a lasting nature. 
To be clear upon this subject before entering upon the 
execution of the exercise given, it will be well to understand 
that breathing is for the purpose of keeping the blood in cir- 
culation. The office of the heart is simply to distribute the 
blood, but its purification and circulation is left to the action 
of the lungs. The physical breath simply retains the oxygen 
necessary for the purification of the blood, thus relieving it 
of carbon and aiding in the furtherance of circulation. When 
the body, the physical manifestation, meets with any obstacles, 
it is principally because of the inactivity of the respiratory 
organs, and breathing must be resorted to as the only true 
means of relief. 
In systematic, concentrated breathing, you not only breathe 
in oxygen for the purification and furtherance of the circu- 
lation of the blood, but you also take into your being Ga- 
Llama, the centralizing life principle, although unconscious 
of it because of the inability to discover its presence by the 
aid of any instrument. Like the atomic theory, which has 
never been proved, Ga-Llama serves as a term to explain the 
inexplicable. Yet Ga-Llama is a reality, because its existence 
can be proved by mental perception, spiritual understanding 
and the senses. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
17 
Ga-Llama is not a new term. It has been used to desig- 
nate the life principle as discovered by the ancients as far 
back as 142,000 years ago, and more. It has been recognized 
that there is a principle by which can be established the con- 
sciousness of sense conditions whereby the hidden, the un- 
known, the incomprehensible, the mysterious, the marvelous, 
the- wonderful, can be made known and simplified to the 
senses when brought down to this plane. 
Ga-Llama is not the Logos of the Greek, or the spirit of 
the modern philosopher. This Ga-Llama is the very founda- 
tion of your existence, and fills all Zarvan Akarana. You 
breathe it, yet in your inability to understand and compre- 
hend its presence, you may not always keep it, but lose it, 
because of the rapidity with which it is partaken, and when 
lacking the power of attraction. As soon as you become con- 
scious of it and feel the desire to draw it unto you, you become 
filled with it, and through its accumulating presence get into 
harmony with the universe which unfolds your individuality 
to infinity. With every indrawn breath you take on new 
life. With every expiration you return that force to the uni- 
verse, that you may pay a tribute of thanks to the Eternal 
One. 
As you follow out these instructions you will more fully 
understand why at present you possess only the Mother 
Breath, which Breath, being limited, decrees the time of earth 
life in accordance with the capacity of Breath entertained 
by the mother at time of conception. Thus it is that a person 
apparently in perfect health may be called to Abraham's 
bosom w'hether prepared or not to meet the Great Gatherer 
beyond the mystic portals. As soon as that Mother Breath 
comes to an end, the last sigh has escaped. The Mother 
Breath also decides the conditions and environments of ex- 
istence, and you only free yourself from this ban of slavery 
by establishing your Individual Breath, and to this end you 
take up this work. 
To make this exercise plainer, so that no one may err, 
your attention is called to the fact that the Individual Breath 
requires the inhalation of seven seconds, and the exhalation of 
an equal period. The Mother Breath in its highest phase is 
of three seconds, and if of a lesser period it looks very sad 
for existence in this land. You are to be able to inhale for 
seven seconds, and to exhale for seven seconds. This exer- 
cise is to be taken, as described above, for three minutes at a HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
18 
time, three times a day-three minutes in the morning, three 
minutes at noon, and three minutes before sunset, making 
nine minutes assigned to the exercise for the whole day. Sure- 
ly these minutes cannot be used for a better purpose than to 
create for yourselves a new body and better conditions to 
govern it. Do not take it for a half hour after meals. 
You are to gradually learn to enable yourself to inhale 
for seven seconds and to exhale for seven seconds. To do 
this, begin by inhaling for a period of four seconds, allowing 
one second of rest for a change to the reverse current, then 
exhale for a period of four seconds, emptying the lungs thor- 
oughly. Do not use force, or breathe rapidly. To avoid count- 
ing the time, make use of some well-known melody. Think 
it mentally, first more rapidly, then later on, lengthen the 
time until you cover the space of seven seconds for each in- 
halation and each exhalation; then rest one second before re- 
peating. 
Remember that all other ideas are to be banished from 
your mind. Keep your mind centered upon breathing only. 
No matter how excited, nervous, tired or dull your mind may 
be, as soon as you take up this exercise you will feel fully 
satisfied with its results. The nervous system will be calmed 
because of the generation of electric force; the mind relieved 
because of the tranquil state secured through concentration. 
The body will feel more exhilarated because of the more nor- 
mal circulation of the blood. 
In all breathing exercises it will be necessary to remember 
that you prepare for the exercise proper by completely empty- 
ing the lungs. This is accomplished better by taking a pre- 
lude Breath. Begin by breathing short breaths. One breath 
in; one breath out. In, out; in, out; in, out, six or more 
times; and then when you have emptied the lungs with a 
long out, you are ready to inhale according to the instructions 
for the exercise. Whenever short of breath, take a prelude 
breath and then a few full breaths, and you will always feel 
relieved and happier. 
Thus day by day you will lay a foundation that will in- 
sure perfect health, long life, clear mind, expanded brain ca- 
pacity, all of which will make life worth living. 
Unto this end let all things prosper. 
With blessings of all good things, 
OTOMAN, 
Prince of Adusht. Person Ob INVOCATION. 
Thou Holy One, who art the center of my very being, 
Who penetrates the very essence of my composite existence, 
I adore Thee. 
I acknowledge Thy divine presence within me. 
Breathe, O breathe into me the breath of life 
That I may realize the living soul of my being, 
And recognize the powers latent within the bosom of my deepest 
thought. 
With every step may I learn to understand myself, 
And with every indrawn breath recognize the perfection of individuality. 
With every outgoing breath, I shall become purer, until I be like the 
presence of light divine; 
Yea, even like the sun that shines in the heavens of the universe sub- 
lime. 
I am in nature-and to be harmonious with it, and realize the grandeur 
of Oneness in all things, this shall be my innermost desire. 
Come peace and understanding, and shed light upon my path. 
That I may no longer err in darkness, 
But forever live in the light of understanding and truth. 
Thus be it in the name of the Everlasting, 
And unto this end let all things prosper. PRELIMINARY. 
SECOND READING. 
SALUTATON: 
In the name of the sun-clothed Mazda, permeating; all 
Zarvan Akarana and the All-Breathing; Oneness within the 
consciousness of Life, Peace with All, Greeting; unto AIL 
HATEVER our pursuits, whatever our aim in life, 
one thing is certain, that to succeed in our under- 
takings we must necessarily be in a condition to 
ably meet the demands of our efforts, and must be in posses- 
sion of that power which gives us assurance of success. To 
be able to live, we must necessarily have love of life. Love is 
the fundamental principle of Life, and Wisdom its constant 
companion. By love and the exercise of wisdom, life becomes 
complete and worth living, for life is as we make it; its condi- 
tions as we make them. 
As it is with the flower, the tree, the grain, so it is with 
man. You may place the seed in the soil, you may water it 
and keep the soil loose, that is all you can do for it. The rest 
must be left to the seed itself. If the life germ is conscious 
in the same, and the conditions in nature harmonious to its 
kind, it will sprout, grow and prosper. And here we are. 
Beings of a higher order, as we claim. But is our claim justi- 
fied; do we prove it? This is a question that is best answered 
by the individual for his own self. We cannot depend upon 
others to answer for us. We have to answer all questions to 
our own satisfaction. As there is but one way whereby the 
seed may be able to germinate and continue to grow, and that 
is by putting it into the soil, the fish by being left in the 
water, and man to live upon the earth, so there is but one 
way whereby man may gain salvation, the state, of perfection, 
satisfaction, joy, a state of perfect harmony with nature- 
health. Yet health is not our aim in life, it is not our highest 
ideal. It is one of the attributes of existence and is insepar- 
able from life. Where it is not manifested, life has not begun 
in its true form; it is just about to take on form and we are 
merely vegetating. Health is a necessity for the continuance 
of physical existence, and a means whereby to gain the 
knowledge of the gloriousness of existence. 
21 22 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
If we set out to gain health, we do not undertake any- 
thing great, for the animal is seldom ill and gives no thought 
to health or sin. As man in a diseased state has not yet risen 
above the animal, he must place himself on an equal basis 
with his fellow creatures before he can rise higher. From the 
animals about us we are to learn the lessons of true existence. 
They serve us as pictures of health; as mirrors, wherein we 
may see our own deficiencies, as object lessons to leave off 
and conquer all that would be apt to disfigure our image of 
the higher type of life. Before man can rise above the ani- 
mal, he must not only enjoy perfect health, but also be able 
to control his passions, and every part of his body must be in 
harmony with his thought. Then he will rise higher and 
higher in the realms of his true nature, where he will learn 
to know that even the elements about him are for his use, 
that they are his, his very outcome, part of his being and 
although remaining separate from them, still under his 
control. 
"What must I do to be saved, to be well?" forces its way 
to our minds as it begins to dawn upon us that we still occupy 
that plane where we are being governed instead of governing, 
and find ourselves controlled where we ought to control, as 
slaves groping in conditions of servitude and battling with 
environments of darkness, when we ought to enjoy the light 
of freedom and the joy of the ever-acting thought-Mazda. 
To be well, then, is our first idea because we feel that 
without such a condition we cannot climb the mountain tops 
to gaze at the marvelous beauty and grandeur of this world's 
sublimity. When we begin to feel our weakness, we also feel 
the desire stronger to become saved, to become well. We 
become determined to get well and regain our health. We 
desire to prolong our life when once we begin to feel the 
sweetness of well-being. Youthfulness is ever before our vis- 
ion, and laughter of happiness reaches our ears. We feel to 
shout for joy and to be merry. Our faces light up, those 
wrinkles disappear, the skin becomes smooth, the hair 
returns to its natural color, blemishes disappear from out of 
sight, the voice becomes clear and sweet, the eyes shine 
bright as the morning star, our limbs become swift and grace- 
ful. Everything changes, and it seems as if heaven and earth 
had become new. Such are our blessings if we follow out 
the instructions as we receive them from mother nature who 
speaks to us in a language plain and simple if we will but fol- HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
23 
low her bidding and return to her bosom, for she it is who 
will care for you and me, and she is in no wise partial, but 
gives in abundance, as her creative energies and powers have 
no end. Through daily practice and consciously breathing 
in of Ga-Llama, the centralizing life principle which builds 
up the tissues of manifested existence, we attain these bless- 
ings. A disciple enjoys this perfection of life because of the 
observations of nature's law and obedience thereto. It is 
our object in these lessons to call attention to our sense con- 
dition, not because w7e have no sense, but because we are only 
too apt in the eager pursuit after knowledge to drift from our 
real course into paths that will keep us in darkness rather 
than turn us to the light. 
We all have perfect bodies, but some have not yet been suf- 
ficiently trained to see the good there is within us; others 
have forgotten their earthly tabernacles to such a degree as 
to forget their duty towards it, and have lost themselves in 
regions whence it is hard to return. We hold that we are apt 
to become too imaginative, not too spiritual, although we oft- 
times think we are spiritual when we deal with things that 
have a spiritual appearance, but in reality we are only forc- 
ing ourselves to become imaginative. In the primitive state of 
our evolution we are all imaginative, as this particular func- 
tion is our guide until we can make use of our senses more 
properly. Still, after we have grown to better sense condi- 
tions, instead of continuing in that path of everlasting evolu- 
tion and development, we are apt to mistake the imaginative 
tendency for spirituality, and before we are aware of it, we 
dabble in things foreign to common sense and reason. 
Since we possess more imagination than is necessary for 
beings on the planes of eternal progression, and since the 
overdevelopment of the functions of imagination are a 
hindrance in the perfect execution of the higher senses, it 
becomes our object to equalize our brain functions to a nor- 
mal condition, whereby we may be able to see and hear things 
in their real presentation. It is a mistake to think we are 
spiritual beings just as much as to imagine we are material 
beings. Those dealing with the one-sidedness of existence 
only, make assertions too narrow. Undeveloped brain 
capacity results in unbalanced brain functions. 
We are children of nature and it is our duty to develop 
all that is within us. It is all well and right to know all about 
heaven and hell and all about mind, and all about being well HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
24 
and good. Still the most important of all is to know all about 
this life, as the next life will take care of itself, as this one 
should. We should know more about ourselves, more about 
the beauties of this life; then, if ever, we will be able to 
appreciate an after-life. The Blessed Master, Jesus, said to 
his disciples who were anxious to hear him unfold the spiritual 
life, that the things of this earth life even they could not 
understand, so how would they be able to comprehend were 
he to tell them of a life to come. 
The beauty of life lies in the mastering of one's own pecu- 
liarities. We are not to do away with this thing and that 
thing. We are to learn to understand ourselves. In learn- 
ing to know ourselves, we shall learn this great lesson of life 
that we have similarities, although there are no two alike, 
and we will learn to bear with and to know others better. 
As long as we attempt to poke our noses into other people's 
business, and think we know them, we only expose our own 
ignorance. 
We are all peculiar. Do away with that peculiarity 
which characterizes us, and you do away with the greater 
part of what makes us worth manifesting. An organist once 
familiar with his organ will not part with it even were he to 
get a better salary to play upon another. It takes him years 
sometimes to familiarize himself with the peculiarities of 
his instrument. As soon as he learns to master it then you 
will hear him tell you that his is the best organ. You will 
also learn that he will be the only one able to master it and to 
a stranger it may seem a very odd, peculiar instrument, while 
the organist can bring forth the sweetest of inspiring and ele- 
vating music. And as that instrument grows nearer and 
dearer to his heart, so should our own body be loved more 
and more as we set out to know and conquer its peculiarities 
that we may use them harmoniously. We shall then under- 
stand that there was really nothing to give up but much to 
win. 
We are not yet living beyond the clouds, nor are we below 
the earth, or in the earth, but upon the earth, and for that 
reason we must become acquainted with the things that con- 
cern us here and now. How strange we should want to know 
something about Mars! How strange for us to worry about 
the moon, its geography, its inhabitants! And yet how little 
we know about our own planet, our own people, and still less 
about our own selves, and how to live to be happy, to be con- HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
tented and of the greatest possible good to ourselves and 
others. And why should this be? We talk about the wrongs 
of others, we blame things we cannot comprehend on the 
Creator, on the lawmakers, and never think for a moment 
that we are the ones who cause it all. 
After we have failed to fathom the philosophy of life we 
want to get rich, and that becomes our foremost desire. We 
then start out in our strife for fame and fortune, and no 
means are too low or unreasonable to help us gain our point. 
We even stoop to the lowest step of animalism to study out 
schemes whereby to get the best of our fellowmen, so as to 
gain our end. We are even willing to learn methods of 
acquiring an ability and proficiency for taking advantage of 
our brother and sister, and call this bare-faced humbugging 
a science. It is sad, indeed, to get down so low, but such are 
the ways of our development, and long and dreary is the path 
of experimenting, for the shorter road is by the application 
of experiences. 
In the first lesson it was our object to pay particular atten- 
tion to the steadying of the eyeballs by looking intently at 
a given spot so as to strengthen the muscles of the eye, and 
to steady the accommodative muscle which plays such an 
important part in our vision. The steadier the vibrations- 
the clearer the sight and formation of ideas, for we have 
been determined to gain a proper posture and learn to breathe 
more rhythmically. We are also to understand that we 
must empty our lungs completely in all our breathing exer- 
cises. We are all more or less in the habit of shortening the 
exhalation which does not empty the lungs sufficiently to 
keep up proper circulation. As the circulation suffers, the 
nervous system becomes affected and we no longer accumu- 
late the required life energy or electric force for the continua- 
tion of the life forces. 
Our object will now be to turn our attention to the sense 
of hearing. It is necessary that we possess good hearing as 
very many unpleasant occurrences in life are due to our mis- 
understandings from our incorrect hearing, and because we 
hear things differently from what they were originally 
intended. It is an established fact that there is no being but 
what loves the truth and never intends to tell or hear a false- 
hood, but because of deficiency in the senses and the unde- 
veloped condition of brain functions, things are heard and 
repeated that were never said or heard. 
25 26 
As our sense of sight depends upon the position of our 
spinal column and its erectness, so our sense of hearing de- 
pends upon the condition of our feet, their care, their activity. 
You know from experience better than we can explain that 
whenever you get your feet wet or damp so as to chill your 
body, your hearing becomes at once defective. You know 
from experience that however cold the winter days and how 
lightly clad otherwise, if your stockings are dry and of warm 
material your whole body keeps warm, but as soon as your 
stockings become damp, whether from perspiration or other- 
wise, no matter if clad in furs, your body becomes chilled and 
your temperature is near the freezing point. You also know 
that from a cold, caused by the neglect of your feet, came 
those peculiar noises in your ears not found in Wagner's com- 
positions. You also attribute your defects of hearing to this 
or that trouble, which should be traced to colds. Yet, after 
all, the feet, which are as important a factor in our mani- 
fested life as the very best part of our body, are shamefully 
neglected. And yet we love to make the pretense of being 
proud of our feet. Were we proud of our feet in truth we 
would be more lenient and merciful to them, for to them we 
owe our ability to move about. Still, it cannot be said of us 
as it is of the Chinese women, who from their youth are tor- 
tured daily by having their feet placed into molds too small 
for them so as to stunt them in their growth, that the 
proof of nobility lies in the smallness of the foot. Poor little 
innocent children must go through this torture as a mark 
of advanced civilization. We ought to be thankful that we 
have not been raised in a country where our feet must have a 
taste of such hideous customs. 
But perhaps we are too hasty in sympathizing with our 
Chinese friends. How do we stand in this matter? Chinese 
become accustomed to this torture because they begin it at 
an early age, but we take it up from pride after we are grown 
and find that the size of our feet does not suit us. Although we 
ought to wear a number six, we are determined to press our 
foot into a number five, and then we complain about the 
manufacturers when the shoes hurt us and cause bunions, 
corns, etc., on our lovely feet. We like to deceive ourselves 
and subject ourselves to the influence of hypnotic suggestions, 
for on entering a shoe department and facing the ever accom- 
modating clerk we love to hear him say, "I am afraid I have 
not a shoe small enough for your delicate looking foot." He 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
27 
knows you wear a good five, and you know that an extra size 
would be welcome, yet you love this suggestion of flattery. 
He will not ask you for your number if he is quick and bright, 
but declare you need a number "two-and-a-half." Still he is 
not so "daffy" as not to know his business. He will always 
get you a good number six; he will smooth the uppers before 
your eyes very gently so as not to reveal to you its enormous 
dimensions. After putting it on your foot, he will, of course, 
find, and he knew it before he put it on you, that it was just 
half a size too large. He will beg pardon, saying that a num- 
ber "two" will be better, and with that he gets a smaller six. 
It fits you excellently, and they will be easy, so easy. And 
you will be proud of the fact that your feet are getting smaller 
in size every day, while the shoes are being made larger to suit 
the feet belonging to this peculiar age of unbalanced brain 
conditions. 
The orientals are very proud of their feet and hands, as a 
rule, and take excellent care of them, particularly their 
feet, and for that reason are very quick and sharp in their 
comprehension, and their sense of hearing is very acute. By 
caring for our feet, we keep the mass of nerve centers in those 
particular regions in harmonious action thus keeping an 
equilibrium with the nerve centers of the general system. 
When the nerve centers of the feet are impaired in any way, 
we notice this fact in our ears and nasal region. You know 
from experience that when your big toe feels cold and chilled, 
that the moment you move it upward it affects your nasal 
organ and you begin to sneeze. You also know that in case 
of a severe cold, affecting the hearing, the moment you rub 
your toes vigorously after previously drying them perfectly, 
you at once hear better. 
From time immemorial feet were tenderly cared for, and 
it became a religious institution to bathe them daily, to 
cleanse and rub them, and even perfume them. If you desire 
good hearing, and care to aid your nasal organ at the same 
time to some degree, bathe your feet often, they will then 
become more flexible, and will even stand half a size smaller 
shoes. 
The weight of the body must not fall upon the heels, but 
be equally distributed over the balls of the feet. Although 
it may seem awkward at first, you will soon learn to balance 
the body, your walk will become easier, you will have a more 
graceful carriage and best of all you will not tire walking. 28 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
Walking then becomes a pleasure, and although our object is 
not to declare war on the transportation corporations, yet we 
will prefer walking upon many occasions and feel the better 
for it. From day to day we will lengthen our walks until we 
feel we can climb mountains and hills and walk over plains 
with rejoicing and thanksgiving, always remembering that 
Breath is Life. 
In summer the feet ought to be well aired, and if possible 
it should be our aim to return to the old custom of wearing 
sandals during the warm season. Feet ought to be bathed 
frequently and we should select such persons as are har- 
monious to our magnetic forces to dry our feet and perfume 
them. We should also go barefooted. Walking through the 
dew-laden grass in the early summer mornings is exceedingly 
beneficial, especially to those of electric temperaments. This 
allows the earth currents to carry away with them effete mat- 
ter, which, if not eliminated from the body will cause inhar- 
monious conditions to arise, and many times serious results 
of a nervous nature follow. Wading in a stream with sandy 
bottom, during the day, is also of much benefit. The feet 
should always be thoroughly dried before putting on the 
stockings and shoes. It might be well to speak here of the 
material best suited for covering the feet. Silk stockings will 
prevent contraction of colds, and development of many nerv- 
vous disorders, while cotton is the worst enemy to the feet, 
especially where part wool or other fabrics are used as wear- 
ing apparel. Wool is next in comparison to silk, and should 
always be "worn in preference to cotton when silk cannot be 
obtained, but should be used only by people of a rheumatic 
and gouty nature. It is still better to wear linen stockings 
or wrap the feet in linen cloths before putting on the stock- 
ings. Take care of your feet that they may lead you into the 
path of knowledge and understanding. 
Paying attention to the little things in life and their 
accurate execution will lead us to the understanding and con- 
sequent control of our nature. We are too narrow in our 
conclusions, too hasty in our judgment. And this is mostly 
due to our nervous state, which nervous condition is accentu- 
ated as we allow ourselves to be wafted about by the winds of 
time, carrying us from place to place without sufficient time 
to think and to reflect as to the outcome of such uncontrolled 
actions. We are anxious to do great things and yet forget 
that the enormous structures before us are the result of many HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
29 
small stones or bricks carefully placed one on top of the other, 
reaching into heights above and covering space below, a struc- 
ture useful as well as grand to behold. We are too impatient, 
and the consequence of such a state of mind is failure to reach 
the goal in our lifetime. 
We desire to be great, to be famous, to be rich, to be a 
power among men and many other things equal in sum and 
substance. How many are there who are great and have 
retained their greatness? ''Except ye become as little chil- 
dren, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven." It is 
the little one only, the innocent, the pure, the gentle, that 
stands out before us as an example worthy to pattern after. 
The greatness lies not in the personality of the man or the 
woman, but in the quality of the work done. That is it which 
bears fruit. That it is that shall still the hunger and the 
thirst of the weary wanderer in these valleys of uncertainties. 
They do not make themselves great by being remembered by 
name; it is the deed that perpetuates itself throughout all 
ages in the evolution of time, that must stand out before our 
sight and remind us of our own capabilities. We are to learn 
to adapt ourselves to the conditions we have our existence 
in, for thereby we arrive at the knowledge and understanding 
of the means whereby to liberate ourselves from everything 
not consistent with our individual growth through evolution, 
as we as individuals reach out towards higher attainments. 
We need to be more practical rather than theoretical. 
Theories lie at the foundation of our evolution forcing us 
from sphere to sphere, merely as unconscious entities await- 
ing the hour of command, to place us into position, whereby 
we shall realize our existence. We are full of theories. We 
are a mass of theoretic conglomerations, a composition of 
mixtures, and it should be our object to make something out 
of all this, yet without any waste to even the smallest par- 
ticle, or any extravagance. And here it is where we get into 
difficulties and perplexities that are liable to prove disastrous 
to our undertakings unless we proceed with care, ease and 
contemplation. This problem of life is a stupendous ques- 
tion, which to fathom and solve will require steadiness and 
ability. It is for this very reason that our body and its 
organic construction should be equal to such an enormous 
demand, lest we go to pieces, as it were, long before we are 
able to find a way out of all this mystery. 
Tn our great, effort to gain and to win, we must come HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
30 
to a point where we recognize this one fact that no two things 
can occupy the same space at the same time. To be enabled 
to hold our own, we must necessarily learn to pay attention 
to our own position and take to things most conducive to our 
individual welfare, thereby reflecting to others, examples 
worthy to be patterned after. Our object must be to control 
all things for our good. 
In nature, there are two extremes, two principal factors, 
working and operating in two directions entirely opposite to 
each other, and when carried away by the one, the result will 
ultimately be the same as if carried away by the other. We 
are to polarize these two extremes in one common end. To be 
enabled to do so, we must continue to be attentive to the 
many little items of our bodily welfare before we can get to 
understand how to master the greater things that mark our 
higher nature. Even our walking, standing, sitting, lying 
down, bending, stooping, reaching, in short, every position of 
the body has some bearing upon our functional arrangement 
and affects our mind to more or less degree. We have men- 
tioned before that the body is perfect as much as an instru- 
ment can be perfect, but it needs tuning up. As far as our 
soul, spirit, and the Supreme within us are concerned, we 
can unfold or develop their states no further than we can the 
material that constitutes the body, but as the latter is being 
made more harmonious by the attention brought to bear upon 
it by our developing sense of how to direct it, to that same 
degree, the mind, soul and spirit shall manifest themselves. 
The instrument we use to execute our knowledge of music 
upon is considered perfect as far as material and construction 
go when it leaves the manufacturing establishment, and 
yet it has to be tested and properly tuned before it is ex- 
hibited. We know as we strike the keyboard that it is such 
an instrument, for everything required to make it such is 
there, viz., the case, the sounding board, the strings, the pegs, 
the hammers, the keys, in fact, every detail to make it wTdrthy 
of the name-instrument. But of what value would this 
instrument be to us, were it not tuned? What an injustice to 
the artist and his talent for music and to music, itself, were 
wTe to ask him to sit down before an instrument out of tune 
and render a grand selection in perfect harmony with the 
perfection of sound. To judge the artist's ability according 
to such an instrument would be next to idiocy. And yet we 
do this day after day, judging things by their appearances HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
31 
instead of coolly and discriminately considering the circum- 
stances-the material at hand. If there be but one key out of 
tune, the piece rendered will suffer. Tune that key and all 
will be well. Supposing we were to get five-cent muslin, com- 
mon house paints and common, ordinary brushes and invite 
an artist of renown to come and paint us a landscape supe- 
rior to anything ever produced. Do you suppose such a 
demand consistent with the law of possibilities? The artist 
can only accomplish things according to the kind of material 
at command. You cannot saw wood with a blunt saw, and 
to chop wood quickly, a sharp ax is necessary. It would 
not matter how entirely your mind might be concentrated 
on chopping wood should the ax be dull. The work would 
only proceed accordingly. Yes, it is the commonplace things 
which need our attention and due consideration. If we will 
only get our tools in order, it will save us a great deal of 
trouble and unpleasantness, many trials, troubles and tempta- 
tions, which are all results of inattention. Whatever we 
undertake should be first well considered and afterward well 
done. To be conscious of well-doing, the body must needs 
be equal to mind force and the latter correspondingly con- 
scious to the operations of the soul and spirit. A mind which 
depends upon the concentration of the intelligences of the 
energies composing our collective body, once conscious of its 
functional needs, and tranquil upon all occasions, well- 
centered and concentrated, and with perfect control of will, 
directing everything for its own individual good and at all 
times polarized, enjoys a state of perfect health and under- 
stands rhythmic breathing. Since all life becomes conscious 
of existence through the breath, this breath when properly 
directed will accomplish everything that our mind may desire. 
Through rhythmic breathing, the mainspring of life-the 
lungs-determine a more normal circulation and purification 
of the blood by oxygenation, thereby securing better heart 
action. When concentrating upon the breath and its central- 
izing life principle, or "Ga-Llama," following the current of 
inhalation and exhalation in our thought, we receive bene- 
fits at once. 
When breathing properly, and thus keeping the nerve cen- 
ters in harmonic action, generating electric nerve fluids, the 
vibrations of the brain centers become raised, thereby in- 
creasing intellectual power and insuring better memory. 
This done, the bodily functions, intelligently controlled, have 32 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
no need of specially devised gymnastics, physical movements, 
athletic exercise, etc., for the reason that a normally bal- 
anced individual is bodily, mentally, and spiritually active, 
and with the twelve senses fully developed, engages in work 
of a useful as well as beneficial nature, economizing the 
natural forces and resources of life. There is no disease but 
what can be healed and cured by the simplest means. All 
that is required is the individual's own desire, prompted by 
will and expressed by rhythmic breathing. Once we are able 
to do this, the mind by virtue of the intelligences inherent, 
unfolds the path to be pursued as to right living, fasting and 
dieting, the observation of which unfolds to us realms of 
thought utterly unknown to ordinary minds. 
Mazdaznan culture points out the way in the simplest 
terms and the pupil carries out the instructions for self heal- 
ing and cure, thereby remaining non-obligatory and learns 
to become acquainted with all the means necessary for future 
emergencies. Mazdaznan culture holds that it is not educa- 
tion that we need so much but that we merely need to be re- 
minded of our own latent forces and learn how to properly 
direct them. We possess all power in heaven and on earth, 
but to demonstrate such power we must be able to use the 
tools requisite for such manifestation. 
A person to become free from the conditions and environ- 
ments of time must become acquainted with his own self suf- 
ficiently to have knowledge of his relation to nature and be- 
come proficient in understanding the control of laws pertain- 
ing to his welfare. We must acquaint ourselves with those 
simple regulations that govern our lives so as to enjoy health 
and happiness and by religious observation of the same, attain 
to higher and nobler understanding. A body that is full of 
governing intelligence will not draw upon the mind but con- 
trol its organic action consciously thereby storing up reserved 
vitality for the furtherance of thought in its domain that it 
may bring forth grander aspirations. 
The mind must be all comprehensive to enjoy concentra- 
tive powers and a happy state. The body must have sym- 
metry and easy carriage to be in perfect health. And as we 
pay some attention to the position and the carriage of the 
body, the intelligences of all our energies will vibrate a like 
state to the mind, while in return by virtue of the increase of 
power w'hich it draws from the ocean of Love, the spirit 
forces the furtherance of intelligence. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
33 
EXERCISE TWO. 
Stand erect with arms to the sides of body, head up, chin 
drawn in sufficiently to show a spirit of independence, eyes 
steadily gazing upon spot before you, not more than seven 
feet away. Body must be in a perfectly relaxed condition, but 
spinal column must be firm and erect, as the spinal cord 
is the seat of the soul. The weight of body is to be balanced 
upon the balls of the feet. To succeed in doing this grace- 
fully, allow the body to swing easily forward and back. No 
weight is to be allowed to rest upon the heels. Keep the 
mouth closed, teeth separated, the tip of tongue resting 
against lower teeth, as in first exercise. 
While inhaling, and following the currents of breath intui- 
tively, gently raise the body and allow the weight to balance 
toward the tips of toes, inhaling slowly and 
harmoniously for seven seconds. Now lower 
the body to its former position, gradually 
exhaling and giving it that graceful swing 
so natural to a controlled body. 
You are to remember when going 
through this exercise, if immediate results 
are to be expected therefrom, to clinch the 
hands tightly while inhaling. Do this thor- 
oughly but gradually. Clinch fists tighter 
and tighter and tighter, yet without any 
effort, and be careful not to tense the mus- 
cles or to grind the teeth in the least. In 
exhaling, gradually relax your fists and 
allow the weight of body to rest upon the 
balls of the feet, and although heels touch 
the floor, no weight must be felt thereon. 
To relax easily all you have to do is to 
empty your lungs thoroughly and allow 
your knees to bend forward about one- 
tenth of an inch. This will bring your 
weight to the ball of the feet and make you 
feel lighter as well as limber. Do not exercise more than 
three minutes at a time and not more than twice a day to 
begin with. This exercise is best taken during waking hours. 
Do not take the exercise immediately after meals. You may 
have the exercise follow the first exercise providing the latter 
has been practiced for at least two weeks, and the breath of 34 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
seven seconds for the space of three minutes can be taken 
conveniently. 
This exercise is to be made use of in your daily walking. 
After you have become accustomed to the balancing of the 
body forward and backward, take several steps while inhaling, 
then while taking a few more steps learn to retain breath for 
just a few seconds. You will soon find that after a little prac- 
tice this exercise will prove of inestimable value for the rea- 
son that it will aid in the re-establishment of the generation 
of electric currents in the foot region, upon which our hearing 
greatly depends. 
In one of the village towns of ancient lore, it so happened 
that a little baby boy was taken seriously ill and vomited. 
One of the neighboring women who was present at the time, 
told the news to her aunt that afternoon, and remarked that 
what the baby threw up was as black as a raven. Aunty 
made a call on her way home on a distant relative, and 
brought her the news that she just heard of a certain baby 
that had vomited a black raven. This caused quite a stir 
among her relatives and many gathered in the evening to 
hear the story from the elderly aunt, who, in her fervor and 
excitement, related the incident of a child that had vomited 
three black ravens. 
It would not be proper for you to pass judgment upon any- 
thing in the nature of hearsay, except to recognize the possi- 
bility of the truth being stretched as there is no ill intention 
on anybody's part to add anything to the original. When 
your sense of hearing will have reached the higher order of 
development, you will be able to understand things more 
fully and be less liable to relate things that would be apt to 
have the appearance of being deeply colored. You are to 
be careful not to pass any judgment upon your neighbor, and 
you shall enjoy the time when everybody around you will 
mind their own business, but if such be your desire you must 
first mind your own business and not wait for others to take 
the lead. You must lead, then the rest will follow. 
With blessings of all good things, 
OTOMAN, 
Prince of Adusht.  INVOCATION. 
O Ineffable, thou realm of thought, word and deed, 
Substance of all, in all and through all, 
Everacting, luminous radiance Divine which giveth expression to the 
soul's desire, 
Which hath no depth nor height, 
Immeasurable perfection, 
Give grace, give power, give peace. 
Life Eternal, who but a soul awakening comprehends Thee! 
Human language is too weak, too poor, to express Thy magnificent 
greatness. 
Not words, but acts and deeds of consciousness can give expression 
of the presence of Thy Divine Being. 
The attributes of divinity are ever before us in the manifestation of 
Thy being. 
And virtues, the garments of the soul, ever lead us through the Valley 
of Presentation. 
Let the gentle spirit now emanating from thought Divine lead hence- 
forth our actions into paths of perfection. 
Let usefulness be our glory, good deeds our praise, justice our honor, 
throughout all Life Cycles. 
Be it so. 
And unto this end let all things prosper. 
36 PRELIMINARY. 
THIRD READING. 
To him who loves purity, order, perseverance and self- 
reliance, let there be peace, comfort, relief and joy eternal. 
WE desire to have it understood that our exercises are 
simply a means to an end. When the desired point 
of development is reached we need no longer .adhere 
to routine exercises. We expect to develop into domains 
superior to the lower existence, and learn to apply the knowl- 
edge gained throughout our journey upon this plane of action. 
The principal object is to awaken the forces within us so 
as to increase the field of action for our senses, and to under- 
stand more fully the twelve senses upon which all knowledge 
and understanding of things in the domain of life are based. 
It should be our desire to understand ourselves more fully, 
so as to enjoy life and cease to sutler the inconveniences of 
ignorance. It is our object to bring all nearer the goal, to 
enable those who are in want to have the way unfolded that 
their desires may be satisfied, while to those having plenty, 
and not understanding the use thereof, the way may be 
opened whereby they also may feel satisfied and happy. In 
short, the object is to equalize all things for the general good 
of all. We have no time for criticism or fault finding. We 
desire to elucidate from the instructions received everything 
that will prove beneficial and assure the greatest possible 
good. 
All of our disease is to be traced to an undeveloped con- 
dition of the brain fibers, which produce uncertain vibra- 
tions, causing discord in our conceptions. We find that 
above all things we lack concentration. We do not 
concentrate enough of the intelligence of thought upon our 
work; we do not concentrate in our planning; we do not 
concentrate in our studies, and when we suffer from some 
cause or other, again we lack the concentration necessary to 
overcome the influences of suggested ideas, which are ever 
drifting about us, and which to subdue and organize is our 
SALUTATION. 
37 38 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
work, our object, our duty. In the study of breathing it is 
our object to learn to master ourselves, however weak we 
may seem to be. We are to learn to concentrate upon the 
work before us. If we sew, we are to think of our work and 
pay attention to the same. When cooking, again our atten- 
tion should be given to that occupation. When reading, all 
our mind should be concentrated upon what is before us. 
We are not only to read but to reflect as well. Whatever 
our work, our duty in life, upon that should our mind be 
concentrated when employed, and we shall And that even 
after a hard day's labor we will not be half as exhausted and 
fatigued as we would have been had our minds become scat- 
tered in all directions, and had we allowed ourselves to be 
carried away by the drifting conditions about us. Do not 
think merely what is possible to you but what would be most 
practicable for you to carry out. It is from the lack of con- 
centration that we drop into a negative state and thus suffer 
untold agonies from disease, misfortune and even poverty 
and failure. We are apt to attempt too many things at one 
time, and not having paid the necessary attention to any one, 
we meet with failure. 
Breathing is to adjust all deficiencies, and to enable us to 
concentrate. By concentration we do not mean meditation. 
Wo do not care to meditate upon any one particular subject 
that is but one part of our nature. Concentration is that 
which entertains everything pertaining to our immediate 
happiness. We need concentration of mind, but can get 
along without meditation if need be. 
In all our exercising it should be remembered that we are 
not to use effort, that we are not to strain ourselves in the 
least. If we take the proper upright posture, with spinal 
column erect, head thrown back a trifle, chin drawn in 
slightly, with mind set upon the work before us, effort is no 
longer needed, as we are placed in an attitude of determina- 
tion and self-reliance that will aid us in gaining the desired 
effect. We cannot fail to receive benefits from our exercise 
within three minutes' time. The moment we take our posi- 
tion, however tired or fatigued we may be, relief comes with 
the first indrawn breath, and after three minutes' breathing 
we feel perfectly refreshed and rejuvenated. When you feel 
tired, exhausted, weary or troubled, do not encourage such 
conditions to continue through your negativeness, but rouse 
yourself from this state of lethargy and take your breaths. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
39 
Breathe into your lungs Ga-Llama, the ever-acting, never- 
ending, all-permeating Life Principle of the Eternal Bliss, 
and you will at once realize your individuality; while with 
every outgoing breath, or exhalation, you part with the forces 
which have done their work and desire to be liberated into 
space-forces that are no longer of use to you, as they be- 
come foreign to your constitution, having established through 
their intelligence a condition of their own, and when held 
within yourself become only detrimental to your welfare 
because of their suggestive tendency. Let them go, and they 
will take with them all that troubles you. Breathe out that 
condition which breeds environments of darkness. Take on 
the breath from light and reflect it against the accumulated 
darkness of negativeness that positiveness may be equally 
balanced with the same, and freedom, peace and harmony 
will abound within and without, and all will be well. 
Do not strain any part of the body, for the reason that it 
becomes suggestive to your physical nature to use effort. 
Arise in the majesty of your being by holding your spinal 
column erect, and at once the Will responds and you become 
conscious of your individuality through self-reliance, and even 
the winds and the waters shall obey thy Will. There is but 
one rest, and that rest is in Breath; all else is activity, 
whether you are conscious or unconscious, asleep or awake. 
When inharmonious with the vibrations of nature, when out 
of harmony with your thought waves, you become restless 
-that is, short of breath and retain too much carbon and 
other matter which should be set free. To free yourself from 
foreign substances is to breathe rapidly a few times, then 
expel all the air possible, and, in an attitude most becoming 
to an independent being as given in our instructions, draw in 
the life-giving Breath. New dynamic force and energy will 
arise within, and at once your vitality becomes conscious of 
their presence, and healthier and better ideas begin to un- 
fold to your mind, the nerve centers take up the .generation of 
electric fluid, and the magnetic circles, responding to their 
action, at once vibrate their currents of consciousness to and 
from the whole system of your being. Relaxation of muscles 
alone by putting the body to sleep would never give you, 
even after six hours' so-called rest, what three minutes of 
individual breathing does. The great Breath of Mazda re- 
ceived while in a certain attitude of positive receptivity acts 
as a current of life to the exhausted, a refreshment to the 40 
weary wanderer after a day's march through the sandy 
desert, and like a cool breeze on a hot summer eve, yea, even 
like a delicious drink to the longing, the fainting. 
If we take up this work lightly and do not go into it ear- 
nestly, are not honest with ourselves, and continue to palm off 
deception upon our ownselves, we have no one to blame when 
we find that we are behind, while others more sincere reap 
the benefit from these exercises by observing them faithfully 
and with thoughtfulness. 
We would like to have it understood that our work is 
public, is universal, and, as it tends to aid us in our own sal- 
vation, we simply take interest only so far as we find condi- 
tions responsive to our actions. We consider our life too 
precious and our time too valuable to waste upon soil yet 
unprepared for the taking of seed. We cannot prepare the 
ground, as that is part of the individual's work, and is to be 
accomplished by every man sooner or later according to his 
own due time of understanding. We can simply give instruc- 
tions relative to the mode of preparation, thereby aiding one 
another in planting the good seed, and then leave the rest to 
the basic principle of the seed itself to unfold. It is not for 
us to say whether you accept this truth or not. You are to 
be your own judge. We put forth no claims; we make no 
assumptions, but leave it to you to make the test. With your 
mind centered upon the work, you will receive more benefits 
than we even vouch for. The time of assumptions and claims 
is a condition of the past. We rely upon reason, setting 
forth proofs, and undeniable facts. 
The more diligent you are in the observation of these 
exercises, the more earnest, dignified, reliable, graceful, 
polite, healthy and hbnest you will become with yourself, and 
also with all the world, which is your reflection. And as you 
see it, so you appear in reality yourself. These harmonic 
exercises, through the concentrated power of Breath, will 
save and help you in your redemption from sickness, sin and 
poverty. They will point out the path for you to travel, and 
what means to adopt in gaining a state of perfect satisfac- 
tion. As soon as even one sense becomes developed out of 
the state of nonsense round about, you will gain a foothold 
upon ground that will bring out other senses, until all non- 
sense is overcome. Breathing will help to overcome idiocy, 
insanity, fanaticism (religious, political or otherwise), imbe- 
cility and negative environments under which you all suffer 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
41 
more or less. All that is undesirable is due to unbalanced 
brain conditions, and it should be your aim to bring perfect 
harmony to your soul that you might live a life of conscious- 
ness and no longer submit to the ban of infernal suggestions 
and hypnotic influences that exist because of your ignorance 
or inability to control. As you take in this free breath of 
life you give the system an opportunity to adjust itself. If 
you will but use a concentrated mind action with your work 
you will at once prove to yourself that there is more power 
within your physical being than can be learned in all the 
instructions given by even the wisest of masters. 
We should first learn that we are not to rely upon others, 
that we are not to look up to others for help, that we are 
no longer to expect anything from any one, that no one can 
save us but the Mighty One. And who can this Mighty One 
be? If we expect to find It in some domain foreign to our 
own, if we hope to reach It by humiliation, by supplication 
to some source or force unknown to us, if we reach out for It 
to realms clouded to our comprehension, if we expect to find 
It outside of our own being, we are taking a premise that will 
sooner or later reveal to us our error. 
Remember that no man can reveal to you the problem of 
your own existence. We may theorize upon it, we may seek 
to show you the truth by the use of objects belonging to this 
world of vision and attempt to make plain that which no 
philosopher has ever succeeded in doing; we may delude our- 
selves with ideas of superstition by putting forth claims 
of knowing the beyond, of knowing the past, the future, but 
in truth we know nothing. If we would but drop theorizing 
and enter consciously upon the duties of life, we would no 
longer worry about things that have no existence in the 
domains of reality. No one can solve the problem of life but 
he who is concerned in the same. And that solution, being 
individual, is only applicable to the individual. The solution 
of my problem cannot concern you. I know nothing of yours. 
To reach that point where we may know ourselves we must 
know God, and vice versa. And this is life eternal, to know 
God and His manifestation-man-the messenger of life, the 
expression of the radiance of the sun. Think with mind com 
centrated and reflect, and you will solve the problem of life, 
something no one can do but yourself. And on that day you 
will know the truth. 
Whatever our object may be, let it be understood that to 42 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
gain the end set out for we must be able to concentrate. Howt 
much valuable time is wasted in the study of a science for 
which we have no understanding and of which there is no 
real knowledge! How many precious hours are wmsted in 
book learning, which crams our little undeveloped brain with 
stuff indigestible to it, puffing up that conical ball of ours 
which is ready to burst at the slightest touch, polluting the air 
with its foulness and decay, which has been forming in its 
chamber for years and years of darkness and superstition. 
To enjoy memory we must necessarily be able to concen- 
trate our mind on one certain point, and to deal with mind 
as a factor of reality we must know its location as a thing in 
existence, otherwise it is only a thing of supposition, and this 
will never bring to us the realization expected from the work 
before us. When we say "mind," what do we mean thereby? 
When we say "touch," we at once realize the instrument that 
conveys to our senses the intelligence of touch, and simul- 
taneously we connect it with a hand that touches. We say 
"sight;" at once we think of a pair of eyes to see with. Of 
course, we all know that it is not the eye that sees, it is not 
the hand that touches, but that they are the instruments 
through which we convey the sense of sight, the sense of 
touch, and so on. When we say "mind," is it not also neces- 
sary to find its location to enable us io know of its true 
existence so as not to draw7 upon our imagination? Our 
imagination is entirely too active as it is, and we are desirous 
of growing away from it and ridding ourselves of the control 
of fancies and illusions which continually throw us into a 
hypnotic state from whence there is no salvation unless we 
awaken to the consciousness of being and learn to conquer 
and even master our nature to a degree governed by common 
sense and reason. 
As we are beings of an intellectual nature, we must 
demonstrate concentration of mind-must have memory. 
Memory controls all the functions of Ilie intellectual group 
of faculties, and is the very seat of mind. Here it is that 
by concentration we can set into action the functions of the 
intellectual, moral and animal groups. As long as we are 
of a drifting nature there is lack of concentration, and we do 
not remember our actions from one day to another. You 
know from experience that one reason that you get into 
trouble is that you do not remember what you have last said 
to your friend, and it is here the trouble begins. Memory, HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
43 
the concentration of mind, is what we all need most. It 
means success to us in our business affairs. All our transac- 
tions require concentration of mind, which gives us perfect 
resolution and enables us to keep cool in all our dealings. 
When persons around you become excited and begin to lose 
their self-control, sit down and begin to breathe. Breathe a 
few breaths, concentrating upon "Breath is Life," and after 
a few minutes' breathing you will astonish everyone with 
your decided coolness and ability to offer such advice as will 
carry them through to a point of perfect satisfaction. 
The mind is a great factor in the transmission of forces 
necessary to the formation of expressible ideas. In concen- 
trating these forces of generative electricity, through the 
action of the ganglia of the nervous system, they are centered 
toward this point-memory-and are distributed thence to 
the various faculties of the brain in accordance to a desire 
springing from the action of the heart, and will be expressed 
in accordance to the degree of the desire. The greater the 
concentration, the more powerful the control over the brain 
functions, the greater will be the memory and the firmer the 
impressions received. Thus through concentration w7e open 
the portals of the soul and unfold the knowledge of being, are 
able to express the universal through the individual and 
individualize the universal, recognizing thereby that it is not 
teaching we need, not instructions we must have, but that 
we are merely to remain in a constantly attentive state, being 
mindful of the things that are present within our own being. 
Everything in this world is concentrated in our being. Our 
very body is the concentration of the universe, the visible 
universe, because of our expression into time and space. Our 
ability to control the universal is dependent upon the degree 
of control we have over the individual. As the material has 
been concentrated into the collectivity of being, so mind must 
concentrate all of the intelligences toward a given point of 
the brain and from that center control the finer forces. What- 
ever our ideas of mind might have been matters not. Let it 
be understood that every condition, every attribute, every 
sense must have a residence somewhere in this body, for what 
cannot be found in this body is not to be looked for in the 
universe; it is beyond our knowing, our possessing. 
It is not necessary to memorize in order to have memory, 
for with all our memorizing we may still lack control of brain 
functions, control over our bodily organs, and may lack the 44 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
ability of expression. We need concentration of mind in all 
things. If we continue to concentrate our mind we shall find 
it an easy matter, and not a task, to remember, and we shall 
also find that our self-reliance asserts itself stronger every 
day and enables us to remind ourselves of our actions. What- 
ever we do, our mind must be in harmony with our actions; 
we must think of what we are doing and not wander about 
and be carried away by the drifting conditions in nature, but 
control every condition for our own good. It is upon the 
action of the mind that the brain functions depend for their 
response, and if the concentrative force of mind is lacking to 
any extent it follows that the action will be equal only to 
that degree. As intellectual beings we are no longer to be 
governed by the animal or carbonaceous group of faculties, 
nor the moral or phosphatic group, but the intellectual or 
nitrogenous group, which, because of the height of its activ- 
ity, controls both the former. Where imagination and spir- 
ituality, so-called, hold sway, the moral group is centered 
thereto and there is no proper mind action. The morality of 
being merely attempts to govern the animal and succeeds in 
part only because of a lack of perfect control over the vibra- 
tions of the brain fibers, and because the consciousness of 
mind is not concentrated toward perfect realization. A scat- 
tered condition of thought is no assurance of thoughtfulness. 
It merely shows inability to concentrate. It proves that 
you are in a negative condition, receptive to any 
vibration of a drifting nature, receiving everything that 
comes to you according to the law of vibration, and while 
in this condition the scattered forces of nature are drawn 
toward your being. You suffer under such a strain because 
the ideas received while in this negative condition are imprac- 
ticable and it is impossible to make use of them to any degree 
of good, and they act only detrimentally to the physical being. 
Ideas of a practical nature, capable of being carried out, are 
those arising* from concentrated action. 
It is by the concentration of mind, through its function 
memory, that the intellectual faculties transfer their actions 
to the moral group and thus keep the animal faculties in 
check. Then you manifest perfection in all things and begin 
to enjoy what there is in life. You must be able to originate; 
that is, your ideas must l>e original to you, through concen- 
trative action, and to succeed in this means perfect memory. 
Memory means mind concentrated; memorizing may be of HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
45 
negative or positive action and does not necessarily show 
concentration of mind. Our being in manifestation of mat- 
ter is dual, so are our brain faculties and all sense conditions 
dual in their nature, and we may develop activity either in 
one or the other direction. As we have two feet, two hands, 
two eyes, two ears, so are there negative and positive func- 
tions of comparison, reason, perception, calculation, ideality, 
and so on. It is due to an undecided condition that we drift 
into the negative or positive, and experience in either case 
a detriment to our being. It is only when we learn to concen- 
trate the negative and positive brain functions toward polari- 
zation that we are in a position to control our desires by a 
mind centered at one given point. 
Men will spend hundreds of dollars for memnotechnics, or 
the art of memorizing, but by the application of such systems 
memory never improves. Since upon a good memory the 
success of man depends, it is no wonder that everybody is 
anxious to improve that function of the brain. Yet in all 
memnotechnics they merely memorize and can only remember 
that which has been impressed upon certain brain cells by 
constant repetition. To memorize figures pertaining to cer- 
tain events we are told in memnotechnics to connect with the 
event which has occurred in the year 749, for example, the 
mystical number, which is seven, and when thinking of the 
same to multiply it by its own denomination, thus, 7x7=49, 
or the year 749, the time the event took place. It is but 
natural that after such a combination a person, though a 
blockhead, ought to be able to remember that particular 
event. We need concentration of mind, which places the 
brain function called memory in harmony with the individual- 
ity, and which, through the medium of the senses, is placed 
directly in touch with the desired manifestation in the realm 
of existing things. 
The mind plays an important part in our lives, and ac- 
cording to the extent of control it possesses over the at- 
tributes of our being, it decides our future happiness or woe. 
We frequently hear persons talk of two or more minds, viz., 
a conscious and a sub-conscious mind, auto-conscious mind, 
mortal and divine mind, physical and spiritual mind. Never- 
theless one thing is certain, and that is there is but one mind. 
Its mode of operation and its varied workings give it the 
manifold shadings or colorings ofttimes mistaken for dif- 
ferent faculties. 46 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
We have but one mind, and it manifests according to the 
temperament and the conditions of the body and brain, at 
one time in a negative and at another time in a positive man- 
ner. There are not two minds, but only one, and it concen- 
trates according to the strongest inclination of the energies. 
If our actions are those of a material nature the intelligences 
of that nature will tend to take possession of the mind, which 
is merely a condition of the collectivity of such intelligences, 
controlling the animal group of our faculties, influencing the 
intellectuality to animalistic and materialistic tendencies, 
ideas and colorings. 
According to the way in which the intelligences increase 
their capacities so the mind centers its forces to the moral or 
spiritual group, thereby manifesting its ideas shaded with 
moral or ethical expression, beautiful in theory, but too weak 
in tendency and application to be practical. As in its mate- 
rial domain the mind is selfish, of low nature, grasping and 
wasteful, just so is it close, hard, narrow and drifting in its 
spiritual or moral realm. Not until it becomes conscious of 
reality does it awaken to the fuller realization of its intel- 
lectual realm, centered to the intellectual group, which con- 
trols the material and spiritual for its own good. 
As long as the mind is not concentrated to memory which 
decides the receptive vibrations of intellectuality there will 
be no control manifested over the moral and animal functions, 
and they will decide their condition, necessarily shading into 
the drifting conditions of uncertainty. Bearing in mind that 
everything of a mechanical nature, however delicate or com- 
plicated, must work harmoniously in its component parts, 
we shall realize the necessity of the adjustment and control 
over organs that decide certain conditions necessary for our 
conscious activity. 
Should any part of the body sutler from the lack of indi- 
vidual intelligence to the energies making up a certain func- 
tion, the result will be noticed as to the mind, as it is merely 
a condition created by the collectivity of energetic intelli- 
gences representing the various functions and their parts. 
Where there is insufficient breath capacity the lungs may not 
suffer directly, but other organs of the body will experience 
lack of supply as to intelligence, and this condition being 
made known to the mind by virtue of the operation of the 
ganglionic system, which, when forced to exhaust its genera- 
tive supply, becomes uncertain in its modus operandi and HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
47 
keeps the mind in a condition of uncertainty. Thus quite 
frequently when presence of mind is most needed, we do not 
know what to do or the proper path to pursue to get out of 
our difficulties. Such a condition is due to the inability of 
arresting the generative operation in the ganglia of the 
nervous system. Our mind manifests the condition of the 
body and its functional operations, as well as the capacity of 
breath and brain. 
Just as animality deals with things of the past when mani- 
fested by the human form, entertaining ideas and expressing 
actions of a lower order of things in its process of evolu- 
tion, signifying the drifting conditions of nature, aimlessly 
operating, as it were, without any apparent object, just so 
spirituality drifts to the opposite extreme, and where tyranny 
marks animalism, despotism rules in spirituality. This dual- 
ity of being is in constant warfare, as it were, and the intel- 
lectuality, as it dawns upon our highest mountain top, the 
forehead, whence it views the break of day and the rising of 
the glowing sun, the mind, in its fullness, grandeur and 
sublimity, will shed light upon our path, and peace will reign 
within the realm of this earthly tabernacle, while the trou- 
bled waves of the brain shall obey the command and will of 
the master thought, crowned by a mind in its proper position, 
from its throne on high. 
As long as attention is paid exclusively to an abdominal 
breath the intelligences of a brute nature will hold full sway 
over the brain vibrations, while spirituality can only crop 
out at times of bodily illness, resulting in mental depression, 
and also now and then unconsciously, as if against our will, 
revealing the seed of a higher nature of being, but inexpressi- 
ble by our mind because of insufficient understanding of our 
real self. 
Thus it is by degrees we arrive at a point where it seems 
as if there was something in all this life that required our 
attention, and we take to the solar plexus breaths, either 
consciously, which means that we force such breaths upon us 
directly to reach a certain end. or unconsciously, where we 
grow into it because of a tendency transferred to us in our 
hypnotic state of existence. This is where we run from one 
extreme to another, considering the future at the expense of 
the present, just as much as in animality we neglected our 
real needs of the present by searching and digging for the 
dry bones of Israel. In materiality we deny our spiritual 48 
nature, and in spirituality we in return deny materiality, 
still neglecting our present needs. We shall continue 
to breathe the breath of life until we advance beyond 
all superstition of time, into the realms above-the heaven 
of intellectuality, which knows love, peace and harmony, 
world without end. 
EXERCISE THREE. 
Take the same position as in the first exercise. Always 
lie certain you take a firm position and that your teeth are 
separated, the tongue resting in a perfectly relaxed condition 
in the lower part of the mouth. Not that your tongue needs 
the much desired rest, but so the air you inhale can more 
readily pass through the air tube. It will also help to 
strengthen the larynx, and you will find that even) your voice 
becomes clearer and more melodious after a few exercises. 
Place on the floor in front of you, about one foot from 
the toes of your shoes, some dull object, say a copper penny 
-an ordinary cent. Not that we intend to concentrate upon 
money, not at all. It is not dollars that we are after in this 
work, but sense. For that reason we select a cent, as it will be 
the least suggestive of money matters. P>y sitting down and 
concentrating on money we find that it will not come unless 
we get a move on us to get it, if to get money be our aim. 
Few can get anything they desire that money will buy,- 
but health, understanding, intelligence, wisdom and all the 
attributes of a nobler existence cannot be bought. They can 
be acquired by diligent work and concentrating upon their 
true nature. 
Steady the eyes upon this cent before you, not concentrat- 
ing upon it, but simply using it as an object to steady your 
eyes upon. You gaze at it restfully, never losing sight of it, 
whatever the movement of your body may be. Be certain 
that you do not press your hands that are resting upon the 
lower limbs, as all of the muscles are to be relaxed except 
fhe spinal column, which is to be held erect and firm. 
Now take your prelude breaths of short inhalations and 
exhalations, four or more times, and then empty your lungs 
as much as you can without using any effort, as effort means 
failure in all things. Then inhale fully and deeply, at the 
same time repeating mentally the sentence, "Breath Is Life." 
While inhaling and thinking upon the sentence "Breath 
is Life," bend your body forward, gazing steadily at the cent 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
49 
before you, keeping head steady with the movement of the 
body. Remember that this movement is a hip movement, 
and it will help to reduce the size of the hips and expand 
the diaphragm, thus giving you a better and a more graceful 
shape. It will reduce those heavy bay windows of the three- 
hundred-pounder, and also round out the wasp-shaped funnel. 
To avoid all possibility of suggestive ideas of a drifting 
nature, you emphasize one word of the sentence at a time. 
While inhaling, put special 
emphasis upon "Breath," while 
"is Life" is not to be empha- 
sized. Bend forward while 
inhaling until you have reached 
a point where the floating ribs 
almost come in contact with 
the lower limbs. Of course, 
you must remember that your 
abdomen is to be drawn in 
gently in all the exercises. 
As soon as you are through 
inhaling and bending forward, 
which is to be done very slowly 
and gently, you retain the 
breath, or hold it, as it were, 
while repeating the sentence, 
"Breath is Life," with emphasis 
on "is." You are not to choke 
yourself while retaining breath. 
Do not strain the muscles of 
the larynx or the chest, but 
stop inhaling and remain in 
the position as if intending to inhale longer. Repeat the 
sentence mentally, only somewhat more rapidly, to cover the 
space of about three or four seconds. Then exhale, repeating 
the sentence as during inhalation, "Breath is Life," putting 
emphasis upon "Life," and bend the body backward to its first 
position. Always empty your lungs thoroughly, yet with1 
control. 
This exercise is to be done from one to three times a day, 
for not longer than three minutes at a time. Of course, it is 
understood that during breathing exercises the room should 
be well aired and properly ventilated and that your back be 
turned against the light. When bending forward seven 50 
seconds is to be consumed. Then hold the breath for three 
or four seconds and exhale for seven seconds or longer in 
returning to the first position. 
You do not wish to overdo, but you are apt to lengthen 
your time of breathing to longer minutes than you would 
understand a minute to be. We would rather you would take 
less than overdo it. Whatever surplus electric force is gen- 
erated through the work of breathing the system will store 
in the spleen for future cases of emergency, to supply the 
demand in time of need. 
Your system may not be trained sufficiently for the stor- 
ing up of much surplus electric force, and the vibrations of 
the nerve centers are liable to transfer their activity to brain 
cells directly under the control of the imaginary faculties. 
Certain temperaments are thus made more meditative, a con- 
dition we do not favor, as our work at present is that of 
concentration whereby the greatest possible good physically, 
mentally and spiritually may be derived. You cannot afford 
to throw yourselves into a state of apparent happiness for 
the purpose of gratifying the sensual nature. 
You must continue to bear in mind that every system has 
its regulations, and if you earnestly desire to take advantage 
of these noble teachings you should give these exercises 
attention and follow them religiously, as you are the ones to 
derive the good from their observance. 
As repeatedly said, these exercises are a means to an end 
only, and as soon as you have reached the desired state of 
unfoldment you will no longer be expected to follow them 
in routine. As long as you are disciples you follow the mas- 
ter. As soon as you are able to do the works of the master 
you are no longer to perform the duties of a disciple. It is 
as with the study of harmony, whatever method you take up, 
you are expected to follow it until you have acquired all that 
the masters in harmony can teach you. You must at first 
keep within the bounds of the rules laid down by harmony. 
As soon as you begin to master harmony you can break the 
rules apparently, to enter into fields peculiar to the regula- 
tions known and establish rules of your own. Until then 
you must keep at least to that which is made known unto you 
and know for yourself, so that you will never do anything 
but that which shall be according to perfect harmony. 
With blessings of all good things, 
OTOMAN, Prince of Adusht. 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE Cessna four INVOCATION. 
Oh! Nameless One, 
Who alone art Supreme and an object worthy of adoration and praise, 
Be thou ever consciously near us. 
Master Infinite, it is thou who hast ordained 
That as the day succeeds the night, one tide a tide, and race a race 
through eternity, 
So man will manifest on the endless planes of progression. 
As he casts off this collective form, which will be consumed by the 
virtues of its own elements, 
So will the spirit phenomenon be disintegrated by its own elements, 
And with each new manifestation will retain its former experiences. 
All individual is eternal, 
And the experiences of former manifestations become the companions 
to the latter through all planes of consciousness, 
While the career of the life of the individual shall determine its 
spiritual affiliations, 
For if on an inferior plane, then shall its companions be likened unto 
beasts and reptiles. 
All life has its spiritual counterpart in the invisible, 
Therefore, not only has man immortal nature, but likewise the lower 
order of animal existence. 
Hence the universal law: "Thou shalt not kill." 
And they are the true children of Ah-Brahm who transgress not this 
divine institution. 
So be it. 
And unto this end let all things prosper. 
52 PRELIMINARY. 
FOURTH READING. 
SALUTATION. 
Grace and peace from the realms of consciousness be unto all; 
consolation and comfort, ever abounding through nature, hover 
over, and the light of understanding be always before us. Greeting. 
S you continue your exercises daily you will experience 
greater ease in breathing, as well as getting a more 
scientific posture than at first. "Practice makes per- 
fect" is an old maxim, yet nevertheless true even in the exer- 
cise of breath culture. As long as there is a doubt in your 
mind as to the benefits of this work, just that long you can 
not reap the full benefits, although you will reap some good 
in spite of all your rebellion, criticism and fault-finding. You 
grow to be a healthier, nobler and better being from day to 
day. You may be unconscious of it at first, because of the 
lack of concentration and insufficient exercise. 
It is proper that we should study and learn everything per- 
taining to this life, everything that will beautify this existence, 
everything that will aid us in living in comfort, ease and satis- 
faction. It behooves us to know everything possible of a prac- 
tical nature which we can apply in our everyday life; all else is 
vain. All theorizing that can be of no consequence to us 
should be cast overboard. To that end we desire to bring 
about conditions in our body and mind functions so as to 
withstand all the buffetings of ignorance and superstition, and 
become firm in our convictions. Sickness comes only to he 
who has not realized that the power of health or healing lies 
within his own domain. Ue will suffer from every little nega- 
tive condition because of the vibrations he manifests. He will 
suffer from ignorance and poverty, because he does not com- 
prehend that the power to change conditions is within him. 
The reason some people eat and drink anything they please, 
and transgress even the law of nature and instinct (yet ap- 
53 54 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
parently do not show the effects of the transgression), is be- 
cause their minds are so firmly set that nothing can harm them. 
They consider not their actions at the time. If contrary to 
nature, it will be revenged upon them at some time, but not 
until the iniquities have overbalanced mercy, or the goodness 
of one's nature. The one who suffers all the time is he who 
attempts to make everything a law unto himself instead of 
using judgment. Balance the things in nature pro and con, 
and let them remain at that for the time being. If you are 
sick, never mind the cause of disease, never mind what may 
be the result; just reverse your method of living, and breathe 
with mind concentrated upon Breath, and all will be well. 
If you do not stir the forces within you to activity, if you do 
not begin to rely upon your own powers, you will never get 
that for which you are seeking. As long as you live iu the 
expectation of receiving aid from other sources than your 
own you will hold to negative conditions and will show only 
the nature of respectability, consequently whatever comes to 
you will be fogged. Why do you want to run after everything 
that comes along when it is of no value to you, and why 
should you study anything you do not care to make practical 
use of in your everyday life? It would be folly for you to be 
led from one thing to another and remain undecided as to 
which is right or wrong, good or evil, true or false. Do you 
lack brains that you allow others to think for you and tell 
you which might be the right way to travel? Nature is full 
of beautiful lessons of life around you, and daily you may 
learn what path to follow. Are you so deluded in your sense 
condition that you cannot listen to the still, small voice of 
your conscience; cannot follow the dictates of your intuition? 
It is worth the little sacrifice on your part to get this instru- 
ment of yours tuned up sufficiently to depend upon its actions 
for guidance. Nature is so merciful that by the least aid on 
your part you may obtain the greatest good. We hold that 
it is not the fault of the system if you do not receive the good 
you expect, but the fault of the one hearing the instructions 
and not following them with the aid of his intuitive faculties. 
It is not the fault of the teacher that you do not always gain 
the desired effect; it is the fault of he who will not use his 
own reason. 
We hold that proper breathing, as we take it under con- 
sideration, will eventually eradicate all deficiencies, and, using 
judgment in your diet, you will no longer be troubled with HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
55 
disease. You are to master certain rules before you can be- 
come proficient in the art of healing. Breathing is breathing, 
yet it all depends upon how you breathe, under what condi- 
tions, when and in what position. The more you exercise the 
various breaths, the more you will be able to determine the 
different effects upon body and mind. There are breaths for 
singers, breaths for speakers, breaths for performers, breaths 
for every phase of life. The breath breathed over a dish of 
hot water will cool it; the breath breathed into the cold hands 
will warm them. There is one thing you have observed in 
these phenomena. In the first case you breathe with force and 
in rapid succession; in the latter case you breathe long and 
with a drawl. In addition to these explanations we shall 
mention another fact that puzzles every mind when experi- 
menting with the exhaling breath in the following described 
manner: Breathe, for instance, with the exhaling breath 
softly upon your hand. Then breathe with the next exhaling 
breath again softly upon your hand, but this time using the 
syllable "pooh," and you will get the opposite result-a gentle, 
cooling breeze. In experimenting upon this it matters not 
whether you breathe softly or with increasing force, and 
sometimes another consonant like "ph" or "f" may be used. 
In any way you will have success. The whole secret lies in 
the -mere change of attitude. If you breathe upon your hand 
"p" in a formal drawl, and immediately after "p" in staccato, 
you will observe a most wonderful change. Your own experi- 
ments will reveal marvelous phenomena which we could not 
enumerate here, but leave for you to experience. When you 
are warm and take a long breath through your nostrils, then 
exhale with lips parted, lowering the diaphragm, you get 
cooled off at once. While if you inhale and exhale through 
the nostrils, at first rapidly, then lengthen the breath and 
continue to alternate, you will get into a perspiration within 
a few minutes. He who claims that it matters not as to how 
you breathe knows not whereof he speaks. If you breathe 
meditatively you become psychic, and the brain functions will 
become a mass of uncertainties, while if you breathe with 
concentration upon Breath alone, for the purpose of the de- 
velopment of all the functions of the body, and have the 
positions required for such development, the result will be 
the mastering of the body in all things. It matters not as to 
your age, appearance, environments, and the conditions about 
you; there is help for all in the proper application of breath, 56 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
and it is to this end that we are contemplating these explana- 
tions. 
"Breath is Life" is the conclusion we arrive at after having 
given some thought upon a subject of such vital importance to 
the welfare of our being. A mere statement of another is 
not a proof; such must be gained by experience, so as to 
become a self evident and established fact to the analyst. Life 
is dependent upon Breath. Life is the manifestation of forms 
through the power of Breath. When we speak of life we deal 
with the manifestations of Breath. When we look for life 
with the aid of a microscope in the expectation of finding the 
"germ" which constitutes what is commonly calk'd life, we 
look for something we do not find. The microscope reveals 
nothing more than the eye. It reveals only forms. It may 
reveal more forms of life, it may acquaint one with -more 
surfaces, but it tells nothing of the basic principle of life. We 
cannot say that life is Breath. It would be as much a mis- 
take in comprehension and ill to logic as to say love is God. 
The perfect philosopher would say "God is love." We con- 
sider God to be the Principle, as Breath is the principle of, 
or to life. Wherever there is manifestation there is life, there 
is Breath, for without Breath no life or life manifestation 
could exist. Breath then is the principle upon which life and 
its various forms of manifestation depend. Breath remains 
independent of manifestation. 
A bug is not a bird, a bird is not a monkey, a monkey is 
not a man, but there is life in each and all breathe. This 
principle of Breath expands into manifold life forces, and 
these life forces manifest themselves through various forms of 
existence. The great masters of old, the adepts of the 
ancients, the philosophers of all ages, and the naturalists of 
today, all arrive at one conclusion, all merge into that one 
self-evident truth: Breath is Life. There is but one Breath, 
one Center, one God, yet of manifestations there are many, as 
everything evolving into Zarvan Akarana (Time, Space and 
Causation), manifests the sense of limitation, showing varia- 
tions, and variation is the essence of existence. Breath is 
one, yet its manifestation differs in accordance with the di- 
rection assumed, the space occupied, the lime in which it is 
revealed. The shape and form1 of the existing object show 
the degree of vibration of the principle of Breath. The higher 
and more complex the vibrations of the Breath principle, the 
higher the species in the realm of manifestation, and the HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
57 
greater the understanding, the knowledge, the wisdom of the 
principle itself, the greater will be the realization of life and 
the ability to solve life's problem. The capabilities of the 
individual through life will also be greater, and life becomes 
worth living. In short, we become better acquainted with 
our real self. Thus Breath becomes a subject worthy of 
study, for the more we learn about it the more we shall make 
use of it in the direction desired, and the more anxious we 
become to unfold the hidden forces enveloped therein. Man 
is the highest physical manifestation of Breath. All the 
animal kingdom belongs to the same category. The variation 
of form is due to the degree to which the power of Breath is 
realized. These variations continue even in human beings 
and our abilities and possibilities in life depend upon the 
power of Breath and its application. The lower the vibra- 
tions of the Breath, the lower the knowledge of being and the 
lower the degree of possibilities. Breath is forever the same, 
but its manifestation is in accordance with the development of 
the form through which it is manifested. The more that 
Breath is given an opportunity to rise, the purer the mani- 
festation. As we look around us for object lessons whereby 
we may be able to understand a statement made, we need only 
to observe Nature, which is full of the objective, and receive 
evidence therefrom. We note that the lower the species of 
animal, the lower the Breath. Because of this the thinking 
and reasoning ability of the lower animal is inferior to that 
of the higher. The development of the brain faculties, the 
organs of the mind, depends directly upon the unfoldment of 
the brain cells through the capacity of Breath, and the ex- 
pansion of the lungs. The continuation of cell life depends 
upon the digestive organs, which are the organs of its crea- 
tion. In any one of these Breath forms we may enjoy life to 
the degree manifested, but the perfection of the Supreme lies 
in the union of all toward the oneness of Breath, All theories 
on Breath and breathing may be correct according to the 
standpoint taken, and are applicable to those in that par- 
ticular degree of development, yet the practice will always 
prove that there is no theory that does not undergo altera- 
tions as soon as it is put into practice. To make a thing 
practical, a knowdedge of the theory is necessary, as well as 
the understanding of its application. A theory simplified 
holds the least number of mistakes or mistaken ideas, there- 
fore less labor is required in accomplishing the end set out 58 
for. A theory must include practicability, and those who are 
able to proclaim it must live up to it and know whereof they 
speak, and those desirous of reaching salvation will come in 
unison with that spirit which leads into all truth. 
Deep thought emanates from a form wherein there lies a 
deep, full Breath. A short Breath manifests excitement and 
nervousness. The ideas of the deep-breathing philosopher 
continue to live while the utterances of the short, spasmodic- 
ally and rapidly breathing politician, however great and 
marvelous they may seem at the time, die and sink into 
oblivion. That corpulent woman, that athletic man with 
muscles apparently powerful, will molder in the grave while 
you yet may glory in the world of manifestation, although less 
expanded muscularly. It is not the expanded mass of muscles 
that insures existence, gives abilities and evolves into pos- 
sibilities, but brain power, which is the secret of life. 
We know of three principal Breaths in the manifestation 
through human form. The physical or abdominal Breath, the 
soul or solar plexus and diaphragmatic Breath, and the indi- 
vidual or spirit Breath, sometimes called brain Breath because 
of its action upon the pinial gland. Each of these principal 
Breaths again manifests variations in accordance with the 
system applied. 
As good, in the form of knowledge or power, is a unit, so is 
the reverse, in the form of disease, poverty or sin, a unit. The 
good we always remember, while sin, sickness and poverty we 
do not care to remember, for they are sad experiences without 
any real benefit. There should be but one desire, and that is 
to have understanding, to know all things. But where can we 
find that realization, that knowledge and understanding? In 
Breath. By whom? Breath. How? By breathing that 
Breath. Man is not a living soul until the spirit Breath has 
been established as an individual Breath, independent of 
other Breaths. Breath is called spirit by modern philoso- 
phers. The term spirit becomes misleading unless we under- 
stand its meaning. We become inspired as we inhale that 
spirit or Breath of life; we expire or reveal as we exhale. All 
inhalation or inspiration is from the universal to the indi- 
vidual through the manifestation; all revelation is from the 
individual to the universal through the manifestation. The 
universal and the individual are one. The manifestation only 
knows of a duality. 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
59 
Everything and every condition expressed must necessarily 
have an origin as well as space to emanate from. We say soul, 
mind, spirit. What do we mean by these expressions? Where 
are these conditions located, that we might know of them and 
enjoy their presence accordingly? When we say sight we at 
once connect the expression with a pair of eyes with wrhich 
to see; hearing, a pair of ears with which to hear; smell, a 
pair of nostrils with which to smell, and so on. But what 
part of our being do we consider to be the seat of the soul? 
True, the eyes are not sight, but they are the instruments 
through which sight manifests. Man becomes conscious of 
soul only when the power of Breath is individualized, and its 
conscious action can only be manifest when the spinal column 
is perfectly erect; thus the spinal cord in perfect action 
assures to us the living soul. The expression of the soul is 
dependent upon the condition of the spinal column, its erect- 
ness, subtility and position. The spinal column itself is not 
the soul, neither is the spinal cord, which is its center, but 
the soul can only express itself through the action of the 
spinal cord relative to the condition of the spinal column. 
Man, in a perfectly upright position, is the direct expression 
of the thought of God, and in breathing the Breath of Life 
through his nostrils he becomes a living, conscious soul. The 
soul is expressed unconsciously through the animal because 
the soul action vibrates its thought waves to the animal brain 
functions only, which are of a more limited order. In the 
mortal being the soul acts involuntarily through suggestions 
and the influence of the sense condition. We sometimes think 
we have a will when in reality it is merely the action of the 
top portion of the brain-stubbornness, or cussedness. Will 
uses neither effort nor determination. It follows the com- 
mands of the mind in accordance with the desire, and acts 
correspondingly, thus, "thy will be done/' After we have 
brought the mind to its own center the object will be to make 
conditions equal to its activity-and bring out its power by 
the will manifesting into spheres comprehensible to the senses. 
Thus by constant relaxity of our body, with spinal column 
erect and Breath concentrated upon, we no longer need to be 
taught or instructed, but merely reminded by the central 
domain of mind. 
It is our desire to know all things, and this knowledge 
revolves around the solution of the problem of life and the 
comprehension thereof. We all agree that a healthful body, HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
60 
which also means a perfect body, will hold the best ideas and 
•manifest the most logical and reasonable thoughts. I may 
have accumulated many opinions uttered by others; I may 
have a great deal of learning and be versed upon many sub- 
jects, yet if I know not how to govern my passion all my 
wisdom is of no avail. I may claim to know mathematical 
calculations and the course of the stars, and count the leaves 
upon a tree, or have patience to meditate upon a given subject 
at any desired time, yet if I know not the required amount of 
food to continue the building up of a healthful body, again 
my knowledge is of no value. If I knew how to figure out 
the number of souls it took to keep up the flames of hell fire, 
to speak fluently about those to be blessed in heavenly do- 
mains, claimed to know the requirements of souls passing into 
the great beyond, and be conversant with the beauties around 
the throne of good, yet if I do not know how to stop that head- 
ache of mine and have no power over my physical organs, then 
all my learning is as nothing io me. 
Each form or rhythm, then, has its purpose in life. The 
more variations employed by a being, without a proper knowl- 
edge of their application, the greater the confusion ami the 
more difficult the realization of the simplicity of life. Wher- 
ever Breath becomes uncertain in its rhythm, there we find, 
in accordance to the number of variations, the proud learned, 
who shrug their shoulders and belittle everything that does 
not suit their clan; the obstinate heads, who cling tenaciously 
to their opinions; the witty, who find fault and criticise every- 
thing; the fools, who laugh at everything; the enthusiast, 
who overdoes everything; the wicked, who twists everything. 
There is no doubt but that you have all employed more or 
less theories with the object in view to find your individuality, 
yet have failed. After following those systems for a time 
without result you arrive at that point where you exclaim, "I 
am tired of all theories; practice is what I want." Very well. 
Then stop all theorizing and begin to practice what you know. 
Between theory and practice there lies the key to the entire 
situation-comprehension. If the conclusion arrived at is sat- 
isfactory, then (he comprehension of the theory or premise 
taken proves to be correct-to me. Always remember-to 
ME. That which I recognized as true yesterday may not be 
applicable to me today, nevertheless it is true. 
To comprehend is to know, and knowledge is power. But 
power depends upon the degree of knowledge, and knowledge HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
necessitates understanding, and that again comes through ex- 
perience; yet the experiences are so varied that it would seem 
rather discouraging to gain power when we consider that with 
all our experiences we have gained but little, if anything. We 
are apt to make one sad mistake, and that is that we do not 
understand ourselves and that we mistake experiments for 
experiences. Must I be poor always to know the pangs of 
poverty? Must I suffer eternally to learn suffering? Must I 
be low always to feel humiliated? Must I remain ignorant for 
all time to be able to learn that ignorance is crime? Must I 
serve masters always to be able to tell of the sufferings of a 
slave, or remain a wage worker to feel that 1 am under obli- 
gation? 
We have no time to roam above the clouds, no time to 
deal with uncertainties, no time to waste with opinions born 
of conditions of artifice, and study environments that have 
no realities other than an existence only as long as we uphold 
them. Away with them and let us reason; let us reason with 
ourselves. And how can we reason? By breathing the Breath 
of Life. Aim high if you aim at all. You can always "get 
lower." Keep on ascending and breathe the Breath of ascen- 
sion. Lift up yourself to the Father of all, as lifting up makes 
the burden lighter, and the more you lift the more you will 
see the burden disappear. Like the balloonist who throws out 
the sand bags to make the ascension easier, cast your burdens 
to the regions below and lift your own self higher and higher 
into the realms yet untold, and then before your eyes will 
unfold beauty, light, wisdom and peace. 
In the previous exercise it has been the object to concen- 
trate the mind toward one given point, whereby it may be 
possible to exercise perfect control over the brain functions 
in accordance with the harmonious action of the nervous sys- 
tem through the vibrations of the spinal cord. It is now 
the object to exercise the will and its action upon the mus- 
cular part of our being. As long as we endeavor to do things 
through effort there will be exertion, and as long as we are 
strenuous there will be overdoing, overtaxing, and conse- 
quently unpleasant conditions of fatigue and suffering. It 
must be understood that we are no longer muscular beings, 
but as the crown of creation, the highest ideal of God, the 
noblest species of the animal kingdom, we are brain beings- 
nerve beings-and as such we are to reveal the will, through 
consecrated mind power, which is the force exercised over 
61 62 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
the muscles. Thus when we are to perform movements, what- 
ever their nature, we relax all the muscles and cause all move- 
ments to be made in that state, the will alone regulating the 
tensing of certain muscles as occasion may require. When 
you raise and throw out the arm you do so in perfect relaxa- 
tion, none of its parts tensing in the least. When taking hold 
of a chair to move it, you place your hand upon it first with 
arm relaxed, then at moment of moving the chair, while pay- 
ing attention to the inhalation, the will shall raise the chair 
to any desired position without any exertion on your part, 
thus saving energy and concentrating the vital forces instead 
of scattering them. 
The muscular part of our being must come under the con- 
trol of the will, the brain functions under the control of the 
mind, and the nervous system under, the control of the soul. 
The will is mind expressed through means of manifestation. 
The mind itself does not operate upon the muscles; it uses 
the combined attributes of being towards the grosser material 
of form existence, bringing the will into effect which operates 
in accordance with the desire or demand made by the condi- 
tions presenting themselves for the occasion. It is will wre are 
to exercise, and understand that it is not the stubbornness of 
unbalanced brain functions, promptings of suggestions, or the 
command of influences, but "thy will be done" comes into 
effect pure and simple. 
There are times when we find fault and become tired of 
the things in existence, for the reason that our desires are 
not realized. We wonder why it is that others are success- 
ful while we fail in our undertakings. We forget to realize 
that the success in others is due to their ability to make use 
of their little amount of knowledge, applying it to further 
their aims, while we have immense knowledge yet lack the 
sense of application. Application is the practical part of life, 
and without possessing it our know ledge of things is limited 
and does not amount to much. 
One great trouble with this world is that it knows too 
much, and has so little common sense that it is unable to 
direct this knowledge into channels of understanding and 
usefulness. Instead of conceiving an idea and proceeding to 
apply it in some manner so as to demonstrate its worth, we 
always wait for something better to turn up, and instead of 
turning up we are turned down, and generally by a less in- HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
63 
telligent person, who knows how to follow' out an idea to 
its final expression. 
The will is the perpetuation of an expressed desire, and 
in accordance to the demand of intelligences of the body which 
correspond with the heart action, such desire becomes mani- 
fest by virtue of the harmonious vibrations of the mind. We 
desire a great many things wre never get. Why is this? Be- 
cause we do not perpetuate the desire as one of need or neces- 
sity, merely wishing for results and not making a physical 
effort to obtain them. We must have the stamina-the will- 
to bring about the accomplishment of our demand. We are to 
will things by accomplishing them. Go ahead and do the 
things that are of necessity, unmindful of the result and all 
will be well. Our ideas must correspond to the requirements 
and demands of time. Thus centered upon our desires to- 
wards expression of the same we shall always accomplish 
our designs and verify our intentions, irrespective of condi- 
tions and environments, which are merely echoes of once sug- 
gested ideas, belonging to the remote past and no longer cap- 
able of perpetuating themselves, only in as far as we become 
receptive to them in our negativeness, and repeat them into 
a self-deluded state of existence. Let them pass on as they 
come, for only by remaining resolved shall you be able to 
demonstrate over the past, and, laying a foundation of your 
own, you shall look forward into the future unmindful as to 
the beauties and grandeur of the day, for you will always be 
comforted with the thought that the sun will shine again. 
Our body is the concentration of all time, space and causation, 
and what we see and know of detail in the universe, however 
great or small, is directly within our own domain of activity. 
We are the impression of the universe, the latter the expres- 
sion of our individual self. The individual is the complex 
whole impressed, while the universal is the complex whole 
expressed. We can only conceive of the outer in accordance 
to the degree of realization of the inner. Thus evolution is 
understood only by the light of involution, and vice versa. 
We find things expressed in the material world as they are 
in the spiritual world to us. To enjoy the things of nature 
we must be in harmony with nature itself and obey its law, 
else harmonious vibrations wall destroy our knowledge of 
happiness. We do not recognize the law for its own sake, 
but for our sake, to insure order in all things. Tf we trans- 
gress the law', whether ignorantly or wilfully, we shall suffer HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
64 
the consequences sooner or later. Nature will revenge itself. 
We must learn to consider our body just as much as a wise 
man attends to his home, and see that it is safe from harm. 
Whenever finding a defect he remedies it without delay. Just 
so we are to think equally well of our body and correct the 
errors of our ways whenever we observe them. In whatever 
form the warning may come to us, whether it be through 
sickness or ill feeling, sorrow or pain, distress or danger, 
failure or success, poverty or wealth, strife or contention, and 
many other phases of extreme presentations, always remember 
that there is something about us that needs looking after. 
Thus, when we find our organs no longer correspond to the 
demands made by our individual nature we are not to draw 
upon their vitality any further, but be reasonable and just in 
attending to their needs, giving them the required rest, as 
well as such exercises and movements as are most conducive 
to vitalization. We accomplish this when we take such move- 
ments and positions as will relax the muscles and give the 
nervous system a greater range of freedom in which to gen- 
erate its forces, thereby insuring better conditions to the mus- 
cular system, establishing an equilibrium between the liga- 
ments controlling organic action by determined positions. 
EXERCISE FOUR. 
This exercise is to be taken four times each day. 
In the morning you are to face the East, at noon turn 
toward the South, in the evening face the West, and before 
retiring for the night's slumber, turn the face toward the 
North. 
And now to the work itself. Take a standing position as in 
second exercise. After you have taken the prelude breath and 
thoroughly emptied the lungs, inhale gradually and gently; at 
the same time swing the right arm, which is to be in a per- 
fectly relaxed condition, with a circular motion in front of you, 
palm of hand turned toward the body. Make a perfect circular 
movement. Use your own judgment as to inhalation and 
exhalation. To begin with it will be the easiest to inhale while 
making three circles, and exhale while making the same num- 
ber of movements. After you have swung the right arm HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
65 
around twelve times, bring arm 
\ up as though to make one more 
\ revolution, but stop when hand is 
\ above the head, clench the list 
\ while taking a full breath, then 
• by bending forward with hip 
; movement, touch the floor in 
front of you with the knuckles 
/ of the fist, after which rise grad- 
/ ually, exhaling at the same time, 
and throw arm up into position 
with a backward circular move- 
ment. Go through the same pro- 
cedure with left arm, swinging 
the same twelve times in a cir- 
cular motion, then clench fist and 
touch the floor in front of you as 
you did with the right. Observe 
the proper inhalations and ex- 
halations with perfect rhythm. 
Be particular to hold the breath 
while making the downward 
movement to touch the floor, and exhale when bringing the 
arm back to position. If you do not touch the floor at first, 
do not feel discouraged. Bend the body as far forward as you 
are able, but do not bend the knees. Remember, it is to be a 
hip movement entirely. 
Of course, by this time you will have learned that you 
cannot be harnessed into corsets, bustles, and other unsightly 
trappings which act as impediments to your easy and graceful 
movements. By the development of body and mind all the 
deficiencies that seem a disgrace to you, all .crippled and 
deformed conditions which suggest the use of some of the 
many deceptions in vogue to hide them from public gaze, will 
be brought to a normal state by natural means. You will not 
only reduce those protruding abdomens and flabby cheeks, 
but will develop the bust, neck, face, arms and chest into their 
perfect form and beauty, besides assuring to yourself perfect 
health, a clear and unbiased mind, normal brain conditions, 
and a living soul to again place you in a position to enjoy 
the proper attitude of life. 
This exercise is to be done after meals; that is, when meals 
have been taken. If no meals are eaten, so much the better. 66 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
You will notice that in case a meal has been a trifle too heavy, 
this exercise will act as an excellent relief from dyspeptic 
and indigestive conditions; yet this is not the main object, 
although even to this end it would be worth observing. It w ill 
aid in the digestion of food. It will help in concentrating your 
mind that you may take a more proper attitude in the observa- 
tion of your labor, but the main point is your taste will be- 
come more refined, more sensitive, thus enhancing the sense 
of smell, which is accomplished in part by the preceding 
exercise. 
You now have four exercises to go through with daily, to 
be taken in the order as given. We now proclaim that this 
exercise in connection with the pre- 
vious ones, followed daily, will aid in 
overcoming all obnoxious habits, such 
as flesh-eating, liquor-bibbing, smok- 
ing, chewing, drugging, and the like. 
You must necessarily build up a 
character that will be strong enough 
to see the folly of your position, and 
help to overcome all evil habits in a 
perfectly natural way by simply out- 
growing them, until you find yourself 
freed, never again to wallow in their 
filth and degradation. In time you 
will become very particular as to 
what you eat and drink, taste or 
smell, because of the extreme delicacy of the senses. The 
odor of liquor or tobacco, and the effluvium of burning grease 
and flesh will become nauseating because you have been 
lifted to a higher plane, where purity of food and environ- 
ment are necessary for a harmonious existence. Purity of 
body will produce purity of mind, and the ideas flowing there- 
from will be of an elevating nature. There will no longer be 
a desire to enter into conversation about the neighbors and 
acquaintances, and associations with gossip and hypocrisy 
will be strenuously shunned. Selfishness will be overcome 
and harmony with nature and all mankind will prevail. 
With blessings of all good things, 
OTOMAN, 
Prince of Adusht.  INVOCATION. 
God alone is my teacher. 
For no one shall take upon himself the honor of being a teacher. 
Yea, even my shepherd is He, the Father of all things, animate and 
inanimate. 
Honor be to Thee, inexhaustible Majesty! 
Conscious of Thee as the dwelling place and the habitation of manifes- 
tation, 
I shall no longer be in want. 
Yea, Thou makest me lie down in green pastures of superabundance. 
Thou leadest me in spirit of truth beside the still waters of rejuvena- 
tion; 
Even my soul, wounded by the accumulated superstitions, Thou 
restorest to its state of felicity. 
For Thy name's sake, and the sake of T,hy promises, Thou leadest me 
on into paths of righteousness. 
Yea, and though I tear myself loose from Thy divine presence 
And walk through the valley of the shadow of death, 
I need fear no evil, for Thou wilt follow me and be ever near me; 
Thy rod of the law of application of justice, and Thy staff of grace are 
comfort unto me. 
Even in the presence of misunderstanding and unworthiness 
Thou art kind to spread a table before me 
And bringest forth an abundance of delicious vegetation and growth. 
With the oil of Wisdom Thou anointest my head that I might com- 
prehend the inexhaustible, the celestial. 
My cup runneth over with the amazing splendor of Thy might. 
Goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life. 
I am not homeless, for in the house of my Lord I shall dwell forever, 
And to His dominion there is no end. 
Be it so. 
And to this end let all things prosper. 
68 PRELIMINARY. 
FIFTH READING. 
SALUTATION. 
To hearts with light of love illumined well, unvexed by hopes 
of heaven or fears of hell, salutation and greeting. 
IIILE electricity is the manifesting force in life and 
has its batteries in the ganglia of the nervous system, 
magnetism is the life-preserving essence in which the 
body moves, lives and has its being, its center being the heart. 
Whenever the electric currents become deficient so that un 
balanced conditions in the muscle structure of the body are 
apparent, the body will necessarily draw upon the magnetic 
circles for its furtherance, the result of which is that the mind 
also loses its balance because of the compression of mag- 
netism. 
That the body is not all there is to us need not be 
questioned, as every thinking mind has proved beyond doubt 
that we fill a greater space than is seeming to our sight. As 
every world, every planet, has an atmosphere of its own, which 
determines the position, the radius, the existence of the planet 
in relation to others, so likewise every being has an atmos- 
phere independent of others, determining its manifestation 
and attributes. The slower the vibrations of magnetic circles 
and the more electric physically, the more earth-bound that 
individual, the more subjective to the conditions of mother 
earth, and the lesser the brain development. 
Where the magnetic circles diminish their compass, and 
the electric currents become insufficient in generation, that 
body is at all times a burden to others and is given to help 
lessness and disease. As wifh our thought we can come in 
contact with those not in our immediate surroundings and 
transfer to them telepathically our desires, ideas and inten- 
tions, so also can we make ourselves felt to those present, 
although yet unseen. Before our eyes see the friend, our 
69 70 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
magnetic atmosphere perceives him and gives us the knowl- 
edge of his presence within the radius of our magnetic atmos- 
phere. We know it to be true that when brought into the 
presence of certain persons, before we yet shake hands, we 
feel repulsed, although in their appearance we see nothing to 
warrant our omen. We feel that our magnetism does not 
blend with theirs; they disturb the elements of our vibratory 
system, and only when we withdraw, as it were, our magnetic 
atmosphere from the contact of their domain do we feel more 
calm, more satisfied. 
Again, when we meet others for the first time, one look, 
one smile, and we feel as though we had known each other for 
countless ages. Perfectly homelike. Their magnetic currents 
blend with ours, therefore-peace, be still. True, there are 
times when meeting with certain people about whom we have 
been hypnotized into belief, we take a cold and distant atti- 
tude toward them, enough to freeze Vesuvius into an iceberg. 
Not until we gradually awaken to our own resolute condition 
do we learn differently. 
Again, it is possible to inspire and enthuse us about per- 
sons whom we later on find not so charming when we collect 
our own thought. It is true that impulsive people jump to 
conclusions on the spur of the moment, of which later on they 
have to repent. Such a condition is due to their electric 
nature, their magnetic tendency being very weak, and they 
must necessarily experience a great deal before they can com- 
prehend proper positions and draw correct conclusions. 
It is then of great importance that we seek to equalize the 
two great factors in life-magnetism and electrism-to a 
normal condition, enabling us to control both forces for the 
best good. Mind controls electric currents through the 
ganglia of the nervous system, and magnetism is controlled 
by the spirit. 
We may control electric forces which are of a mere ma- 
terial nature without the aid of magnetism, and often mistake 
it for magnetism because of the similarity in manifestation. 
We consider people who seem to draw us toward them as 
magnetic, yet this is a mistaken idea. The electric is naturally 
the consuming, and whenever we are in a negative condition 
the electric will draw us and confuse our insufficiently-devel- 
oped senses. We become deluded and awaken from that sleep 
only after great difficulties. Some never wake up, but con- 
tinually grope in a domain of illusions. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
71 
Higher magnetism, hypnotism, mesmerism and all other 
isms are but the principles of elect risin, based upon mere 
physical phenomena and requiring no mental development. 
For this reason they are not of an elevating nature and do not 
help us in the redemption of the race, but are a mere phase 
of illusions. All the wonders accomplished are only phe- 
nomena of an overtaxed nervous system, although stimulative 
for a time, yet resulting in unbalancement of the brain func- 
tions unless the person dabbling in these playthings recog- 
nizes his folly ami sees merely the phenomena for the sake of 
phenomena, without being drawn into its effects individually. 
The same may be said of healing in all its phases. Just as 
much as medicine cannot be a science, healing is not a science. 
There is but one source, one power, to bring about a mental 
and physical equilibrium, and that is in Breath, or in spirit 
and truth, the application thereof being made by the indi 
vidual and not by another. Just as long as we hunt for 
healers and doctors we shall continue to grope in darkness, 
continue to subject ourselves to authorities and authoritative 
institutions, and just that long we shall continue to suffer 
disappointments. 
We are told that science has made a great stride in its 
researches, that it has progressed most wonderfully, surpass- 
ing all the ages past. With impunity, with contempt, with 
scorn, they raise their voices against everything not fitting 
their craft. How is it that with all our civilization we have 
more sickness, more misery, than ever? How is it that we 
continue to develop disease after disease? How is it that in 
spite of all sanitary conditions and food inspection, and the 
like, we continue to baffle everything that simply bears the 
stamp of science? How is it that we are more helpless in 
sickness than the Indian, the islander? Is he superior to us? 
If inferior, why should he be better able to know his condi- 
tion and to find something in nature to establish an equi- 
librium? We care not to study the names of disease in its 
various forms. We care not to fill dictionaries with them and 
waste a lifetime in trying to hit on what our disease is from 
a medical standpoint. It matters not whether there are 265 
bones in the body or 265^- 
We waste nine-tenths of our lives in hunting up diseases 
and their cure. Yet we fairly burst with our so-called enlight- 
enment, intelligence, progress, science, Christianity, etc., and 
give all our claims such an enormous slap that it will take 72 
ages before we can recover from the stagger. We claim to be 
Christians, to believe in God and the power of God, yet if 
some poor wayward Catholic, returning home from his pil- 
grimage to some forlorn spot, tells of his miraculous cure at 
the shrine of his Jesus, or his patron saint, the Protestant 
scientific factions treat such statements with contempt, or 
give it the benefit of a doubt. In return, if a heathen receives 
grace before the altar of Brahm or Buddha, it is claimed to 
be of the devil; and if a Mohammedan leaves his crutches at 
Mecca, it was by the power of delusion. 
We are not honest with ourselves; we are not logical, not 
reasonable. We put forth claims that we are unable to sub- 
stantiate and use a hollow and meaningless array of words 
for the sake of argument, without any result other than con- 
tinually remaining in a stew and following upon the warpath. 
Have we no shame, no honor? Let us reason together and 
take up things of a beneficial nature instead of wasting time 
quarreling over that which behooves us not. If we have not 
developed our senses, let us at least be lookers-on of nature 
and learn from its manifestations the position we uncon- 
sciously occupy. 
If there is a power that creates, there is a power to sustain; 
there is power to remain with the thing manifested; there is a 
way to find one's true position somewhere, at some time, in 
this immensity of space and variety. If separate from all the 
rest, with a will independent of others, with a mind of my 
own, with attributes and responsibilities to myself, and if 
collective, thus relative and subjective, I must be endowed 
with all the powers of the whole if I am but a part of the All. 
Or, if the whole, I must be endowed with all its representative 
parts. Whichever way I take it, I must find that I am IT. 
Then why should I roam about in uncertainties when the good 
is ever near, ever mine? 
We said man has twelve senses. That is a theory taken to 
make our position plain, the same as when a musician states 
there are twelve half tones in the so-called chromatic scale. 
Just the same is the theory the musician further holds that 
the major scales of any given key consist of two whole tones 
and a half tone, plus three whole tones and a half tone, mak- 
ing, altogether, five whole tones with two half tones, equaling 
seven different tones, and comprising in these seven different 
tones twelve half tones within its compass of thirteen keys, 
the thirteenth key being the octave of the first given funda- 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
mental key. Or, that the most customary minor scale consists 
of, first, 
Ascending, 1-J-1-1-1-1-1 , 
ta i 7 1 i i 1 7 ■ tones. 
Descending, 1-1-J-1-1-i-1 J 
Second, as another minor scale, 
Ascending, 1-A-1-1-I-1-i , 
Descending, |||-1-1-£-1 ) ones- 
All, of course, is within the compass of the musical twelve 
half tones in seven different scale tones, whole, half, and whole 
and half tones. 
When we begin the study of music we play such music 
as is within the range of the lower grades, and later get into 
the higher grades of major as well as minor keys, the sharps 
and flats, and lastly take up harmony itself. We must make 
use of what we can comprehend before venturing into do- 
mains yet unknown to our reasoning. And as one is inde- 
pendent of the other, but combined becomes dependent by 
virtue of the sense collective, so the senses found in us col- 
lectively must be unitized into the collectivity of common 
sense. This cannot be done unless we have a knowledge of 
the twelve senses, their relation to each other and the effects 
they produce when brought into operation. We have twelve 
senses. True, ordinarily we find around us but seven senses, 
just as we find a larger number of musical scrubs than artists. 
There are some who get along nicely with the use of but five 
senses. Some use but three senses, and the majority have no 
sense at all-we mean they don't use them. They don't use 
them, not because they don't possess them, but because they 
have not learned to use them. They have not awakened to 
the fact that every being is endowed with all the instrumen- 
tality to make it a perfect being. They are those who hold to 
superiority and inferiority, from which delusion not only those 
are suffering who have no opportunities to evolve, but also 
those who are in the position of opportunities but do not make 
use of them because they grope around in the darkness of 
impossibilities. They think themselves wise, but cannot mani- 
fest it. Thus they become fools in spite of all learning, and 
they are not only a burden unto themselves and their craft, 
but are an obstacle in the path of others, fearing all the time 
that others are liable to learn of better ways. What is the 
moral difference between a man who sells you a lot in the 
backwoods country for a thousand dollars under false pre- 
tense, and the man who stops you on the street and tells you 
73 74 
frankly, "I don't care for your miserable little bit of a life- 
I want your money?" What is the moral difference between 
a judge who lines you $10 for having made a monkey of your- 
self, and the priest who takes the same amount for reading a 
mass over the body of your dead? What is the difference 
between the justice or injustice of one. country warring with 
another for the liberation of a third from oppression, and then 
enslaving the liberated in turn by forcing upon it a govern- 
ment undesired? What is the moral difference between a 
horde of Kurds overpowering a helpless Mohammedan village, 
robbing the inhabitants of all their possessions, and a great 
nation with immense regiments of well-trained soldiers invad- 
ing a small country, having no army, and overpowering it? 
What is the moral difference between a man, who, by the 
mastering of language and gall, talks you into buying a 
shoddy garment for all wool, and the man who "swipes" your 
pocket-book from your hand? What is the moral difference 
between a kidnaper who makes the parents of a child he has 
stolen pay a large ransom, and the no-a-count who carries off 
an American belle with a fortune and gives in return a title he 
never earned? And what is the moral difference between a 
woman who marries for wealth and position, for the sake of 
having a provider, and the woman who sells her virtue and 
her body to any one, at any time, for a price? 
But let it be enough of this. Comparisons after compari- 
sons could be drawn, yet without any good to ourselves or 
the conditions conjured up before us. Let it suffice to know 
that all such conditions are mere remnants of past barbarism, 
the result of undeveloped senses, the consequences of unbal- 
anced brain functions. We shall not dwell longer upon the 
past. Onward we must go if we desire to be spared the ills 
and sorrows of ignorance. It is well worth our labor to free 
ourselves from sickness, sin, poverty and ignorance, fear and 
subjectiveness, and wander upon the paths of delight and 
eternal felicity which lead to the paradise that no eye has 
seen, no tongue has spoken of its beauties and grandeur, no 
man's ear has ever heard its sweet melodies, and is only 
known to those who dwell therein. 
This world is our home, and in it we shall dwell and know 
of its beauties. But forget not that it all depends upon the 
position you take in viewing things, the attitude you decide 
upon to draw your conclusions from, and the conditions, con- 
sidering. And judge not, lest ye might be judged also. And 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
75 
if you judge, that judgment must pertain to things concerning 
yourself, and in so far only your judgment is true. 
You have no doubt observed by this time that our object is 
to simplify our studies and to make everything easy. Al- 
though having had but a few lessons you must admit that you 
have learned more from these lessons than from any study you 
have undertaken heretofore. And why? Because they appeal 
to you. You feel they are reasonable, plausible, sensible. 
They are just what you have always felt but did not know 
how to express. Now that we bring about order in our 
physical self and unitize the mental, we awaken to true con- 
sciousness, and realize the simplicity out of all the complexity 
that we have created in our anxiety to reach out for the truth. 
We have learned that in peacefulness alone it is possible for 
a country to thrive. That in sunshine only the fruit can ripen. 
That a tranquil mind only will come into the understanding 
of the things of life. We are learning to become more self- 
reliant and to make use of the forces within, no longer relying 
upon others, for woe unto him who relies upon the strength 
of man, hoping to save his life in the tempest of a raging 
ocean by clinging to a straw. We hold that self-healing will 
lead to permanent cure, while the healing aided by others has 
only a stimulating effect upon a self-illusive system, which 
eventually must lead to destruction. "Not mine, but thy faith 
has healed thee," are the words of one of the masters. "Not 
unto me, but to God give the glory. It shall be unto thee 
according to thy faith." 
You must remember that faith and belief are entirely dis- 
tinct terms. Belief is simply an acceptance of things related 
by another and may or may not be true, nor provable, neither 
be based upon facts, therefore not standing a test. Faith is 
the assurance of something thought of to be a fact, a con- 
fidence in the efficacy of the truth set forth, and must neces- 
sarily have understanding for its fundamentality; it is a 
condition standing test, giving proof. 
As long as I jump around from one thing to another, simply 
in the hope of getting together something desired by trying, 
I shall die in despair in the end and prove that I had no under- 
standing, no faith, no knowledge to begin with, and that I 
merely experiment with beliefs. 
If, after having once made use of the universal amnesty to 
which all creation is called, I return to conditions of sin, I 
must pay for every deed by suffering, and verily shall mt come 76 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
out of darkness until every farthing be paid, until all wrong 
be righted, until 1 have learned to work out my own salvation. 
All bodily ailments are for that reason not physical disease 
as it appears to the senses; it is a mental condition affecting 
the body, the only emissary of the mind, to make its condition 
known. Physical change is for the purpose of purifying the 
constitution for better manifestation, and will respond to the 
mind by the application of the knowledge of faith, and all be 
well. 
Greed and avarice will stamp their effects upon the body, 
and man, as he thinketh in his heart, so is he. Stinginess, 
pride, pulling up, selfishness and fear, are giving more cause 
for bodily ailments, are more perplexing to science and medi- 
cine, than a mere physical manifestation of functional de- 
rangements. That is why medicine, belief cures and curealls 
cannot reach the case. You have to reach out for salvation 
yourself. If you have no confidence in this work, drop it, and 
drop it quickly or it will burn you up. If you won't leave 
things alone that you have not learned to handle they will 
consume you. To be able to hold a hot coal in your hand 
and not get hurt, you must know the law. To walk upon 
water and not sink, you must be able to apply the principle 
upon which such phenomena are based. To float in mid-air, 
or produce animated suspension, you must know and have 
mastered the art. If you feel the necessity of commanding 
the winds to obey your will, you must know the word to be 
spoken. And if in the realms unknown to mortal man, in 
space and time to wander and meditate, you must know first 
the path to be taken. 
And so it is in finding the way that leadeth to life eternal, 
which includes health, happiness, horn of plenty and accumu- 
lation of knowledge, and the free distribution of the same. 
You must have the way pointed out wherein no one can err, for 
the path is narrow that leadeth to the mountain top and the 
bridge of the great gatherer. You cannot err, for your own 
reason, your own knowledge, your own self, will take care 
of you, and no one else can be responsible for you, as each one 
must give an account for his every action. You will thus be 
able to follow your path undisturbed, for God leadeth thee. 
And if on that path you receive anything, freely give again, 
for if you can not give, only take that which you have received, 
it will become a burden unto you, the load will become heavy 
and on the roadside you will fall and the adversary will come HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
77 
and devour you. Do not fear, for fear is the bottomless pit 
into which many fall because of their weakness in character to 
uphold courage, justice, truth. As long as you flee before 
your enemy because of the fear that he may harm you, the 
enemy will pursue and overtake you and you will be lost. 
You fear pain, and for that reason you thoughtlessly reach 
out for things of a deadly nature to stimulate this irritated 
condition. 
It is fear of poverty that causes you to scheme and plan to 
gain riches, irrespective of the fear that in turn you may lose 
the wealth you have accumulated. Is it not the fear of being 
remarked about that prevents you from submitting to the 
suggestions of your surrounding tempters to do as they are 
doing? Fear of becoming the object of comment if you do not 
wrap yourself in apparel like others and wear a hat patterned 
after a park, an ostrich farm, or a nursery. Fear all around- 
within, without. Do not fear, but face the enemy and wrestle 
if needs be, and he will flee from you. Fear is merely a condi- 
tion of fancy, produced by the uncontrolled action of the 
active upon the inactive, thought upon matter, the spiritual 
upon the physical, and vice versa. 
When we understand more fully the peculiarities of the 
phenomena in nature we shall know that we are the back- 
ground upon which lights and shades are thrown in accord- 
ance with the occasion and the time presented. There are no 
evil thoughts, no evil ideas, no negative or foreign vibrations 
or influences. Everything in nature is good and perfect. 
Every idea in the realms of space is purified and noble, but 
as the rain falling upon the dusty road may by virtue of the 
combining tendency turn it into mud, so ideas ever so noble, 
once entering our domain, may turn into mire and seek to 
contaminate everything we come in contact with. And yet we 
have no power of contaminating anything or anybody, only 
as we think it. The rain dripping into a crystal vessel will 
give forth reflections of perfect purity, and light thrown upon 
it will reveal a display of beautiful colors. A body purified 
and sanctified will always give out ideas as pure as a silver 
bell peals forth beautiful tones. Muddy ideas come from 
muddy people. 
We desire to cleanse our bodies of all impurities, not by 
simply draining off all the ideas inherent, but by stopping the 
source from whence they originate, throwing out the refuse 
of accumulated superstitions and pet theories, turning out 78 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
the inside of the temple, as it were, renovating it entirely and 
giving opportunity for the river of life to How into it and 
through it, that it might no longer be dimmed or disturbed by 
misconceptive hindrances. It is in the attempt to stop the 
flowing that we stir up dirt. Let the river flow into your pond 
of manifestation, flow freely and give it its own course of 
flowing out. By keeping it in the pond, it will in time give 
forth salt water and taste even bitter, and many will be the 
diseases arising from within your pond of being and every- 
thing dwelling therein. 
We should learn the power of control and its application to 
the variations in the manifestation of life. In this lesson we 
shall take an exercise that will bring us another step nearer 
the goal if we but apply and use it. Once the feat accom- 
plished, it is no longer difficult to master the situation. We 
cannot tell just how long it takes to develop fully, because of 
the many differences in temperament and character, and the 
manifold ways of our conception of things and their applica- 
tion in a work like this. But compared with other systems it 
works like magic; like a charm, as it were. In short, it is so 
simple that we must be wise to be able to apply it toi our 
conditions at once. We simply hold that with every exercise 
you derive immediate good. The results follow at once. We 
do the work with mind concentrated and individualized, and 
the universal does the rest. There is no waiting, no delay. 
When the pitcher is filled with water and you tip it the water 
will run out. You turn the door knob and the door will open 
at once. You let down the bucket into the well and it will fill 
itself. Take the attitude for breathing and the air will enter 
the body. There is an effect to every cause. And the effect 
immediately becomes a cause for other effects. 
Because of straining our muscles too much in our daily 
pursuits we give out our vitality too rapidly and suffer in- 
conveniences. We want to keep our muscles relaxed and not 
-tensed, and use the power of will. Tension is effort, and as 
effort is an exertion of strength we are apt to give way in 
attempting to gain our point, and once having failed in the 
attempt, we lose our power and our courage is gone. Take 
things easy, gently, gracefully. Don't fly into pieces; re- 
member that as there is no end to matter, no end to space, 
there is no end to time, and you have plenty of time between 
now and eternity. Live in a way that when you should depart 
from life you will know7 you have lived it. Think, reflect. Com- HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
79 
pose yourself, control your body, and all else will follow. 
Everything will turn out in your favor. Enjoy what little you 
have at present, and when you come into the domain of greater 
good you will be able to appreciate it the more. You can 
enjoy life much better with your small income than he who 
has plenty and knows not its value. 
A carving knife by constant use will not rust, but a brass 
ring must be polished frequently or it will lose its luster. It 
all depends upon how we use our body and its functions. We 
are in the possession of attributes which when once under- 
stood will relieve us of all anxiety, hardships, and the curse of 
conditions. We must use knowledge. 
Desire, will and mind is the prime principle of material 
wants that insure happiness. As we realize the powers latent 
within us our senses reveal the grandeur of creation, and the 
things heretofore occult, mystic and beyond comprehension 
become plain and conceivable. To accept this world in all its 
splendor we must be able to recognize its principle in all the 
simplicity of her creation, thereby realizing our position to her 
and the existing relationship between one another, whether 
individual or universal. Our body is so ingeniously con- 
structed that all the powers and forces of nature correspond 
directly to its action and sway its influences toward each 
other incessantly. The things of creation are merely phe- 
nomena of parts of human manifestation and correspond 
directly in formation and life to that of the human. The 
human is the greatest and grandest of all manifestation, and 
represents the culmination of the four dimensions of space, 
viz.: the elementary, mineral, vegetable and animal, thereby 
establishing the completeness of being. We are the true living 
being only when we become conscious of life and realize our 
position within manifestation. 
To reach this end we must necessarily recognize our body 
as an important factor in the solution of the life problem, and 
its component parts correspondingly important to the attri- 
butes of spirit or individuality. As long as one or more 
attributes are being denied to our individual self, just to that 
same degree functions of the body remain neglected and 
unrecognized as to their true nature, and, losing their identity, 
our individuality suffers as a result. Thus we continue to go 
on in our ignorance, which is equal to the negativeness of 
nature, that prompts us to follow the currents of conditions 
and environments, ever and anon repeating itself without end 
or purpose. 80 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
True, there comes a time to every being when eventually 
it must arrive at the point of realization, but even that real- 
ization is merely a condition of inevitability and, therefore, 
is under control of powers governing conditions. To become 
free we must recognize our true nature and use it accordingly. 
As we learn to relax the muscles more and more, first 
by emptying the lungs thoroughly and allowing the knees to 
bend forward just a trifle, then by virtue of the distribution 
of electric fluids to the extremities of the body, our soul will 
awaken to a consciousness, directing the functional and or- 
ganic manifestation to repose in accordance to the power of 
vibrations consolidating into mind matter. 
EXERCISE FIVE. 
Stand up as in the former exercise, bearing in mind that 
whether standing or walking you are to throw the weight of 
the body upon the balls of the feet, or, in other words, balance 
the weight of the body, and you will soon find to your aston- 
ishment that there is no weight to the 
body at all. You could run up and down 
stairs all day long and consider it a 
pleasure, even feel as if you would like to 
glide down the banister, you are so hap- 
py, so light. We see hundreds of our 
pupils going home, after working or shop- 
ping all day, gliding like the gowns of 
flying angels down the street. Watch 
them. You will be able to see a smile on 
their faces, even a sweet expression of 
joy and satisfaction. They grow younger 
every day and more beautiful in form 
and symmetry. They no longer wear 
corsets or of her harness, for after the 
third or fourth lesson the fallacy dawns 
upon them of being slaves to harnessed 
conditions and they free themselves. 
They know they can prove that by their 
exercising they are developing the muscles as well, although 
no particular attention to their development is given. It is 
ihe natural result of proper breathing in the correct position, 
with a mind concentrated. 
In this exercise you throw your arms out in front of you by HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
81 
the power of the will, which is the thought of "Be it so" or 
"Let there be." By the command of the mind, with muscles of 
the whole body relaxed, spine firmer than ever, and an air 
about as independent as any monarch or potentate, the func- 
tions of the body must respond. As soon as you have taken 
your "prelude breaths" inhale gradually and simultaneously 
by the command of the mind, and the execution of the will 
cause the muscles to become tense-not strained. The hands 
must remain limp at all times. The tensing only reaches the 
wrist. In exhaling you relax muscles again. You repeat this 
in that position three times. Three inhalations, three exhala- 
tions. At the time you take the fourth inhalation you move 
the arms outstretched to the side of body, even a trifle to the 
back. Now you exhale. 
Inhale and exhale two 
more times, then, as you 
inhale again, which will 
be the seventh time, you 
k bring arms back again to 
their original position 
with fingertips facing but 
not touching. Not that 
you may be injured in the 
least thereby, but it may 
give you an unpleasant 
experience after some 
practices At first you 
only notice a peculiar 
tingling sensation, yet you 
will feel peculiar shocks 
even the first time the 
fingers touch. This is to 
be avoided, as the desire is simply to distribute the phos- 
phatic fluids to the extremities of the hands, and later on to 
the extremities of the body in general for the equalization of 
the electric conditions in the body, and the awakening of nerve 
centers heretofore inactive because of the shock received at 
the time of birth, when the cord was severed in a very crude 
and unscientific manner by the inexperienced hands of a 
physician or obstetrician. We must forgive the latter; they 
knew no better, and God in all His mercy will not call them 
to account, for lie is merciful and just and will forgive us all 
our sins and cleanse us from all iniquities. 82 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
Tn going through your exercises you do not want to become 
enthused and run about the neighborhood and enquire as to 
your appearance, or brag about th<* wonderful benefits you are 
receiving from the work. It is nobody's business what you 
do. Your inquisitive friends will notice soon enough the great 
change for the better and will be only too anxious to learn of 
the methods you use in acquiring such a youthful appearance 
and such excellent health. They will come to you as you have 
come here, to learn, and they will yet sit at your feet with eag- 
erness to learn as Mary at the feet of the master was anxious 
to take in his glorious sayings. And the end of it all will be 
that they will beg of you to take them to the fountain that 
they also may drink of its purifying waters. For though it is 
for you to tell them of your experiences, it 
is your duty as well to point out the way to 
them. They must tread the same path that 
you have trod if they would reach the goal. 
A thing not worth going after is not worth 
having. 
This exercise can be taken three times a 
day, but do not take it oftener to begin with, 
nor with more than seven breaths. It is a 
very powerful exercise, so much so that it 
will make the fingers burn if you overdo it. 
After some time you will notice a pe- 
culiar phosphorescent glow at the fingertips 
when entering a darkened room. For that 
reason it is better to close the hands after 
taking this exercise so as not to scare people. 
They might think that you control spooks 
and such things. It is our object to get 
away from all spook business and learn to 
comprehend all things in their proper, nat- 
ural way. It must always be remembered that all phenomena, 
no matter how awe-inspiring or marvelous they seem at first 
sight, are based upon natural law and are in accordance there- 
with. Therefore the seemingly mysterious is no longer the 
source of superstitious ideas when the law upon which it is 
based is understood. 
With blessings of all good things, 
O TOMAN, 
Prince of Adusht. team Six INVOCATION. 
O, Being Infinite, 
Thou who dwelleth within the innermost of our being, 
Evolve through the states of consciousness thy divine light before our 
vision; for darkness, wrongs, agony, misconception, pain and 
sorrow surround us 
Where we feel not the eternal right of thy divine wisdom. 
Thou shineth in the skies like an everlasting sun sublime, 
Removing the mists that cloud our eye and giveth us glimpses of that 
veiled glory, the sweet paradise we would climb. 
Despite our narrowness and bigotry, our greed and sensuality, our 
selfishness and strife, 
We feel in our inmost soul rays of the truth divine, 
And attain to life eternal by the absolution from all materiality 
through our obedience to that law divine which is the guide unto 
ourself. 
We acknowledge that our wayward feet only too often were set in 
paths of blood, 
That we have denied the truth, have forgotten the precepts of nature 
and nature's God, yet it was in moments of forgetfulness, in our 
anxiety, our struggle to win, 
To reach out into paths of gratification, because of our inability to 
understand the beauties of life. 
It is now past, and according to the promises of justice, "Thy sins 
shall be remembered no more," 
We may enjoy the presence of divine consciousness and wander upon 
the upward paths of right conduct. 
O, Thought Sublime, 
Breathe upon this mind of mine that I might ever inhale the sweet 
perfume of the savior liberty, the life of men. 
It breaks the bonds of captives' chains; 
It loosens the fetters of the brain, and sets the higher nature free. 
And my soul shall on this bright morn yet conceive perfect freedom 
in all things. 
Give power, sweet sounds of angels from the heights of the throne 
sublime, away to break from cruel dogmas and cold creeds; 
From unjust laws and authoritative institutions, 
Thus illuminating the world with the beauteous gospel of liberty, 
The individualized religion of humanity, science and art unitized, and 
philosophy and sociology harmonized. 
Filling all with love, not hatred; with peace, not strife; and with 
happiness, not wealth. 
Be it so. And to this end let all things prosper. 
84 PRELIMINARY. 
SIXTH READING. 
SALUTATION. 
In the name of peace eternal and the welfare of all mankind, 
salutation and greeting. 
•YIMY E d° n°t care or 1° he healed. Healing alone 
L! I & never removes the cause of disease. It may stimu- 
late the nervous system for a time, but the malady 
will return after a few days. No man can cure another. The 
healer who impresses your mind with the application of terms 
foreign to your understanding, simply stimulates your brain 
functions to reverse thinking. This receptiveness of your 
mind, and its responsiveness to the suggestion, is of a hypnotic 
nature, drawing for its action of stimulation upon the sympa- 
thetic nerves, which necessitates a reversal of vibrations in 
the domains of magnetic circles. The magnetism thus forced 
to substitute the deficient electric currents becomes consumed 
by its elementary station, and in this act of consumption 
arouses the lower conditions of electric force, giving an in- 
centive for more rapid action to the brain centers, and the 
patient, by virtue of stimulation, has his vibrations raised. 
But the patient will relapse into a condition of stupor as soon 
as the consumed force of magnetism, to the degree imparted, 
is wholly disintegrated by the system. Again it will be neces- 
sary to stimulate the system, and this procedure would have 
to be resorted to until all the magnetic circles have been with- 
drawn from the atmosphere of the patient, and thus he would 
fall to the ground. 
The magnetic healer imparts no magnetism to the patient. 
He or she has nothing to impart. Do you think the few passes 
they make over you, whether upward or downward, possess 
85 86 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
any virtue? The method of "monkey-shining" matters not. 
AH that can be done, if you are receptive, is to arouse some 
inactive nerve centers to vibrate electric force. It is all being 
done at the expense of your own magnetism, and the shrinkage 
of your pocket-book. One thing is certain-all methods of 
healing, without exception, guarantee you relief; not relief 
from pain always, but they will relieve you-of your money. 
Don't be angry with the healer who wrote you that by 
sending five dollars you would be at once brought into com- 
munion with him ami the power he controls. Don't he unkind. 
Jie does as he has promised. It will do you good to send him 
the fiver; it makes your pocket book leaner while he becomes 
fatter. There is nothing lost. You do not lose the money. 
It has simply changed hands. It is not here, but it is there. 
By and by it will be everywhere. As soon as you mail that 
money you may begin to figure out on your fingers at what 
hour the letter should get into his hands; when the letter 
does reach its destination, and you are a trifle receptive, you 
begin to feel the vibrations that he sends out to you. He 
receives your letter with joy. lie thinks of you as a dear old 
soul, and he wishes there was only another just like you. You 
are sensitive to these vibrations, and the more intensely you 
think, the higher you raise them and the lower the fiver sinks 
into his pocket. You will be better for it because you have 
helped some one, and two souls have been made happy through 
one simple transaction. You have no right to blame him for 
the business he is engaged in. The signs of the times demand 
it. If it were not for you and somebody else, such conditions 
would not exist. If you feed beggars you will have beggars 
among you always. Put them to work and you will see them 
no more in your yard. 
If you pay out your hard-earned money for all kinds of 
nonsense, it is not the fault of the one who gets the best of 
you, but your own. You reap what you have sown. When 
you answer an advertisement that will tell you how to make 
money without working; how to learn to make big wages by 
studying the use of a certain power that may be acquired; 
how to become magnetic or use hypnotism so that everything 
will yield to your bidding, it serves you right when you get 
"skinned." You wanted to get hold of a secret whereby you 
could get the best of your neighbor. Don't ever think you can 
get anything from this world of deception to aid you, to guide 
you into paths of truth. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
87 
If you are a Jew, you have no business to come around 
among strangers to learn of the power that heals. Let Jehovah 
be your strength and your salvation. If a Catholic, how can 
you forget yourself and chase phantoms? Your church has 
all the saints and the power to heal. It has done it in the past; 
it does so now. Go where you belong, and follow its teach 
ings faithfully. If you are a Protestant, of whatever denomi- 
nation, you should follow the bidding of your master, "Come 
unto me all ye who are heavy laden and in distress, and I will 
refresh you." And God, who was the same in the past, is the 
same today. 
You cannot serve two masters. You cannot claim to be- 
lieve in God and run after physicians. You cannot believe in 
the seeking of the kingdom of heaven, and at the same time 
run after politics and pretenders to help you in securing a 
good thing in making money. Why try to deceive yourself, 
God and the world? Be honest. Drop either the one or the 
other. Come to the conclusion of the prophet, "Why stand 
between two opinions? If Baal be God, hear him; but if the 
Lord, hear him." 
If you are a free-thinker, go to your physician and be dosed 
with his prescription. You believe in doctors; then do as they 
tell you and be content. If you are a scientist of some kind, 
take your science and let it go at that, and don't mix it with 
other things you have no business with. Stop this patching, 
Take one thing or the other. If none of it suits, come out of 
it all and seek the goal. 
If you acknowledge attributes and powers to God, or the 
Supreme, or the First Great Cause, as the ultimate, or what- 
ever you please, then demonstrate. It is not necessary to 
suffer. We do not wish to see you suffer. It is but natural 
that as long as there are some in this world entertaining ideas 
of suffering, that although we can no longer be affected by 
the same, we cannot help but notice such unbalanced condi- 
tions with our senses. To such a degree it is an obstacle in 
our own path of progression, necessarily keeping us on the 
alert lest at any time we dash our foot against a stone. It is 
for our own good to see all obstacles removed. And to this 
end we work, we labor, even plead if needs be. We do all this 
simply for the good of our own salvation, while you must do 
your own part. You get the blessings from hearing the gospel 
of Liberty. You derive the benefit by working out your salva- 
tion, and all of us become glorified in the end. Heal yourself 88 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
and remove the cause of all disease that you might become 
whole, and becoming holy the cure is permanent, and you 
never again go back into the bottomless pit of confusion. 
Breathe, breathe in the health-giving essence of life, for it 
is free. No effort is required, no sacrifice is to be made. 
Simply take it, for it is yours. Water you have to pay for. 
It has come to that. Everything you need for the sustenance 
of the bodily mechanism in its cell form you must buy. Every- 
thing has been cornered so you can't get at it except with 
exceeding caution. There is one thing yet left that is free, and 
this is air. True, in certain parts of Europe they have begun 
to tax people according to the space they inhabit, so that one 
occupying a higher or better ventilated room has to pay higher 
taxes. It may come to this here unless we awake to our God- 
given privilege, otherwise we shall see the day when people 
will be running around with an aerometer attached to their 
mouths and nostrils, a kind of muzzle as it were, and in case 
of default in paying the tax for the ensuing month or year 
they will be confronted by the air-tax collector, who will 
simply press the button and the air will be shut off. While 
the air is still free, breathe, and breathe plenty of it, that the 
brain functions may develop to a normality by which means 
will be removed every accumulated superstition and injustice 
-religious, political, scientific, economic or otherwise. Then 
you will see the day of which has been dreamed for untold 
ages, for now is the day of redemption; now all things must be 
realized, or never again shall the hour of deliverance come 
unto you. 
Now is the hour of salvation; this is the day of redemption. 
Why linger, why stay? Why are you standing in idleness 
when there is plenty to do? Let this theorizing alone. Sweep 
not before the doors of others, but go home and sweep before 
your own door. This world concerns you only when you will 
know it is yours. As long as you look for another world, 
gazing toward the stars, expecting a better life beyond the 
grave, you should prepare for that place and not meddle with 
things you have no business with. If you are really anxious 
to get to that better land beyond the clouds, well-there is no 
longer a tax on manilia rope. 
God is good. lie desires not even the death of a sinner. 
Then why should you die? And is God not a God of the living 
and not of the dead? Then why will you die? Live on, and 
on, for it is for His dominion to come on earth that we pray. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
89 
Then let us realize it. The mechanism of our manifested body 
is the most perfect of any form of creation. It is the instru- 
ment through which the higher life manifests its greatness. 
We must keep it in good condition if we would enjoy its 
operations. 
To enable one to get the proper attitude it is necessary first 
of all not to find fault with existing things as they appear to 
the senses, for the reason that in all things and to every thing 
there is a cause, and to remove that which is considered 
improper or abnormal the cause itself must first be removed. 
In analyzing things it will always be found that the beginning 
lies within thought, and as thought is the principle of your 
existence, you are to begin with yourself to form, to construct; 
and whenever you construct destruction of everything oppo- 
site to your composite nature goes on of its own accord. 
Just accomplish one thing at a time. You cannot engage 
in the work of destruction and that of construction simul- 
taneously. Construction is the more desirable, for the reason 
that everything in nature of a disintegrating tendency will 
destroy itself without our aid. But to construct is our 
incentive and ambition. In the construction of things we find 
delight. Let the world alone as it is. Withdraw from it your 
part of intelligence and it won't be long until you will find it 
no longer in an irritable condition. It will all be changed. 
As long as you are diseased; as long as you creep before 
conditions and environments; as long as you cannot establish 
your independence; as long as you cannot live perfectly your- 
self, just that long you must take things as they present 
themselves to you. The kicking you do will never accomplish 
any good. You only stir up the mud from time to time and 
cause things to become disturbed. If you want to know what 
peace is, you must not go to war. You will never find peace 
in a world of unbalanced conditions and undeveloped brain 
functions, nor can you expect pure reasoning. You must go 
within yourself and in quietude unfold the greatness of your 
own spirit and grow up into the domain where you can see 
yourself as the Living Soul. 
When at work we should keep our minds on it, and give 
it our whole and undivided attention. It will then be a 
pleasure to work. It will ever be like play because we can 
apply to that work such positions, such attitudes of mind 
which will be for our wellbeing. And to this end we are now HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
90 
studying that we may be able to apply our knowledge to our 
daily duties and our daily toil. 
Living in an age of intense activity, we must necessarily 
be equal to the demands made. To enjoy such a state we 
need constant brain action which can be assured by the 
generative action of the nervous system and not by the de- 
velopment of muscles, which development is done at the ex- 
pense of other parts needed for an equalized condition. The 
nervous system depends upon the normal circulation of the 
blood, its purifying process, and the rhythmic heart action, 
which we cannot enjoy unless we learn to breathe fuller and 
deeper. When sick, do not be alarmed. When mentally de- 
pressed because of business worries, reverse the thought cur- 
rents into directions more conducive to your welfare. A 
normal body entertains a normal mind ami worries not. A 
well-balanced mind enjoys a properly controlled body and is 
never sick. Justify yourself before the law of nature, bring 
pennance by doing right and all will be well. Either stand up, 
with eyes fixed upon an object within reach, and take a few 
well drawn breaths, or sit down and breathe. Just keep on 
breathing, and follow the current of breath. You will get 
settled in mind and body, and, becoming cooler, you will be 
more fit to attend to the dictations of your mind. 
If living in a district of filth, smoke, dirt, and other unfav- 
orable conditions, disinfect your room before leaving it with 
a solution of live drops of carbolic acid in a wineglass of water, 
sprinkling it over the room. Before going to see a sick friend 
anoint your bands with oil of eucalyptus, or wash them with 
boiled vinegar after you return from his beside. Always 
keep clean, tidy and in a happy mood by taking a few breaths, 
and things or objects of depression remove from your sur- 
roundings, helping you to avoid suggestions over which you 
have not yet learned to demonstrate sufficiently. 
Go to bed as soon as you can find nothing useful to do. 
Before retiring take a thorough towel rub all over your body, 
rubbing your feet vigorously and anointing them occasionally 
with oil. Sleep with your head to the north and feet toward 
the south. Lie on the right side, thinking of nothing, and 
merely breathing comfortably, following the current of 
inhalation and exhalation with your mind, and all will be well. 
As we learn to pay more attention to our walking as well 
as to our breathing, the former as wi ll as the latter will be- 
come a healthy habit, cared for by the concentrated action of HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
91 
the mind. The b-dy, once relieved of unnecessary burdens, can 
make use of the forces accumulated for the furtherance of 
tissue building rather than for throwing oil' waste. There is 
more in proper walking and balancing the weight of the body 
than you may at first think. Yes, there is a great deal in it. 
As to walking properly, you have to learn to relax the muscles 
and control them at will. In Arabia and other countries the 
soldiers are marched twenty or more miles every day. They 
walk upon the balls of their feet. The result of such walking 
is that they necessarily become more attentive and are thus 
compelled to breathe more regularly. After all this walk 
these soldiers receive but one ration for a meal, consisting of 
six ounces of grain, two ounces of oil and several ounces of 
wine, according to the temperature or other weather condi- 
tions. If, on any occasion, one of them should complain of 
the insufficiency of the food, their superior will order a few 
more miles walking upon the balls of their feet to make 
up for the deficiency. This works like a charm on general 
principles. 
Proper carriage of the body insures a more elevated atti- 
tude of the mind, which insures better circulation and genera- 
tion, giving more power to the organic functions. Going up 
stairs, we find that as we inhale slowly and retain the breath 
we shall manage to glide up the stairs in the same manner as 
we glide down if we pay attention to the fact that to step 
down easily we must step upon the ball of the foot to give the 
body the proper swing. Bring elasticity to the body by apply- 
ing breath and relaxation of muscles, yet keeping the spinal 
column and head erect. The weakness of flesh is not overcome 
by denials, and by holding to the idea that mind is all power- 
ful. You must get a "move" on you as well and then the 
mind will be able to demonstrate greater power and control 
the organic action accordingly. 
At night we should make it a point not to eat anything 
just before going to bed nor to retire any sooner than three 
hours after our last meal. We may eat an apple or drink 
some water equal to the amount of the liquid of an apple. The 
underwear worn during the day should be hung up to air and 
dry, while the nightdress will be most comfortable if made 
of linen or vegetable silk. We are not to do much exercising 
just before retiring. Simply place our hands at the hips 
with the thumbs toward the small of the back, and, after 
having emptied the lungs thoroughly, take a few well- 92 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
drawn breaths, raising our body on the toes. When ex- 
haling come down gradually to the floor. Having exercised 
in this manner for two or three minutes, place your chin on 
your chest on the left side with hands folded over the chest, 
breathing naturally for a few minutes. Now retire to bed, 
remembering that your object is to put the body to rest. 
Think of nothing but your breathing and you will sleep well. 
To sleep comfortably and feel refreshed on awakening it will 
be well to wash the face, wrists and upper arms with cold 
water, and comb out the hair well. It will promote healthful 
rest. In the morning, stretch the body a few times in vari- 
ous directions as nature will suggest. Take a towel rub and 
dress. Then take a few well-drawn breaths. 
Whatever the disease, the difficulty, the inconvenience, do 
not be alarmed. Don't have any one suggest danger to you. 
Do not confide to others your malady. You do not want their 
sympathy, as sympathy only increases the trouble. You want 
to act upon your intuition. 
If you are troubled with a cold, take a few short breaths 
for about one minute, then take full, deep breaths for two 
minutes, and while doing so clench your fists tightly when 
inhaling and relax them when exhaling. Then take short 
breaths again for a little while without clenching your lists. 
If troubled with a cough at the same time, after you have 
gone through the previous exercise, walk up and down the 
room and take the Second Exercise with this addition: After 
a full inhalation, hold your breath, clenching the fists tighter 
and tighter and raise the arms up to the ears, then throw them 
out extended from the body, at the same time exhale with 
force through the mouth with lips just a little apart. Exhale 
all you can, relax the clenching and lower the arms. After 
from three to five minutes' exercising in this manner the cur- 
rents will change, the pores will open and the skin become 
active. Should there be another attack of the cough during 
the day, repeat this exercise and all will be well. 
When there is a pain in the chest besides, drink hot water 
freely and take the foregoing exercise. Nature is so kind that 
intuition will guide you and give you to understand when you 
have done your duty. 
The vibrations must be raised and Breath will do it, and 
your desire must be to get into harmony with nature, perfectly 
willing to be obedient and open the way for nature to help 
itself, then you cannot fail. You thus use the power of mind HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
93 
and at the same time use means necessary for the equaliza- 
tion of the bodily functions. You then no longer resort to 
stimulation of a mental or physical nature, but simply estab- 
lish harmony between the two forces iu nature which have 
been disarranged, as it were, on account of misunderstanding 
the law. 
If there is an accumulation of mucus in the stomach, and it 
rises to the throat and is quite unpleasant at times as the 
phlegm remains in the throat and cannot be removed by 
coughing, you may aid nature one more step by simply rub- 
bing the juice of a raw onion upon the chest and afterwards 
some oil and keep warm with good flannel. Exercise a few 
times, and the trouble will almost instantly be removed. 
Never think that you are too weak to do the work. Rise 
above these negative conditions and ask those in whom you 
have confided to exercise with you, or aid you to keep up 
the exercises until you have succeeded in throwing off all 
foreign conditions. 
You can throw off a headache within one minute, and 
neuralgic pains in about the same time. Fevers you can break 
in the short space of three minutes. But of this we will speak 
fully in the next lesson, in which the subject of diet will be 
taken up. 
In every exercise you will find movements which will do 
wonders for you, and yet it should be remembered that no 
effort is required. Simply scientific application, a grain of 
common sense, obedience to law, concentration of mind and 
the desired result will follow without delay. 
Instead of worrying about the past and the future, it is 
better to learn how to live. A great many unpleasant occur- 
rences will then be avoided. Instead of wasting time in 
brooding over lessons in studies that take the fancy, whether 
they be philosophy, music, art, singing, literature, languages, 
etc., they may all be grasped in a comparatively short time 
after having once learned that the ability to understand, to 
comprehend and apply, depends upon the capacity of the 
brain and the activity of the mind. It is memory, then more 
memory, that is desired. 
If you have gone through the exercises as laid before you in 
the previous readings you cannot but notice that you are more 
resolute, that your ideas are not so scattered, that you concen- 
trate more readily, and that you understand things more 
easily. While you have had some love for art and beauty, and HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
94 
admiration for nature, you begin to desire to know more about 
everything with which you come in contact. 
You have more expression of love. You love more. Even 
the sun in the firmament shines brighter to you, and the 
clouds in the sky no longer trouble, for you know there shall 
be light. 
You will now accomplish more good to yourselves and 
others. You will find that your bodies grow stronger, yet 
lighter and firmer. The nerve centers of the sympathetic 
nervous system, which were shocked into unconsciousness at 
the time of birth, begin to regenerate. You know by this time 
that a good tree does not bring forth bad fruit, neither does a 
white mother give birth to a dark-skinned baby. 
There are no hereditary diseases, which no doubt you will 
know if you have studied the phenomena in nature. It is the 
tendency to lead lives similar to the present that produces like 
effects. But disease itself is not hereditary. There are no 
diseases. There is only one diseae and it is manifested in 
various forms. Disease is a unit, and the power to remove it 
in one form is applicable to another form. Disease is not 
hereditary, but if you eat potatoes fried in pig's grease, and 
ham and eggs with a side dish of pork and beans, and a ham 
sandwich for desert, you will in time have rheumatism like 
your mother, and be as gouty as your father if you add bacon 
to your regular diet. Breathing will aid in carrying off all the 
filth from your system as soon as your mind becomes partially 
harmonized with nature, and you learn to obey nature's law. 
Do not think that by denying disease you will get away 
from it. You must be honest with yourself and admit the 
disease, and at the same time remove all cause of disease. 
We often meet with people who conn1 to have a little talk 
with us on higher thought. The first thing they tell us is that 
they have been in this thought for years and have no more dis- 
ease, because there is no disease, and they take no medicine 
because they do not believe in it. They say they can eat and 
drink anything and that nothing harms them, yet there are 
times when they do not manifest harmoniously. But they 
think it is because they don't quite "realize," and because 
"mortal mind" comes into their lives. And before they are 
through they want to know what we think of that peculiar 
foreign vibration across their abdominal region which affects 
them so unpleasantly. They think it is "animal magnetism," 
the very thing they dread and fear. Of course, there is no fear, HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
95 
but it is the only thing they have not yet been able to "demon- 
strate" over, except that negative condition in the left limb. 
Some physician, while yet in the world, called that rheuma- 
tism, but they don't believe in names any more. And again, 
after a hearty dinner they feel somewhat "full," and negative 
conditions are manifested across the forehead, and sometimes 
the back of the head, but otherwise they feel perfectly well. 
We had no opinions to offer, but as they were anxious to have 
us diagnose their case, all we could do was to simply tell 
them we recognized their opinions but thought them to have 
no other trouble than "an unbalancement of brain functions." 
They were quite elated over the diagnosis, and casually in- 
quired if that was all. Of course they felt much better when 
they left us. 
We have also had persons come to see us who were in a 
different frame of mind, although it is not right to take up 
our time for no other purpose than to satisfy their curiosity 
and to ask us to confirm their views. Yet most of them mean 
well, and there is no doubt but that they are desirous of 
learning. They have been confused by the various theories 
they have run after, and in some instances have been forced 
into them, as it were. It is a sad condition, and woe to him 
by whom all this trouble has come. We have seen them not 
only by hundreds, but by thousands. We handle them with 
great care, for they are not quite right in the upper story. 
They do not know-their brain functions are utterly upset. 
They are, as a rule, good people. They were not always in 
this sad condition. They got into it. There was a time when 
they were desirous to get at the truth of things, and they 
sought and sought, and by and by some one in a similar con- 
dition took it upon himself or herself to be their teacher. 
But there can be no teacher. God alone shall be their teacher, 
and none shall ask his brother, "Do you know God?" 
The spirit of the Supreme will guide and lead you into all 
truth. Do not be deceived and do not try to deceive others. 
The lime is ripe for the world to know the truth, and in its 
simplicity and purity it will present itself to all mankind. 
When you meet anything of a complicated nature, drop it 
quickly before it burns you. Look up and you will see the 
grandeur of intelligence revealed unto you. 
Is it not sad when persons call on you and tell you they 
have studied all these phases and have enjoyed the higher 
life for years, yet they cannot demonstrate the power of the 96 
divine to their pupils? They claim that they are healing right 
along, but they themselves are under the ban of the lower 
currents. They deny they are sick, and deny taking medicine, 
when with the next breath they tell you they have called upon 
a doctor friend of theirs who lives in the higher thought, and 
he advised them to use Carlsbad water every day, and they do 
so, and take three liver pills and a few higher potencies be- 
sides, yet feel pretty miserable. Of course they don't believe 
in using medicine; that is why their higher-thought doctor 
advised them to use these simple agencies to counteract "ani- 
mal magnetism." We have known people who take morphine 
and opiates, yet who tell us they do not believe in medicine, 
and claim a great deal for the teachings of the science they 
advocate. 
Before we can say anything about the efficacy of a certain 
science we must have a perfect knowledge of it and be able to 
demonstrate it. We have no right to teach things we cannot 
observe ourselves, or testify to things we do not demonstrate. 
If I demonstrate my faith, and live by faith, it is testimony 
enough to me, and if others ask me it is then time to tell them 
what I know. Our pupils need not testify to anything but 
what they experience and know. They may or may not testify, 
just as they choose. 
It makes no difference to this philosophy as to whether you 
glorify it or not. To us it is satisfaction enough to know that 
one more1 poor wandering child of nature has found peace, has 
been garnered in, one more in the fold of the redeemed. It 
matters not whether you leave your church, your associations, 
your society ties; you can become whole nevertheless. Deny 
nothing, but simply acknowledge it all, for in the confession of 
things lies honesty, and through it comes salvation. If I deny, 
I deceive myself, and how can I expect forgiveness? Having 
confessed it all, you may take the next step toward redemp- 
tion, and you will then be free and ready to learn all things 
that are to be observed through the spirit of truth which 
dwells within you. 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
97 
EXERCISE SIX. 
We now come to an exercise where all our pupils bow their 
knees. There is a time in every man's life, whether Jew or 
gentile, heathen or Christian, when he shall bow his knees in 
reverence. The principal object of this exercise is to dis- 
tribute the magnetic circles for aiding in the awakening of 
the spinal cord, thus expanding the realms of thought, enabl- 
ing you to reason more logically and be able to perceive 
through the sense of feeling the inner physical mechanism of 
your being, guiding you by virtue of the activity of the brain 
cells to the enfoldment of a perfect consciousness and realiza- 
tion that you are one with God and nature. 
Kneel at the back of a chair, bowing both knees at the 
same time. Don't fall upon the knees; do it as gracefully as 
you perform all previous exercises. Have the chair about 
three feet from you so you can take hold of the upright bars 
at back of chair, one in each hand. Hands as well as body are 
to be perfectly relaxed, and spinal column firm. 
After the prelude breaths, inhale fully and deeply, at the 
same time tightening the grasp upon the chair bars. Inhale 
as long as you can conveniently without the use of effort, and 
without causing unpleasant feelings to any part of the body. 
Retain the breath as long as you can with ease, still holding 
tightly to the chair, and as you exhale gradually release your 
hold upon the bars. Exercise in this position for three min- 
utes at a time, and not more than three times a day. You may 
take this exercise in the evening. 
You need not feel alarmed over the peculiar sensation 
starting at the navel and distributing itself over the spinal 
region in an upward movement to the top of the head as well 
as downward to the lower extremities of the body. That 
peculiar warmth is caused by the generation of electric force 
in the nervous system, and that cool, fanning sensation felt 
about the body is the magnetic circles emanating from the 
inmost soul. 
This position will bring a tranquillity and calmness over 
the mind and open up realms of untold joy. Yet what it will 
do for you remains for you to experience. But you must not 
overdo it because of the great benefits you are deriving from 98 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
this exercise and others. You must not think the more the 
better. It is a very powerful exercise. As soon as you begin 
to feel the chair move before you, and your knees show the 
tendency to get above the floor, release the hands at once from 
the chair and stop the exercise for that day. It will not do to 
over-exercise if you are to develop all your brain functions 
equally. The curing qualities of this exercise must be ex- 
perienced instead of explained. Gradually you will be led 
liigher and higher into realms of consciousness, and wisdom 
will unfold unto you daily. Things you were unable to com- 
prehend before begin to appear very simple. In fact, there will 
be nothing you cannot grasp and understand, and then you 
will comprehend that even the light which you thought conies 
from the sun is but the light of our own planet. You will 
understand that your senses in their deluded condition of yet 
undeveloped brain functions have miscomprehended the works 
divine, and that the sun is neither a fire ball, nor has it any 
more light than necessary for the sustenance of its own plan- 
etary conditions. You will understand that our planet is a 
light unto itself, and that "I am the light of the world." 
Remaining in the position described, with all ideas banished 
from your mind, follow the current of inhalation as it enters 
the nostrils, the air tubes, and the lungs; forget even the name 
of GaLlama, the centralizing life principle; even Breath-in 
fact, anything expressing a language. For the first time you 
will feel an inner charming power, that will captivate you, 
and, repeating this exercise, a burning will be felt, yet so 
soothing, so pacifying, that it will seem like the unfoldment of 
some fairy land. And again through repetition a wonderful 
light will appear-the light of the soul. It will illumine your 
mind, warm your heart, set into ecstacy, as it were, your phys- 
ical functions. Then draw all your thoughts from the circum- 
ference around you into your inmost self, and a sweet, soft 
breeze as the blowing of the gentle North wind will linger 
around you, scattering delicious fragrance like the perfume 
of roses. You "will feel a degree of grandeur no tongue or 
language will ever be able to express. Still on and on you will 
continue to go on this plane of eternal progression to which 
there is no end. 
With blessings of all good things, 
OTOMAN, 
Prince of Adusht. Cesson Sewn INVOCATION. 
I behold, O, thought Divine, within thy frame, all beings and things 
expressed of every kind. 
I see Thee manifested upon all sides, of infinite forms. 
Even in Me 
I see Thee crowned with a diadem of dazzling splendor difficult to 
behold, 
Shining in every direction with light immeasurable like the burning 
fire of the glowing sun, 
And were it not for the variation in manifestation nothing could exist 
in the presence of Thine involution. 
Thou art the supreme, inexhaustible being, the end of endeavor and 
struggle, inconceivable, indestructible, changeless, 
The supreme of the universe, the never failing guardian of man, who 
is law eternal unto himself. 
Yea, I esteem Thee. 
The world is filled with fear at seeing Thee thus marvelously con- 
structed, 
And falls before Thee into destructibility by virtue of its own terror. 
Of the assemblage of the gods and those sitting in authority, when 
fear befalleth them they flee to Thee for refuge, 
And with joined hands sing forth Thy praises while the hosts of the 
great sages, saints, prophets and saviors 
Hail Thee for mercy for their fellow beings and glorify Thee with most 
excellent hymns. 
Even the redeemers of nations, tongues and tribes, all stand in awe, 
gazing upon Thy majesty, and are amazed. 
Yet unto me thou revealest Thy divine presence in simplicity, and also 
revealest the grandest of all lessons, 
That I am one with Thee. 
O, thought Divine, thought ineffable, thought incomprehensible. 
In Thee I live and breathe and dwell, even to Thy throne of divinity 
I reach, 
For in Thy presence who am I but Thee? 
Thus be it, 
And unto this end let all things prosper. 
100 PRELIMINARY. 
SEVENTH READING. 
SALUTATION. 
With that peace which passes all understanding; of man, 
salutation and greeting;. 
♦<F T is always well to observe the position taken when stand- 
ing, sitting, reclining or walking. As you are not to 
lean against anything when standing, neither are you to 
lean when sitting. If you feel an inclination to lean, lie down 
upon the sofa or floor and stretch your body. Your body needs 
stretching; that is why you manifest that tendency toward 
leaning. Your muscles have either been overworked, or have 
not been worked enough. As a rule you work too much in 
one position and do not give sufficient movement to certain 
parts of the body, while other parts have been overexerted; 
something must be done to bring about an equilibrium. 
The best thing is to stretch out on the floor, face downward, 
and have someone raise the lower limbs, while a third party 
gently presses the spinal column from the neck to the coccyx. 
While spinal column is being pressed the breath should be 
retained. Sufficient time should be given for lungs to be 
emptied and filled again before pressing is resumed. The 
spinal column should then be stretched by a steady pull at 
head and feet, breath being retained at the same time. Many 
other movements will suggest themselves as you become at- 
tentive to the revelation born of your own mind. 
That we are not discoverers, personally, we have tried to 
make plain on many occasions. We seek no honor for our- 
selves. There is nothing to be discovered in the realm of 
mental and spiritual science as applicable to domestic and 
social life. It was the work, or mission, of our Oriental 
brother to solve the problem of life from a philosophic-scien- 
tific standpoint, and to settle for all time the mysteries of 
the life eternal. Now that the work is finished, and the 
discoveries have gone to seed, it is the mission of the Occi- 
dental brother to bring about the final redemption of the race, 
for salvation has come to the soul long ere this. 
By the invention of machinery- and other implements to 
101 102 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
ease your toil for daily broad and increase the comforts of 
life, the union of all things is to be accomplished. Salvation 
is offered freely to all mankind. Are you ready to redeem 
yourself in return? Do not send missionaries to those people 
who have borne you saviors and philosophers most sublime. 
Do not palm off gibberish of babyhood on those who have 
long outgrown that sort of thing. Do not theorize any more, 
for the work is long finished. Your attention is now to be 
turned in an entirely different direction. It belongs to the 
dominion upon earth, realized by peace. Take hold of the 
hand that is offered you in peace, clasp it tightly and let us 
live together as human beings. It is no longer the seeking 
of the hungry after spiritual things. It is a question of the 
material bread and its efficacy, its effects upon the body. 
You eat too much, drink too much, wear too many clothes, 
and put on too much sham jewelry. There are so many little 
things to be learned when you begin to walk in the paths of 
the righteous. They are such trilling things, yet of such vital 
importance that unless they are observed you will fall into 
the abyss of destinotion. You eat too much-then, again, 
what do you eat? Have you ever thought of what you eat 
when the table is spread before you? If you really have, it is 
strange that you continue to make a garbage barrel of your 
body. 
We do not care to speak of the things you are not to do. 
Still, for the sake of being correctly understood, we will make 
a few explanations. It is held by scientists-that is, chemists, 
physicians and their kind-that meat, for instance, is the most 
important of all foods. This is very strange when you come 
to analyze its substance more thoroughly. But, of course, 
they do not mean what they say. We will not treat this sub- 
ject to any extent from a humanitarian standpoint, for any- 
one having a minimum of feeding left after visiting the stock- 
yards and slaughtering establishments loses appetite for meat 
for at least six months-some for more. Yet it is strange 
to hear people talk on humanitarianism, boast of being mem- 
bers of societies and organizations for the prevention of 
cruelty to animals and man, who claim to be devotees to 
higher thought, and god-fearing men and women, and yet 
encourage the killing of animals merely to gratify the desires 
of a perverted appetite and an abnormal craving for flesh. 
Many seek to excuse themselves with the old, stereotyped 
and worn-out quotation that we belong to the carnivorous HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
103 
portion of the animal kingdom-onr teeth are supposed to 
prove it, etc. Some hold we have dogs' teeth. We see people 
daily who have monkeys' teeth, and hogs' teeth, as well. 
Because the thief has a tendency to steal, does that excuse 
his action before the law? Even were man created a car- 
nivorous animal, is there no way for him to outgrow it as he 
becomes more intelligent? You have no right to kill any- 
thing, whether man or beast. The animal kingdom is merely 
the progressed state and the continuation of the vegetable 
kingdom, and as the latter varies in manifestation, so does 
the former vary accordingly in its presentation. The vege- 
table in turn subsists upon the mineral kingdom, of which it 
is the continuation, and represents the various phases of life. 
Because certain animals live upon their prey is no proof 
you have a right to eat them in turn; no more than one man 
has the right to prey upon his neighbor and rob him of his 
hard-earned savings-which is worse than killing him out- 
right; or have him work for wages that will starve him by 
inches; or cheat him out of his wages; or sell him shoddy 
goods under false pretense. These are continued conditions 
of injustice. The animal kingdom must be redeemed by the 
life of the liigher and nobler species, not by eating them, as 
some hold, but by loving them and seeing in them an idea 
of our own yet undeveloped to its full comprehension. 
Is it not true that the more beef there is consumed the 
more there is raised? Some people think that if the animals 
were not eaten they would overrun everyone. These people do 
not seem to understand that there are men in the business 
who have made an effort to increase their stock by forced 
means. Let the cattle alone and you will not find many after 
a few years. They will gradually become extinct. They will 
not increase so rapidly when without human care. Nothing 
will justify the eating of animal flesh, try as hard as you may 
to pacify your uneasy conscience. Your convictions will tell 
you it is unjust. Neither God, nor prophet, nor man will 
justify you in doing things contrary to the law of nature 
which desires to uphold all things for the good of all. 
We are told that meat builds up tissue and gives energy, 
that were it not for meat we could have no strength, could 
not perform manual labor, could not live. It all depends 
upon who the person is who makes these statements, and in 
whose employ these scientists are who' are trying to rub jam 
over the people's mouths. Whenever a concern desires to 104 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
open up a big hog business it employs some so-called scientist 
to analyze the chemical ingredients of a hog and then tells 
the people the value and necessity of feeding upon hog's 
tlesh. Another concern has a great deal of beef, and it 
also has its scientist (?) to tell the people they should eat 
plenty of canned beef. Fish canneries, of course, say that 
fish eating gives brains. What brainy people we ought to 
have by this time, considering the millions of cans of fish 
that we consume yearly, and think what brainy people those 
fishermen must be! Since the whale swallows fish in large 
quantities, he must also bet very brainy, and it might be well 
for those wishing massive brains to swallow the whale. This 
reminds us strongly of the physician who prescribed lamb's 
kidneys as a diet for a patient troubled with kidney disease, 
and who after three years of this sort of diet still complained 
of kidney trouble. 
Have you ever thought where the cow gets her strength 
from to produce milk-the milk that is so highly recom- 
mended by these same scientists and physicians as such an 
excellent food, containing all the elements required for the 
bodily needs of a human being? Perhaps by feeding the cow 
on pork chops and steaks you would get still richer milk. 
True, the milk we get nowadays is rather poor, but that is 
not the fault of the cow. The religious scruples of the dealer 
have a gfeat deal to do with it, especially since he is beginning 
to learn that sprinkling is no longer the proper mode of 
baptism, but immersion. To get richer milk the wise farmer 
feeds his cow, besides good hay, a little bran every day. 
The farmer does not feed his horse on bacon for breakfast, 
pork chops for lunch, and ham for dinner when working it 
hard in the field. Besides the regular ration of hay, he feeds 
the animal some corn. If the horse is naturally very slow 
he may give it a ration of oats. When the horse is to be 
used for driving no man of sense will feed it on corn, but 
oats is given to secure a more rapid distribution of blood, thus 
causing the horse to become lively and to travel at a more 
rapid pace. 
The elephant is not a very pretty animal to look upon, yet 
he is strong and powerful. He lives on grass and vegetables 
in general. He can by a mere push get a wagon out of the 
mud that twenty horses could never move. Yet when we 
come to man we are told he must eat meat to get strength. 
If it is possible for horses, cows, elephants and many other HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
105 
animals to gain their strength from the vegetable kingdom, 
should not man be able to do the same? 
The mineral kingdom reaches out into the vegetable, the 
vegetable into the animal-of which man is simply a more 
fully defined type-and thence through the process of disin 
tegration back to the atomic, where, purified, it will take its 
course on again and again through the various stages of 
evolution. 
An animal in which the vegetable kingdom has reached its 
highest development enters upon the process of decay when 
its usefulness has been ended. Having gone through 
processes of fermentation peculiar to the construction of the 
organs of assimilation, and having passed through the estab- 
lished process of tissue building, it must go through disinte- 
gration and decay. This is death. The moment conscious- 
ness of life has flown from the body, what do you call that 
body? A corpse. It matters not whether it was a voluntary 
or an involuntary death. It is strange that you should make 
your stomach a cemetery for animal corpses. A piece of 
corpse in a human stomach, and yet speak in horror of the 
islanders eating human corpses! If you have ever been in 
an animal morgue (meat market) you would not fail to 
note the odor of death and decay, unless your sense of smell 
was very crudely developed. Meat with a strong touch of 
decay is called "game flesh" nowadays, and is considered 
something extra fine and a delicacy. Higher prices are 
charged for a dish of "game" meat. To give meat the flavor 
of a deer, or another forest animal, it is buried for several 
days, then prepared with spices. Only in first-class restau- 
rants and hotels can you get this delicately dressed meat. 
Think of it, meat that your forefathers would have thrown 
into the garbage barrel is now given to you as a delicacy! 
Some dogs would not eat it; although some other dogs will 
eat anything in the line of meat. Yet you are to be con- 
sidered as a refined garbage barrel into which corpses of 
several days' decay are thrown, for which privilege you are 
taxed an exorbitant price. Do you wonder that you are sick, 
that you have unpleasant odors about you? Are you so 
ignorant of nature's process of evolution and involution, fer- 
mentation and disintegration? Do you not know and under- 
stand that intelligences, composing the flesh tissues of an 
organized animal (collectively), lingering within the decaying 
life tissues must awaken within your own tissue form toward 106 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
activity? Do you not know that such activity is opposed 
to your purpose in life, leading you to your destruction, di- 
rectly or indirectly, in the same sense as you have caused or 
brought about the destruction of the one who had a higher 
purpose in existence than to be consumed by the craving of 
an abnormal and selfishly developed appetite? Do you won- 
der, then, why you are being possessed by many conditions 
of influential intelligences, causing your mind to drift about 
and weave nets of subjectiveness about you, increasing the 
weight and burden in your downfall? O, you blind, near- 
sighted creature, who claimeth to stand at the head of crea- 
tion, how low you have fallen; how you have stepped down 
and reached out your hand toward the things below that 
are dragging you down to destruction! Yes, the intelli- 
gences of these bodily dead creatures continue to live in you 
spiritually and give you the appetite as entertained by the 
beings previously inhabited. These intelligences continue 
their work as foreign agencies in your body and in their 
[allurements and your gradually negative attitude establish 
them selves toward a station in your life which accomplishes 
the subjection of your higher intelligences until at last to 
your mind appeal the unbalanced intelligences of brute nature, 
holding you enchained to the lowest conditions of existence, 
until at last the sense of justice is lost and you no longer live 
the life of a being noble and sublime, but merely exist as a 
phenomenon of the brute reflecting through the human form. 
Can you guess now, how Satan has come among men, and is 
there any wonder why such deviltry continues to exist? How 
are you going to remove the obstacles from your path which 
you will continue to feel as long as you continue within a 
mortal coil? How will you escape the judgment of time, 
when the conditions about you are the environments wrought 
by deception; to determine which you are too near-sighted; 
too inconsiderate? You will continue through such a miser- 
able existence on and on until the sense of justice shall 
awaken within your soul, gradually repaying the debt you 
have contracted with creation and its creatures. 
Meat contains nitrogen. Nitrogen, as such, viewed from, 
a chemical standpoint, differs very much in its effects, as the 
various constituents in the many classifications differ one 
from another. A chemist analyzes objects only as to their 
elementary relation. Of their real virtues and their effects 
upon the human organism he can only know by continued HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
107 
experimenting. Still, even experiments become unreliable 
when dealing with matters of a preventive nature. Knowl- 
edge comes through experience, the most reliable teacher. 
In France, and also in other countries, a criminal of a 
low type was fed exclusively on meat. They did not believe 
in capital punishment as much as in countries whose inhab- 
itants are addicted to excessive meat eating. To rid them- 
selves of an undesirable class of criminals they condemned 
them to prison for life. For the criminal's daily ration he was 
given veal and a quantity of wine. The first few days he 
fared very well, and even sumptuously, but after four or live 
days the prisoner began to grow weaker and weaker, and 
after thirty days at most the angels carried him to Abraham's 
bosom. In some countries the prisoner is fed on lamb and 
wine, and as a rule it takes a pretty good constitution to 
endure that diet for twenty-eight days. In some instances 
he cries for mercy, and the Lord of heaven and earth calls 
the poor wayward child home to regions above, where neither 
wine nor lamb can disturb his peaceful slumbers. 
Any cowboy or sheep herder will tell you that man cannot 
live on meat diet exclusively. Still, some may think it was 
the wine that caused the death of the criminal. If so, how 
dare the physician prescribe wine to the patient who is very 
ill? If wine kills the criminal, then physicians must cease 
prescribing wine to patients, and it must be admitted that 
spirituous liquors are detrimental to the health of the body. 
The government, whose duty it is to guard its people from 
injury-the government which is for pure food and food re- 
form-must prohibit the manufacture of spirituous liquors of 
all descriptions, even for medicinal purposes, or it will be 
guilty of a criminal offense, and must experiment on a meat 
and liquor diet for the period of thirty days to prove its virtue 
as a food and drink. This would be an excellent thing for 
scientists to experiment with for the next thirty days. But, 
of course, they will only experiment on cats, rats, dogs and 
guinea pigs, as is usual, or on helpless charity patients in hos- 
pitals. If they would only experiment upon themselves, so 
as to speak from experience, it would not be necessary to ask 
for a verbal testimonial, as the result could be plainly seen. 
The use of wine or other spirituous liquors will hasten the 
death of the meat eater. No one can live exclusively on meat. 
Sad reports are frequently heard from the Western country 
late in the fall and winter, when whole herds of cattle and 108 
sheep perish from lack of food and freeze to death. These are 
generally herds delayed in taking their journey southward in 
the fall. It so happens that, the provisions having given out, 
the herders are compelled to live on meat until they arrive 
at a place where they can procure Hour and other foodstuffs. 
In a very few days the herders get sick and progress with 
their flocks is necessarily slow. If they are then overtaken 
with snowstorms the herders cannot keep warm, as the exclu- 
sive use of meat does not supply the necessary bodily heat re- 
quired when the prevailing temperature of the atmosphere is 
low. It is true the body is warmed for a short time by eating 
meat, but, like liquor, it is only a stimulant, and the body 
sinks into a relapse because of the lost vitality. The herders 
cannot eat continually, as their stomachs would revolt, and if 
they are addicted to smoking the crisis comes and the herds 
are neglected. If the herds are corralled they perish from 
hunger and cold. After that the herder also perishes. 
A serious incident is told of a young sheep herder, full of 
life and vigor, becoming seriously ill after four days of an 
exclusive meat diet. The provisions were exhausted and he 
was compelled to live on mutton. He would have perished 
had not relief come in the way of flour and other food. His 
stomach refused to take any more meat, and the weather 
being cold, it was almost impossible for him to keep warm. 
As soon as he partook of bread and other nourishing foods 
he gradually revived and was able to be about after a few 
days' care. 
A cowboy may not fear guns and may have the courage 
to meet man or beast in battle, but he dreads very much to 
take chances on living on a meat diet for any length of time, 
lie may know nothing of the component parts of flesh, may 
never have studied chemistry, physiology or anatomy, but he 
can tell from experience that it is a risky venture to try to 
live exclusively on meat. 
A butcher who knows his business never cares to eat vea.. 
He will tell you that experience has taught him that veal is 
totally unfit for food; that it will cause cramps in children 
who eat it, and will lay the foundation for St. Vitus' dance 
and other forms of fits and spasms. 
Some people preach against the use of pork, but use lard 
in the preparation of their dishes, and are quite surprised 
when told that lard is pig's grease. There are many healers, 
divine and otherwise, who boast of keeping pure because they 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
109 
use no pork, but they eat beef fried iu plenty of lard, and are 
fiends for doughnuts boiled in pig's grease. Some people 
begin what they think is a reform by using cottolene (a mix- 
ture of cottonseed oil and suet) and other such substitutes 
for lard, but these preparations are no better; if anything, 
they are worse than lard. Even preparations claimed to be 
products of cocoanut oil and flaxseed or refined cottonseed 
oil are adulterated to a more or less degree, as it is possible 
to refine animal fats to the clearness of oil. We have to keep 
our eyes wide open and possess an ever-presence of mind to 
be able to discern these falsifications. These manufacturers 
go even so far as to guarantee their products to be strictly 
pure and as represented. They are pure when first put on 
the market, but do not remain so after a demand has been 
created. 
We are living in a most wonderful age, when everything 
and everybody just swells with science and the world is 
almost overrun with obesity. Before the close of the last 
century science made a wonderful discovery, a discovery of 
great importance to obese and fleshy people. Sanitariums 
have been established where you may have your flesh reduced 
as well as your pocketbooks. But what is this great secret, 
this wonderful discovery? If given to the world openly and 
undisguised no one would pay a penny for it, but because it 
is not given complete and savors of mysticism, a fancy price 
must be paid. Some people could not live if they were not 
kept in mysticism. 
You go to one of these institutions and the first thing 
they do is to reduce your daily rations. You are fed day after 
day on very small quantities of meat. Yes, meat. Science 
made a wonderful discovery just at the close of the last cen- 
tury. The real object is to starve you, to make you fast, but 
as all mankind has a horror of fasting, they know well enough 
from the standpoint of mentality that it would be a detri- 
ment to you to know the real treatment. In a few weeks you 
will have lost fifty or more pounds. As soon as they see the 
treatment is liable to harm you they change the diet and 
give you ordinary food, and soon send you home "cured." 
After a few months it will be necessary for you to return 
and take another treatment, and perhaps a third and a fourth. 
Meat used as a means of fasting will only increase the 
accumulation of decayed matter and clog up the natural 
channels, in time producing kidney trouble, bladder disease 110 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
and other organic complications. Science now comes to your 
relief with the butchering process and operations are per- 
formed for a supposed cure. If one operation is not sufficient 
a second and possibly a third follows if you are yet in mani- 
fested flesh. 
Science admits that meat is a stimulant because of its 
peculiar influence upon the blood. It increases the action of 
the heart and heats the system rapidly, but the effects after- 
ward are those of starvation, because it impoverishes the 
blood through its stimulating tendencies. Why not fast with- 
out the use of stimulants, which are a detriment to the system 
because of the continued accumulation of dead matter, thus 
causing a loss of vitality? As long as there are meat and 
spice eaters, just that long there will be the craving for 
liquors and tol>a,cco. The use of meat requires counteractives, 
such as liquors, tea, coffee and other poisons, and were it not 
for other food eaten besides meat the struggle for life would 
quickly end. Never talk temperance or prohibition as long 
as you continue to use meat, tobacco, spices, coffee, tea and 
medicine. 
We now desire to come to that point where we may know 
something about purification, for this body must be thor- 
oughly cleansed before pure and perfect ideas will flow 
therefrom. God will not dwell in an unclean tabernacle, not 
in a temple built by hands. But lie will come to His own, to 
that which is His likeness in all things, and to those who 
keep His commandments He will come quickly. The one 
who believes nothing, yet lives the life of knowledge, is he 
who manifests the God of heaven on earth. The one who 
boasts of believing it all, who is too good for this world, yet 
at the same time lives a life of greed and avarice, is the pre- 
sentation of the adverse condition. But let us not stop here. 
Our time is too precious to bother with things that concern 
us no longer. They are only the passing panorama of unpleas- 
ant remembrances that we care no longer to conjure before 
our vision lest they cloud our happiness and mar our own 
path of evolution. To become pure is ever our desire, and to 
this end we must fast. 
FASTING. 
To fast in a way most beneficial and without encountering 
unpleasant conditions it is necessary to consider the subject 
in u thorough way. It is perfectly natural to presume that as HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
111 
we place machinery in a repair shop for adjustment, the 
human body, the most delicate and complicated piece of 
mechanism, must also be given the same attention and ad- 
justment. If a complicated piece of machinery is carefully 
repaired it will do service for a long time to come, but if 
neglected it will soon become useless and of no value save for 
junk. So it is with our body. The organs need rest for read- 
justment from time to time that they may take up their duties 
with renewed energy. It is in the nature of things that we 
give our body a rest one day in every seven, besides taking 
a fast from time to time to bring about normal conditions. 
There are two ways to fast-one complicated and full of 
hardship, the other simple, easy and a pleasure. It is not 
from an economical standpoint that we advocate fasting, but 
for the good to be derived therefrom. It stands to reason 
that when a vessel is to be cleaned the contents must be 
removed. A body full of effete matter must be given an 
opportunity to rid itself of foreign substances. Through fast- 
ing foreign substances will lose their hold and be carried 
away through the process of consumption by virtue of the 
action of the purifying functions of the depurating organs. 
Then let us fast. Anyone having gone through the fore- 
going exercises and experienced the value of perfect breath- 
ing is ready to fast. With those not breathing properly it will 
fare a little hard, although they will derive most wonderful 
results therefrom. Fasting is only a means to an end. Once 
the goal is reached you will no longer deal with the processes 
of purification, as you will know how to live, how to think, 
how to act. 
To fast does not mean to abstain from certain foods, to 
prepare something special to be eaten, to go out shopping 
and sample foods, nor to visit your neighbors and tell them 
you are fasting and that you just want to taste their dishes. 
Fasting means to abstain from all food whatsoever for the 
period of three whole days and nights-for seventy-two hours. 
Eat nothing, but breathe and swallow saliva. Water may be 
used, but in small quantities, and should be taken only when 
needed. In drinking water it is to be drawn through the 
teeth and held in the mouth for a short space of time, mixing 
it with saliva, chewing it, as it were, before swallowing. 
Drink just a little each time. 
Do not keep the mind on fasting. Pay no attention to it 
at all. Mind not the dinner bell or supper call. Keep busy 112 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
doing something useful. Those who have eaten meat and 
used stimulants up to the present time will do well to abstain 
from their use for a few days before beginning to fast, and 
then the way will be easier. As soon as you resolve to fast 
for three days, go through with it. Do not live in expectation 
or horror. Simply make up your mind to fast for the purpose 
of aiding nature to remove effete substances from your body 
so that you may enjoy perfect health. 
If at the close of the first day you feel inconvenienced, 
take your breathing exercises. Breathe fully in the open air 
a few deep, full breaths. If at the close of the third day you 
feel faint and have a little headache, take a full, deep breath 
and with the next inhalation take a drink of water. Then 
exhale, and after inhaling take another drink. After the 
water is drunk exhale, then inhale and take another drink. 
This makes three times. If the headache is not entirely re- 
moved take one more drink. Four drinks will always remove 
the most severe attack. The fever will be broken and as you 
continue to take full breaths from time to time you will feel 
intuitively that the trouble is over. Should it ever return 
you will know what to do. This will prove what a hold coffee, 
tea and certain foods have had on you and how completely they 
controlled you. The third day will come easily and you will 
not mind fasting. Indeed, you will feel that you could fast 
another day, but it is not necessary. 
When fasting you will begin to understand the value of 
breathing. Whenever you feel the least trouble of a physical 
nature arising, you will know that activity has set in whereby 
diseased conditions are being disturbed, and you should 
breathe as follows: After each thorough exhalation count 
mentally one, two, three; then inhale fully and immediately 
empty. Again count one, two, three, and then inhale. Con- 
tinue to do so, with chest well raised and elbows touching 
behind your back as closely as possible. Do this for two or 
three minutes several times daily. While fasting, and par- 
ticularly on long fasts, take the flushing of the colon, every 
night before retiring to bed, for three times, retaining the 
water as long as possible. 
On the fourth day break your fast with fruit juices and 
liegin a diet on popcorn. One handful of popcorn is enough 
for that day. Freshly popped, but without butter, salt, sugar 
or honey. Simply popcorn straight. Take a drink of water, 
either hot or cold, but not icewater, one-half hour before your HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
113 
meal, and do not drink sooner than one-half hour after the 
meal. Eat the popcorn slowly, masticating it well before 
swallowing. 
If your liver is inactive, your stomach nearly ruined, and 
you suffer from indigestion and constipation, take every 
morning before breakfast, for a period of ten days, sufficient 
roasted egg shell to cover the point of a penknife. Remove 
the inner skin of the egg shell, roast to a light brown and 
pulverize to a coarse powder. If your liver is torpid, take two 
kernels of southern white corn roasted to a dark brown color, 
powder finely and eat. This is also to be taken each morning 
for ten days. If your stomach is in very bad condition, get 
some lobster shells, roast lightly and pulverize and take same 
amount as of egg shell, every morning before breakfast for a 
period of ten days. Coarse brown sand, dried in an oven for 
a few minutes or thoroughly baked in the sun, is an excellent 
eliminator, and should be used occasionally. Do not take all 
these preparations at one time. Whatever the trouble may 
be, take the proper remedy for the period of ten days. Then, 
if to remove another trouble, take another remedy for a period 
of ten days. After ten days the trouble will be completely 
removed. 
Again as to the fasting: On the fifth day you add one 
more handful of popcorn, making two handfuls for that day. 
On the sixth day you may take three handfuls of corn, and 
on the seventh day you may take four handfuls of corn or less. 
Should popcorn not agree with your stomach, take whole 
wheat, soak it in cold water over night and boil next day for 
three or four hours over a slow fire. Mash through a colander 
and eat hot or cold. Of this eat one heaping tablespoonful 
in place of each handful of corn. Whole-wheat preparations, 
such as shredded wheat, granose flakes, granola, etc., may be 
used, after having first been heated in an oven to make them 
crisp. 
After the seventh day you may begin to eat sparingly of 
grain foods and frui'ts. Do not fill your stomach; give it an 
opportunity to recuperate. If desired, after two weeks an- 
other fast may be taken, for three days. Then again after an 
interval of several weeks a fast of from seven to nine days 
may be taken. 
After these fasts your appetite will change greatly; in 
fact, you will get rid of that monster of all disease-appetite. 
You will have perfect taste, and what you eat will be relished. 114 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
But you will no longer desire to use tobacco or liquors, neither 
will you have a craving for meat or greasy foods. You will 
gradually awake to the consciousness that comes to those 
who live in the light of truth, and dwell in a body purified 
from all that leads to immorality and disintegration. 
Fasting is indeed a great subject and worthy of the atten- 
tion of all who desire to learn how to live. The method of 
fasting must be governed by the temperament of the indi- 
vidual. Judgment must be used in all cases. Fleshy people 
should fast for several days as prescribed, and then one day 
each week. For those who are naturally lean, and of the 
nervous temperament, it is best to begin by fasting one day 
in ten, then one day in eight, one day in six, one day in four, 
one day in two, until the system becomes accustomed to the 
change. This is especially good for those who are too weak 
to make up their minds to carry out a radical change. Them 
again, those of a moderate nature, who suffer from dyspepsia 
and other organic disorders, will find it advantageous to eat 
nothing but popcorn, or parched Indian corn, for a period of 
ten days. After a few trials, absolute fasting should be re- 
sorted to for from nine to twenty-eight days. 
When taking long fasts and popcorn does not agree with 
you, soak whole wheat over night in water, then slowly parch 
a small quantity to a golden brown. After a five days' diet 
continue with larger quantities, adding a few blanched 
almonds and seeded raisins. Use from eight to sixteen 
almonds, and three to five ounces of raisins. You will soon 
prefer this sort of diet ami will make it the principal part of 
your meal. Study the Mazdaznan Cook Book to get a thor- 
ough idea of foods. 
With blessings of all good things, 
OTOMAN, 
Prince of Adusht. Cess on. Eglyt INVOCATION. 
Thou who alone art time matured. 
With all the senses of the world manifested, 
I behold thy wondrous works. 
In my feebleness there are moments when I cannot comprehend thy 
works. 
And because of limitation in the memories of expressions, 
I feel as if seeking for thee, the primeval one. 
Thinking myself in this ocean of drifting idealities as being lost. 
But how could I be lost, when everything that is 
Manifests itself through the primeval one? 
Sought by the energies that have not yet found their innermost con- 
sciousness of reality. 
But are still drifting about in the determination of their center, 
Thou involvest and swallowest all these creatures from every side, 
Licking them, as it were, with thy flaming lips. 
And again thou evolvest and formest simultaneously all the universes 
with thy splendor. 
As the rapid streams of full-flowing rivers roll on to meet the ocean, 
As the troops of insects carried away by strong impulses find death in 
the fire. 
Even so do all beings in the realm of existence with swelling force pour 
into Thy Presence for the destruction of their personalities, 
Beholding not that Thou art Life. 
Reveal daily unto my sense-condition thy Presence Supreme, 
That I may even in this abode recognize the efficacy of sacrifice 
And even learn from the lily of the field, which complains not when 
the ranker growths of vegetation spring up and choke it, 
No, but willingly giving up its beauty and fragrance, 
Thereby causing the inferior to yield in turn unto another 
And forever beautifying and elevating the vegetable kingdom by the 
gift of itself. 
Thus in all life with the unsightly we are to yield to the beautiful. 
The sensuous take on the spiritual, the useless become useful, 
The unreal reveal the real, and the higher nature guides the lower, 
Thatthetwo may ever recognize harmony in the oneness of all variation. 
So will peace come to all souls. 
From the tides of the ocean, forever following each other with violence, 
And lashing themselves to pieces upon the shores of time, 
I realize this beautiful lesson of life that in like manner 
Our material tide of greed and avarice, 
Ever intending to destroy the very foundation of our nature, 
Will dash into fragments before our higher thoughts and aspirations. 
But as the ocean after the tempest is blessed with a calm, 
So unto each soul after the storm of ignorance, follows the blessing 
of peace in the garment of the sun-clothed day. 
Purified through the water, fire and blood of time, 
To which no mortal tongue can give expression. 
And that calm is stronger than the tempest, 
That peace mightier than the sword, 
While Love, the highest of attributes, is the breath of all things. 
May Thy dominion come, oh. sweet hour of Peace, 
For in Thee dwells Bliss Absolute. Be it so. 
And unto this end let all things prosper. 
116 PRELIMINARY. 
EIGHTH READING. 
In the name of Truth, Peace and Liberty, salutation and greeting. 
SALUTATION: 
GREAT deal more could be said about meat diet, but 
most of our pupils, especially those of exceeding intel- 
ligence who are following the instructions as given, 
who breathe the breath of life with concentration of mind 
and who are using their common sense, know for themselves 
that the meat diet which of late years has been amply dis- 
cussed, pro and con, needs no further explanations, for all 
impartial, truthful and really scientific minds come to the 
conclusion that the use of meat from a moral, humanita- 
rian, religious, philosophic and scientific standpoint is crim- 
inal, and of detriment to the progression of mankind and the 
development of the higher phases of the nobler species. But 
to satisfy the critic and the "howler" we wish to say that one 
of the reasons why scientists have advocated the use of meat 
is because of the immediate action of certain stimulative 
properties in it upon the human system. Having gone 
through all the processes of fermentation that the vegetable 
must necessarily go through before forming an animal cell 
or tissue, meat, it becomes a perfectly developed cell form, 
which when taken into the human stomach, is more readily 
assimilated and turned over to the organic operations far 
quicker than a kernel of wheat. But meat cannot go through 
all the processes of fermentation as grain, nuts and vege- 
tables, or even fruit. Its cells have once gone through the 
processes of fermentation. Such substances in the meat as 
the nitrogen are readily taken into the blood, thus imme- 
diately stimulating the action of the heart to as great a de- 
gree as if salt were taken, which also forces the heart to 
quicker action. The same may be said of liquor. For that 
reason you will find that one eating meat has his animal 
nature more quickly aroused, but relapses into degeneration 
117 118 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
as soon as the last of his energy has been used up. The man 
who drinks liquor, works vigorously for a time and then has to 
take another drink or he will not be able to do the work. One 
who takes no intoxicants, but uses really nourishing foods 
works slowly, steadily, coolly, accomplishing in the end far 
more than the one given to stimulants. 
Is meat quickly digested? When raw or partly raw, yes. 
The juices of the meat are taken into the system almost at 
once. They are not of a building nature, but act stimulatively 
and the poor mind in its ignorance mistakes it for invigorants. 
The fiber substance remains in the stomach to be digested, 
but as it furnishes nothing but waste, having reached its de- 
velopment as a flesh cell in the animal, it is left there to go 
through the process of decay instead of fermentation. It 
accumulates in the system unless the system is strongly 
enough constituted to carry off the greater part of such dead 
matter; otherwise disease will grow upon that system. It 
takes the digestive organs much longer to separate all of the 
ingredients of the grains, and thus going through the re- 
quired processes of fermentation considerably slower, the 
intelligences of the digestive organs are able to assign each 
element to its proper place and the blood can store up the finer 
fluids of a higher order and retain life fluids that will continue 
the building of cellular tissues and engage in the development 
of brain capacity. If you eat meat for breakfast and not 
much of anything else you will get hungry long before lunch 
time comes. You know that much from experience. No won- 
der, then, that hardly have you finished one meal before all 
your thought goes to the meal to come. Just think of it, an 
intelligent being like man thinking of what he is to eat from 
breakfast to lunch, from lunch to dinner, and hardly through 
with dinner giving orders for the next breakfast, unless he 
goes to some banquet or party where he indulges in another 
heavy meal. You know, if your lunch is light, consisting 
mostly of meat, you can hardly await the dinner hour, and you 
hurry home for fear you might starve on the way. Meat does 
not feed you. That it keeps your stomach in action is because 
it tries to rid itself of all dead matter as quickly as possible, 
and then your stomach becomes empty and as there is nothing 
in meat to fecal you, you are left as hungry as before. That 
is why you think you have to eat and eat, all the time. You 
eat yourself poor. No wonder you cannot get along with $75 
a month, you want a hundred, then $150 and more, and still HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
119 
you are no farther than when you had $75. You are worse off, 
because you are sick and soon you will be unlit to work, and 
then you will begin to bewail about the injustice of the dis- 
tribution of wealth, the unequality, privileges and who knows 
what not. 
Just hold your breath for a minute and listen. Perhaps 
today you are getting $3 a day for your work, and what do 
you have at the end of the year? In many cases, less than at 
the beginning of the year. When the time conies that your 
income is to be cut down to $2.50 a day, you howl and threaten 
to quit your job, but for how long? You can't stand it a 
week, for starvation is staring you in the face and you have 
to go back to work and instead of $2.50 you are willing to take 
the job for $2 a day. What wonder now that with the $2 you 
get along just as nicely. The time is not far distant that the 
man earning $2 will have but $1, and then but 50 cents a 
day, and yet he will live. If you will not study economy and 
apply it while you may, mother nature, who is merciful and 
just ami wills not that you should perish in the mire, in filth 
and neglect, must cut you down so that if you will not learn 
the grand lesson of true economy, you will be forced into it 
and you know that will hurt you, hurt you awfully to be thus 
humiliated, to be put into a tight box where you can't help 
yourself. It looks cruel, indeed it does, but what man soweth, 
that he must reap. You would not listen to the voice of 
justice, you would not save yourself while there was time. 
You were running after the goose with the golden egg that 
you never can catch because someone else owns it. If you 
desire to become independent and free, you must know how to 
protect yourself, for no one else will ever protect you. 
The greater part of humanity are vegetarians and possess 
the healthiest and strongest physical bodies. The strongest 
man and woman, and those of greatest endurance, are vege- 
tarians, but vegetarianism in this country and many others, 
for that matter, will prove a failure in the agitation in behalf 
of its principles as long as they keep forgetting the study of 
a varied diet and to recognize the necessity of the proportions 
of certain ingredients to bo used in quantities equal to the 
needs of the body. The abstinence from meat alone will not 
make you free from disease, just as the abstinence from liquor 
will not prevent you from making a fool of yourself or the 
abstaining from tea and coffee cure yon of sleeplessness and 
headaches. Even as a vegetarian you may be ill and poorly 120 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
off, as much as a Christian may have the failing for reaching 
out for some other man's goods. There is no intention of 
stealing, simply that weakness of reaching out for them. If 
we till ourselves with potatoes and flour gravy, with a piece 
of white bread and a cup of coffee for a dessert, we will suffer 
from rheumatism and other similar afflictions, as much so as 
the one filling his stomach with pork and sour dough bread. 
We find that the best guide for man as to the ingredients 
required by the human system is found in entire wheat. Every 
other dish must be governed accordingly. Wheat is the stand- 
ard of grains and the bread from heaven for man. It is the 
real manna. Wheat contains nitrogen, phosphates, and car- 
bonaceous ingredients in proper proportions as required for 
the building of cellular tissues. There is grass and grain and 
fruit and vegetables for every animal under the heavens, but 
what one would thrive upon another would grow lean upon 
and die. If you put a cow in a pasture and the cow had fed 
away all the kind of grass that a cow requires, yet would con- 
tinue it in that pasture, it would soon come home hungry, 
even after a day's pasturage, because the grass yet remaining 
does not belong to her kind, and you would have to send your 
horse to that pasture and he would be fed on what the cow 
had left and would not eat. Each animal knows its kind. 
Only the human animal, the most intelligent of all, seems to 
be the most idiotic, will never learn, but continues to tread 
upon paths that have repeatedly proven a detriment to him. 
A fox freed after once having been caught in a trap will never 
go into it again, and the bear always tries the ground before 
he steps on it with his whole weight. The horse will always 
cross a bridge not yet known to him with special care, and 
although you may catch a rat with roasted cheese, if he 
escapes none of his relations ever get into your trap again. 
He warns them. We know all these things, and yet we 
won't learn. If you feed a dog on anything that makes him 
sick, he won't touch that dish again. If we would but use 
our common sense and reason how much trouble could be 
saved us. People talk about the good old times, when there 
were miracles and winders. They speak and read about them 
and wonder why there can be no wonders today. They must 
be blind, they must be deaf, not to know, not to see the great 
miracles wrought round about them. Although we do not 
care to talk religion now, even those claiming to believe in 
nothing, boasting of their materialism, their free-thinkism, HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
their atheism, will bear us out iu our statement, that never 
in the history of the world have there been more miracles and 
wonders performed than in this age, and although at times 
we have to speak quite to the point and brandish the club, we 
are astonished at the wonders that you are daily demonstrat- 
ing. 
The human being, in spite of all disease, claims to be the 
healthiest (?) of all the animal kingdom. We say the healthi- 
est. Just fancy a human being eating white bread which is 
equal to straw, a cup of chicory water called coffee, a measly 
looking piece of pie and a dish of corn starch pudding for 
days and yet live! Take the lion who has a pretty good 
stomach, take him into your dining-room and feed him on all 
those powder biscuits for breakfast, that half-hour cooked 
oat-meal mush streaked with bluish stripes, enough to make 
you see stars and have chills and fever run down your spinal 
column just to think of it. Then that pie, that bread and 
tea, cakes, puddings and canned goods! One week will be 
enough for the poor creature to stretch out its all fours and 
call out, "Good Lord, deliver me!" While you glory in it 
and still live. It was promised that we were even to take 
poison and it would not hurt us. Is it true? Yes. Just think 
of the poison that is being swallowed by millions every day 
in the form of medicine and foods, and yet they live. One 
of our meals would make any animal sick at his stomach for 
a week. We get out of it with the penalty of a few hours' 
suffering. If the sages of old and the apostles and the saints 
had been given what we have to swallow nowadays, we doubt 
whether they would have survived. This is a wonderful age 
and we need not go to dime-museums to witness wonders 
if we but go out on the street to see God's greatest show on 
earth, a menagerie that would put Barnum's to shame. We 
ought to be thankful to be as well as we are. We ought to 
have been dead long ere this, but nature is constantly evolut- 
ing and is making us better, stronger, more powerful, even 
though we are unconscious of the mysterious operations of 
nature. Just fancy people running around town without an 
appendix and live, others without stomachs, yet eat. Of 
course, they have been running about without hearts for some 
time, although their old ones are still beating, yet at the 
rate we are going, we shall be running about without a body 
by and by. This is a sure thing. You ought to take hold 
of your own hands and clasp them tightly and congratulate 
121 122 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
yourself that this world, in spite of its peculiar phenomena, 
is demonstrating the greatest phases in miracles and wonders 
and that you can testify to the truth that you are one of the 
many who have taken poisons and yet survived, that although 
you have been crippled in many ways, spiritually, mentally 
and physically, you still live and are yet going to see even the 
Lord in the llesh, going to have the millennium come to your 
heart, and enjoy the dominion of God. Never mind those 
afflictions you have heretofore tried to magnify in your fancy. 
If it was possible for you to live with all your fanciful afflic- 
tions so long, you will now live long enough to outgrow them, 
for salvation has come in the observation of the law, and 
through obedience the redemption from all law, until man can 
realize that he is law unto himself. 
Next to wheat, rye is the most nourishing grain, but be- 
cause of its deficiency in phosphates it is necessary to make up 
such loss with certain vegetables. Next comes barley. It 
does not contain sufficient starch, but the deficiency can be 
made up with rice and vegetables. Oats belong to the horses 
and can be used but sparingly in winter time and in cold 
climates. Corn is also a product for animals, although the 
white southern corn may be used sparingly as the oats. 
Wheat is the principal food, and prepared in various ways 
will give sufficient variety in dishes served with suitable vege- 
table and fruit dishes, as in the preparation it ofttimes looses 
a certain part of its ingredients and again in certain seasons 
it is poorer than at others so that we will always have to make 
allowances. A person performing hard manual labor can live 
a day on six ounces of whole wheat, two ounces of oil and 
eight ounces of fruit; one of sedentary habits on four ounces 
of wheat, one ounce of oil and ten ounces of fruit. Oue who 
performs no manual labor will thrive on two ounces of grain 
and twelve ounces of fruit, keep a clear mind and be able 
to do brain work without ever getting fatigued. The main 
thing is to breathe plentifully, frequently, and have exercise 
of a varied nature. Allowing for extra rations, in round fig- 
ures, a man, a hard-working man, can live for 305 days, or a 
whole year, on three bushels of wheat, fifty pounds of oil, and 
200 pounds of fruit. Allowing one dollar for a bushel of 
wheat, one dollar for every ten pounds of oil and one dollar 
for every fifty pounds of fruit, it would only require twelve 
dollars a year to pay the whole board bill for 365 days. That 
would be one dollar a month, or a little over three cents a day, HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
123 
allowing for extra rations, providing you are obliged to pay 
the highest retail prices. At the rate of the real cost of the pro- 
ductions to manufacture, it would cost but one cent a day to 
live, and there are days we can live on less than that, and that 
is the reason and the great secret that we, ourself, can stand 
the work we are doing. We say we are doing more labor 
than any other man, far or near, and live on one one-hundredth 
of what they live on. If all our preachers and teachers 
would follow the commands of our sages, saviors and masters, 
if our physicians and scientists, who claim to have the wel- 
fare of the people at heart, and the politicians who constantly 
howl at election time that they want to sacrifice themselves 
for the good of the people, would believe what they say and 
would know the truth to go out into the world to instruct 
and lead without price, without expectation of a reward, the 
millennium could be realized in twenty-four hours and busi- 
ness could go on as it should, without any delay. 
My friends, take the warnings from your surroundings as 
they ring in your ears, not to be frightened by them, but to 
learn and profit by them, to do better, to change your course 
and become wise. We are running into destruction at 
a speed that breaks all records. We know it not, because 
we are like a man who is bleeding to death while lying in 
a bath of hot water. From the bursting of a little vein while 
bathing, although feeling perfectly comfortable, he will grow 
weaker and weaker and die. lie desires not to leave the tub 
as it is pleasant to lie in this hot water and the blood oozing 
from him increases the ecstasy by virtue of rapid circulation. 
He will be gone out into unconscious regions before he is ever 
able to realize it, and so with us. We are throwing ourselves 
into the stream of accumulated bondage of mere superstitions. 
It is pleasant to lie in the warmth of deception and illusion 
and pretense, and we feel not that we are constantly giving 
out our energies, our vitality to heighten this condition of 
stupor. We know not that we are loosing blood. We think 
we are gaining pleasure. We think it delightful to allow our 
senses to drift about into ecstatic conditions over the pano- 
rama that plays its pantomimic phantasms before our vision, 
permeated with greed and avarice. The last drop of blood is 
already oozing out, life is fleeing, and we know no more. 
Wake up, why will you die before your time! Flee to the 
mountains of common sense and understanding and save thy 
soul. It is sad to see suffering when there is salvation, a way 124 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
out of all danger. The solution of the social problem is not a col- 
lective one, but an individual one. Once solved individually, 
collectivity follows as a consequence. Let us learn to under- 
stand that in manifestation there are no two things alike, no 
two minds alike, no two beings alike, no two thoughts alike. 
For that reason it must be left to the individual to solve the 
problem of life. We are but likenesses of the complex whole, 
and it is not for me to impose upon you and compel you to 
think as I do. We are one in complexity, one in variety, one 
in individuality. The understanding and application of the 
economic question will solve the social problem for all time. 
As long as nature's abundance will continue to go to waste, 
it is compelled to produce conditions of suffering. As long 
as we are bound to hold to selfishness and greed, so long will 
its own phantoms chase us and make us flee before them, 
without knowing where we shall land. If we neglect to study 
the economy of life, nature will force us into conditions where 
we are compelled to give it thought. When we are short of 
money, we love to talk about saving. Oh, how ignorant we 
are! The marmot gathers in his grain while it is plentiful 
in the fields. lie fills his pits to overflowing so that when the 
winter season sets in and the farmer has gathered his share into 
the granary, the marmot rests assured for he is well provided 
for until another crop. But we never think of saving until 
poverty, distress and hunger stare us in the face, then we 
talk economy, political and otherwise. Then we rise and howl 
like a starving wolf in the snowy regions, where all escape is 
cut off, and he feels he has to submit to the inevitable and 
die, die in despair with all his hopes, all his illusion that the 
breath of his howling will melt the snow. 
We do not want you to tell the capitalists and the slave- 
holders and those in authority that a method has been found 
whereby to solve this great problem of perplexities for they 
would at once begin to experiment upon you before you are 
ready to stand the trial. You know of the great economist 
who was going to give to the world his theories on economy, 
but before he made them public desired to give his theories 
at least one test. He cared not to try it on himself, as he 
was somewhat in doubt about the practicability of his own 
theories. He did not experiment upon guinea pigs this time, 
but on his mule. Evidently you all know that a mule will 
fare well upon thistles, while a horse would die in spite of 
their abundance if corralled in a field of thistles. This great HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
125 
man tried his experiment by giving his mule the first day 
three bread pills and on entering the barn the day following 
he found the mule kicking quite lively. They do that when 
hungry and in expectation of getting food. "Aha," the scien- 
tist said, "I see this treatment does him well. He even gets 
lively as he never has been before." He then gave him but 
two bread pills. The following day, upon entering the stable, 
the mule scratched with his hind legs and pulled on the rope 
to which he was tied. "Well," soliloquized the economist, "it 
becomes him well, he even scratches the floor for joy." There- 
upon he gave him but one pill. Upon the following morning, 
as he entered the barn, he found the mule dead. "Such an 
ungrateful creature," the great head said, "just as he was 
getting used to it, he had to die; nevertheless I hold my 
theory true." Well, I see no one laughing. It is too serious 
to see anything laughable in it anyway. Just wait until elec- 
tion time and you will see these very mules experimented 
upon. The same that have died are going to have their dead 
bodies animated again with some power known to politicians 
only, and the dissecting process will then go on. But let us 
leave it there, for it is not worth our consideration. Let the 
dead bury their dead. We will come back to our question 
on diet. 
If you really desire to enjoy life do not eat yourself poor, 
but learn that it requires but little to satisfy the wants of 
this body. Instead of throwing away your hard-earned money 
by the handfuls to crowd your stomachs and only nurse that 
miserable disease appetite, save it, and then instead of slav- 
ing all the year around, in and out, you can take a few months 
off out of every year, to pay homage to mother nature, to God, 
and to yourself. You cannot afford it now because you are 
a slave to one certain disease, one certain function of your 
body. Instead of being bound down to such slavery you 
should use your means to learn of this beautiful world, to 
take a trip here and there until you have seen what there is 
in this world; you should see countries and peoples, see their 
customs, come in closer contact with them and exchange your 
experiences. You will then learn to love them all and to 
cherish all things. When we return from our trip we will 
feel the happier for it. We will feel the vibrations of the 
harmony of nature and of the new faces seen and new 
acquaintances made breathe upon us for months to come 
and with the view before us of making a visit to another coun- 126 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
try in the near future to gaze at its marvelous grandeur and 
admire its inhabitants, we will develop courage to work and 
to save. We will give satisfaction to ourselves and satisfy 
the employer who is our servant in turn to arrange labor for 
those who have not the ability to make work, and who has 
the responsibility to arrange and to risk first, while we simply 
do our work unconcerned as to his outcome and draw our 
wages, to which we have a perfect right, for the laborer is 
worthy of his hire. We will thus draw the lies of friendship 
closer and closer between all mankind. Railroads won't be 
able to be built fast enough, labor all around we will see. The 
idle ones will take our places when we are gone to enjoy 
ourselves, while we take their places at the time when they 
take their turn. There will be no necessity to squeeze the 
nickels to have them turn into dimes. The disease, stingi- 
ness, will be a thing of the past, and as we gradually amal- 
gamate into the complex whole, even this country will rise in 
its grandeur and yet be a light unto all nations, for out of 
it shall come the saviors of liberty, and provisions will be 
made for old age, so they no longer need to run with their 
scanty dinner buckets to the factory to earn a mite for the 
mere sustenance of an existence to keep from paying funeral 
expenses while the younger man or woman is running the 
streets looking for work in vain because his elder brother, 
who should have long retired, is keeping him from taking his 
place. Provisions will be made for all cases and peace will 
reign among all nations. 
Wheat is the staff of life, while fruit and vegetables are 
excellent eliminators, but not nourishment strictly speaking. 
Nuts are valuable food for man, excellent muscle builders and 
used either in their natural state or in the form of oils or com- 
bined with grains and fruits, or grain and vegetables, make 
desirable food and delicious dishes for man. It has been esti- 
mated that at the present rate of wages and the implements at 
hand, the raising of wheat or grain in general costs in labor 
no more than 3| cents a bushel. Should the raising of fruit, 
vegetables and nuts prove a similar mathematical calculation, 
think how cheap we could live and yet how much time we 
could have for beautifying our homes, our cities, our country 
and the world at large. Wheat soaked for twenty-four hours, 
or even over night, in cold water and then dipped into boilino 
water for the length of one minute makes an excellent break- 
fast food. Cream improves the flavor to some palates, and HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
127 
when boiled for three or more hours over a slow fire and then 
mashed through a colander and eaten either warm or cold, 
it will invigorate the whole system and feed the body for a 
whole day on but a very few spoonfuls. All bread must be 
toasted in the oven before using, and not over the fire, whether 
it be homemade or baker's bread. Whole wheat bread is the 
most nourishing, but we must not confine ourselves to it 
exclusively; we may alternate with Graham and rye, occasion- 
ally white, to equalize deficiencies of starch. Whole wheat 
soaked over night and then after being heated with hot water 
and ground fine is liked by many whose teeth are not in a 
very good condition, but who love the sweet taste of the 
juicy whole wheat. Predigested foods would not be bad if 
they could be procured fresh, but as they sometimes stand in 
packages for months in some damp corner of a country store, 
it will be necessary to avoid all risks and to redeem them to 
their original quality in part at least, we should retoast them 
in a slow oven to get the grape sugar and to form the dextrine. 
Bread must be toasted to kill the germ of fermentation pecu- 
liar to the yeast. The first baking develops it and with it 
the arsenic. If you break open freshly baked bread and 
breathe the fumes arising from it they will turn your stomach 
for twenty-four hours. No wonder that after eating fresh 
biscuits you feel heavy and your head dull. After the bread 
has become stale and the fumes evaporated, the germ of fer- 
mentation still adheres, and will sour the bread in a few days. 
When given to the stomach it will go through the yeast 
fermentation within a very few minutes by virtue of the 
moisture and heat of the stomach. Do you wonder then that 
children gradually develop a taste for liquor and begin to 
love it and fall a prey to it when out in the world of tempta- 
tions? It is not born in them. Conditions of improper food 
have developed it. Mothers must, become better cooks, more 
scientific nurses, greater students of nature than men even, 
for upon them rests the responsibility of the whole race. 
They are the life givers; then let them be the life preservers 
in truth and lay the foundation for the after-life, w7hen the 
child will have sufficient knowledge how to perpetuate that 
life. 
It is not necessary for you to buy coffee when you can make 
drinks far superior to any drinks know n and which are nourish- 
ing at the same time. Make your own drink. It will be a 
pleasure to you to make it yourself and at the same time you HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
128 
get the benefit of exercise. Take a pound of whole barley as 
you get it from the granary, mix with it six ounces of rye, one 
ounce of dandelion root and roast it in the oven until brown. 
Now and then stir it and as you do you get the benefit of 
stooping down before the oven, or, kneeling down before it, 
you get your kneeling exercise while you are watching the 
roasting process. This combination will give you a fine drink. 
Grind it whenever it is to be used. The aroma alone is enough 
to partly feed you. If you desire a still stronger drink as to 
flavor, take, instead of dandelion root, or in addition to it, two 
ounces of acorns, or, if you like, take two ounces of well 
roasted corn. It will act upon your kidneys at the same time 
and be somewhat of a tonic for your stomach. A pound of 
coffee will in this case cost you about four cents, and the 
benefit you receive from the exercise and the pleasure in pre- 
paring the coffee is not to be overlooked. If you are bound 
to have predigested foods, so-called, make them yourself. 
Don't get food containing glucose and other cheap ingredients. 
They will only sour on your stomach. If you want grain nuts, 
get whole wheat flour bread, some rye, some white and other 
bread. Toast lightly, grind it, retoast it a trifle and you will 
have it. If you want variety, make different combinations. 
Take barley, whole wheat and some oats, boil them after 
previously soaking for several hours, until a mass. Cool it 
and cut it into slices, toasting in a slow oven until dry. 
Grind it and you will have something you can't buy 
for money nor for kind words. Make your own dishes, pre- 
pare your own foods and you will not take on those many 
undesirable conditions of poorly-paid, sickly, mud-minded fac- 
tory hands. Put in your own noble thoughts, your good feel- 
ings and you and your family will be the better for it. Make 
your own nut butters and nut preparations, but do not eat too 
many peanuts as they have qualities of the potato-intel- 
ligences which act religiously and rheumatically upon your 
functions. 
Avoid all vegetation which grows under the ground, for 
only vegetation ripening above the ground and in perfect sun- 
light, imbued with the beams of celestial vibrations, is food 
for intelligent beings. As the cattle grazing upon the sunny 
side of the hills and mountains grow fat, while those grazing 
upon slopes where vegetation never gets the blessings of the 
sun's rays, grow poor, so you will grow well, slick and beauti- 
ful, being fed upon sun-cooked foods, while if you consume HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
129 
foods produced in darkness you will be kept enchained in the 
shadows of death. When you eat, do so with thanksgiving 
in your heart, and your mind set upon the work before you. 
Don't talk, when you eat, do not talk business. Do one thing 
at a time. 
When you prepare food, pay attention to it exclusively. 
Many a time after a meal in a restaurant, although you have 
eaten but little and with exceeding care, have you noticed that 
peculiar feeling which has come over you even before you have 
left the table? You felt like tearing things to pieces. Had 
you inquired you would have found that the cook was an 
ugly creature, angry, excitable, mean. That the food passing 
through his hands had been poisoned by his mentally unbal- 
anced state. You can tell bread made by the hands of a con- 
sumptive, you can tell the cakes baked by a rheumatic, and 
the pies made by vicious characters. If you come home late 
from shopping, or from visiting your friends, don't get excited, 
don't slam things about and don't be in a hurry to prepare 
dinner for husband and child. You will pay dearly for it. 
Tell them the truth of your delay and they will eat some toast, 
a little fruit and a cup of cocoa with thanksgiving and peace, 
but if you hurry and at times get angry and mean, using 
expressions not found in gospel hymns, when your family sits 
down to the table, although you may try to hypocrit a smile, 
and though your husband be gentle as a lamb and your chil- 
dren like angels, after that meal you will find that they will 
get more or less sick. Inharmony will enter the place, some will 
get cross and leave the house, others will crawl into bed, and 
do you wonder then, when your husband, getting sensitive of 
the stormy vibrations, goes out on the streets, perhaps to a 
saloon to drown the foreign vibrations across his stomach in 
the waves of Jamaica's harbor? 
It was customary by the ancients, and even so in the 
present day, to concentrate upon the food before them, to se- 
lect a certain elevating aphorism or saying, appropriate to the 
occasion, and to hold it in mind while eating. When several 
members sat down to the table, each one repeated their sen- 
tence and in silence they would partake of their meal. The 
organs thus intelligently receiving the food would assimilate 
the same and but very little was required to satisfy their 
wants. Later on prayers came into use, somewhat similar to 
those offered today, with the exception that a blessing was 
never asked upon food not fit for the human stomach. You 130 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
know from experience that when at a banquet engaged in 
conversation, you would eat and eat, yet it seemed you would 
never get enough, and when getting up from the table, 
although your abdomen would stick out like a bass drum and 
feel as heavy as a lead bar, you would be hungry. The food 
has not been assimilated. It has turned to waste and 
unless removed quickly will result in disease and discomfort. 
Again, on the other hand, having visited a friend of yours, 
plain in his living, but good hearted, full of harmony and 
although but a piece of toast and a dish of apple sauce be 
eaten in perfect tranquillity, it satisfies you and you feel as if 
you would not get hungry for some time. It makes a great 
difference in what attitude we partake of our food. You also 
know that the man with a low forehead, whose thoughts run 
only on eating and drinking from morning until night, who 
knows nothing of thought of an elevating nature, will eat 
enormously, lie must eat because his brain is small to 
vibrate intelligence to his organic system to assign to the 
substance taken its operations. A man engaged in deep 
thinking, a man of true intellect, a man whose mind is 
centered, whose ideas are firm, is satisfied with very little 
and is not particular about a great spread. The action of 
thought, through the generation of electric fluids, feeds him. 
We have too many dishes. Three to four ought to suflice. 
One certain dish should be made the principal food, the others 
merely eliminators. When we have fruit with our grains, we 
ought to avoid extra vegetable dishes, especially if our soup 
has contained any. Grains, fruits, a few nuts and occasion- 
ally a cup of grain-wisdom or cocoa will do for a meal. For 
breakfast we are not to eat anything at all, especially if we are 
fleshy. If working hard, we should even then avoid eating 
breakfast, just have a cup of wisdom and wait for lunch in- 
stead; but even in this you have to use your judgment until 
you have conquered. But you are not to eat more than two 
meals a day. In some countries they eat but once a day, as 
a rule at four o'clock in the afternoon. Those people are 
found to be the healthiest and besides the strongest. You 
will learn yet how to live on one meal a day, and the cost 
should never exceed, even if eating two meals, five cents a day. 
With blessings of all good things, 
OTOMAN, 
Prince of Adusht. teon Rin? INVOCATION. 
Breathe out. Breathe out, O Savior of Liberty, 
The beauteous gospel of liberty upon all minds, 
That with understanding we may breathe in intelligence born without 
fear, nursed without favor, 
A free distributer of knowledge to all men. 
At times that sense of duality still clings to my form, as if a reality, 
Until the sun rises within my soul and sheds its rays gorgeously into 
my deluded manifestation, 
Revealing repeatedly like the sunbeams unto the dawn 
That the light exists everlastingly. 
That I am one in thee and thou in me,-inseparable. 
Rise, yea, rise to the very zenith of understanding, 
That humanity may awake to a fuller conception of what it means 
To be mentally and physically free, 
To bring forth from out of our innermost the Savior of liberty. 
Born again for man, conceived by the Virgin of pure mind and unde- 
filed. 
To proclaim the message of a country free. 
And may that blessed name of liberty 
Take flight through the world upon that celestial morn 
And lead us to our birthright, which gives a heritage to all. 
As the hour of midnight, the end of oppression, draws near, 
May I be ready to carefully collect every crumb of past uselessness 
And whirl them into the furnace of the mind 
And consume them by the fire that burns by love divine. Standing 
alone upon my feet, it dawns upon me, that in looking backward, 
I must take heed of the past, and remember it no more, 
For it holds nothing for me 
But the moldering of dead bones of untimely remembrances. 
I am to welcome the day of Liberty 
And give praise each day after the manner of the All Loving, 
And thus through life express the purpose of manifestation, 
Recognizing the rights of my brother. 
Who like unto myself is the reflection of the Self-Same-Radiance. 
No longer shall I hide my light of understanding under a bushel 
But fearlessly shed broadcast the ideas of justice 
To brighten the paths of others 
Recognizing their rights to do the same, 
That their lamps that yet burn dimly may be turned higher, 
And give praise and glory unto thee who illuminates the world of 
worlds. 
Already the message of this gospel is being felt, as it moves upon the 
depths of ignorance and oppression, 
And it is being breathed by all that breathe the breath of life, 
Permeating the veins of all with hope, truth, peace, 
Until Love shall reign. 
Thus liberty alone will be the incentive, 
Leading the intellectual armies of love. 
Which are the only true missionaries of the world born of good en- 
deavor. 
Hasten the day, reveal the hour, I come to thee. Be it so. 
And unto this end let all things prosper. 
132 PRELIMINARY. 
NINTH READING. 
SALUTATION: 
In the name of the Gates of the East merging into the Gates of 
the West, salutation and greeting. 
E HAVE in the last two lessons paid attention to diet 
and although many more statements could have 
been made, far stronger and far more scientific, we 
do not care to give too much at once as we must allow our- 
selves time to reflect upon everything sufficiently so as to de- 
rive therefrom the most good. We do not by any means in- 
tend to hurt your feelings, we would not hurt so much as a 
bug. But it is necessary that we speak freely, for you are no 
longer babies. As a rule after the seventh lesson our classes 
fall off in goodly numbers, thus showing that the statements 
given are too strong and that they fear, we say fear, although 
they may have made that old stereotyped claim, there is no 
fear, still they fear their conscience might wake up and smite 
them, might reprove them and that they might awaken to a 
better life for which they are yet too proud. They drop off, 
but after many days, when trials and troubles and temptations 
come, they will wish they had done better. 
In the meanwhile, they go about and misrepresent the 
work for FEAR they might be found put, lest they might lose 
their prestige among their own kind. Yet in secret you will 
see them go through the exercises, and to their friends they 
will say that they knew all this before. They will tell you 
that at first they took this gospel as God-given and its teach- 
ers for gods, but now they can accept the teachings no longer, 
or not all of it, and the rest they knew before. We glory 
when they express themselves in this manner, for this is a 
sign that they have been convinced of the greatness of this 
work and know the great good it is doing, and has done for 
them. It is taking root within them, but conditions of dark- 
ness, not yet fully overcome, influences of hypnotic impres- 
133 134 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
sions not yet fully outgrown, still cling to them and they de- 
sire to save some of their old worn out theories for fear their 
friends might think that they are not as great as they have 
boasted to them, and they listen to stories circulated by those 
yet under the ban of hypnotism and suggestion, who have no 
good thoughts, for, if they were nure, nothing but purity 
would flow out of their mouths. 
The ideas that they have heard will not contaminate them; 
for what they have learned in these lessons will never defile 
them, only what now flows out of their mouths, is their mud- 
dled conceptions, their unbalanced condition. Evil to those 
who evil think. Unit even they know better. They also will 
come as soon as they have become more at peace and their 
minds more settled. Going to an insane asylum you have to 
expect to be abused by its inmates. It does not hurt you any, 
for you know their condition. You know that they do not 
know you, they probably have never seen you lief ore, but as 
you get better acquainted with them, in their brighter mo- 
ments, they will not abuse you, they will be glad of your 
presence. We love them all whether in or out of the asylum. 
They cannot all be put into asylums, anyway, for then there 
would be but very few people running about the streets. We 
have had in all our class work the very best people on earth 
and they all are benefited through this work. Even those, 
slow about things and somewhat neglectful, give testimony to 
this effect, and you will remember that we have not come to 
destroy but to build up-to save, to construct. In the work 
of construction, we are aiming to build up those who in their 
somnambulistic condition are tearing down unconsciously 
what they hoped to build up. 
In speaking about meat diet, we wish to give a few more 
points. Have you ever noticed that people, upon getting 
their vibrations raised, take on a hooking tendency, their 
heads going back and forth, first to' one side then to the other, 
just as cows do when hooking each other? Well, those peo- 
ple are living on beef principally and through the blood of 
the beef have taken on the characteristics of cows. Some 
even go right for you and thus bring forth the bull nature. 
Some jump on you, but those are generally men, so-called, 
but not gentlemen. It is not necessary that they eat much beef 
to show this tendency, only the meat eaten brings it out more. 
They are internally bulls, for they are those of whom it is 
said that they have been forced into manifestation before HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
135 
their time, not having developed into the stage represented; 
at least they show their real characters in their own lives so 
that those who have eyes to see and ears to hear may know 
them and take a lesson therefrom. You have seen people 
around you who are just like lambs, the same like mutton- 
chops. Now we do not say they have subsisted on mutton 
exclusively, for if they had, they would have turned com- 
pletely into sheep, and wolves would know them on the spot 
and devour them. So they have to disguise themselves. Still 
they like lamb. 
In going to a restaurant, all you have to do is to watch 
the incoming guests, and you can tell whether it is going to 
be lamb stew, veal cutlets, beef or pork chops they are going 
to order. The porkchoppers are of special interest. Now 
just fancy a person weighing 150 pounds taking, we will say, 
but one order of pork a day, weighing the insignificant weight 
of one pound. That would amount to 365 pounds in a year, 
and the poor creature only weighs 150 pounds. Where is 
the man, where is the pork? Do you wonder then that peo- 
ple not only look like hogs, but live and act like them? Do 
you wonder then that they can never get enough? But the 
hog, itself, is not quite as hoggish as you think, its imitators 
are far behind him, and it will be a blessing for them when 
in the incarnation to come, if any, they will be privileged to 
sail under their own flag, and not pirate among the children 
of men. A hog, when it is fed all it will hold, lies down in 
the sunshine and gives the other hogs a chance to feed on 
what it left behind. But there are two-legged hogs who will, 
even though they cannot use any more of what is in the 
trough, get into the trough and keep everybody away from 
it, by their incessant grunting. It is true, real hogs do that, 
too. They will get right into the trough and only give the 
little fellows a chance to nibble on what falls out of the 
trough and their own mouths; but once satisfied, they will 
get out of the trough and leave it to the others. Upon ask- 
ing the farmer what this miserable swill barrel is for, he will 
tell you "That contains hog's feed." The wise farmer, know- 
ing that the big fellows give the little ones but little chance, 
stands by the trough with a whip in his hand and keep the 
big fellows off altogether, and only after a while gives them 
a chance. Every time the big one, for greediness, tries to 
get into the trough, it gets one of those lashes that makes it 
squeal. After the trough is emptied, the farmer cares no 136 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
longer even if the big fellows should walk into the trough and 
sniffle around, sticking their tongues into the corners. 
There are higher thought people who, of course, claim 
having outgrown these grosser elements and that they only 
subsist on ducks. Do you wonder then that when they come 
together and cackle about divine things, that it would put a 
real duck to shame? Again others only eat chicken. It is 
not necessary to be a colored person to be given to this weak- 
ness. You can always tell a chicken eater by how they turn 
around when they lay an egg of pride or self-exaltation. 
They love to look into every nook and corner and into the 
pots and kettles, always minding other people's business. 
Sometimes one of their number will raise his head like a roos- 
ter and crow when he has found a little worm, and as soon 
as the chickens have run to see what the matter is, because 
of his great noise, he swallows the worm before their very 
eyes, just as if saying, "How big I am that I can make you 
come to see I have conquered a little worm, and before your 
very eyes I eat it to show how superior I am to this little 
worm." Whereupon the chickens all go to their scratching 
after worms and say to each other, "How great our rooster is 
and how noble of him to give us the privilege of looking at 
his discovery, and then eat it himself." We do not object to 
people devouring each other. 
It is nothing to us whether you eat meat or whether you 
do not. People can do as they please, but they must take the 
consequences. If they want to poison themselves, they can 
do so, but they need not think that we are going to encour- 
age them in their sins. If you transgress a law of nature, a 
law Of the universe, don't make a fool of yourself by calling 
upon the god of nature, upon the universal or that which is 
the power of creation and the sustenance thereof. When you 
find that it does not help you, that your prayers are not an- 
swered, don't blame the power behind the throne; can you 
expect help from a source you wilfully disobey? Can you ask 
a person for aid that you are harming right along in business 
and would continue to harm the very minute they should 
help you out of your dilemma? Use a grain of reason and do 
not blaspheme with things and against things that are good 
and holy. We do not care what anyone thinks of this work, 
nor do we care for their criticism. We have never asked them 
for their opinion, and their opinion is not our opinion, so they 
can keep what they think as their own. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
137 
We could make it still plainer, but it will answer our 
purpose to say but little, very little. But what little we say 
must have weight and cover the ground until the ground 
gives forth; then we shall give more to it, to make it really 
good, as we never like to be stingy in giving to everyone 
whatever he may ask. No one shall go emptyhanded. 
We now come to another important point. We know that 
our nervous system is the greatest factor in our physical 
existence, for the reason that it is the transmitting organ of 
electricity, which electric power is the life of the manifesting 
form. As magnetism is the substance in which body, soul and 
spirit move and have their being, so the electricity is to the 
body itself the substance by which continuous construction 
is carried on, without which the mind could not work out its 
activity by virtue of thought as its agent, which again work- 
ing upon the brain cells and by the action of the spinal 
cord, makes it known to the senses through the nervous sys- 
tem by virtue of the generative agency, or electricity. The 
human electric substance is thus an important factor not to 
be underestimated in our studies as well as the understanding 
of the operation of our bodily mechanism. It is expected that 
we all understand anatomy enough to at least get a picture 
of the ideas imparted, still we always aim to avoid technical- 
ities and foreign expressions for the reason that we desire to 
make it plain even to the simplest mind. We use the lan- 
guage in its simplicity in behalf of the people we desire to 
instruct, avoiding even terms that would otherwise express 
our ideas far better and would do us and our work greater 
justice among those who are of a studious and intellectual 
make-up. But it is our duty to be plain, so that everyone 
may understand. We use Ga-Llama to begin with to get you 
to know that there is a principle which we would have to 
call centralizing life principle and to avoid this long term we 
give you ours. We could give you many terms that would 
confuse you, but we are here for the purpose of saving what 
was lost in superstition and we must use language that will 
be understood by the wayward child. 
The nervous system in the average being is not in full ac- 
tivity and therefore the brain cells cannot unfold the great 
and wonderful ideas stored up therein. The brain cells are 
slumbering as it were, as the nervous system does not send 
its vitalizing fluid to the centers. It is not active enough, 
because the greater number of the ganglia or nerve cen- 138 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
ters are in a state of paralysis. The brain is thus partly par- 
alyzed. You ofttimes feel as if there was something that 
you would like to express, but you lack the ability, you say. 
You would like to take up a certain study but you have to 
give it up as you cannot get it through your head. You would 
like to study sciences, but your head gets dull, you can go 
no further, and you would, of all things, know languages, but 
you cannot comprehend them. There are things you would 
like to know and the more you seek, the more you find that 
those you thought knew a great deal, know as little as you 
do, that all our knowledge is one-sided, is all only in part. 
Whenever you would like to go on, you cannot get any more 
light thrown upon your path, you cannot go on any farther 
yourself, and there you are. Every cell holds in its inner self 
the great secret of all the many forms in the existence of the 
universe and if all our brain cells were unfolded, we would 
see this life and all life as an open book before us. But this 
brain, as it is, is not capable of doing the work. In the sav- 
age it is asleep, because of the yet evoluting process of time, 
in civilized man, because of the inactivity of nerve centers. 
With the opening up of these nerve centers, think of the op- 
portunities before us, think of the enormous achievements; 
think of the possibilities, yet untold! We are doing well now, 
but we can do better. How we ought to use our judgment 
for the uplifting of our race. At the birth of a child we 
ought to use more care. But we err from ignorance on our 
part. We sever the child from its mother, we sever the cord 
barbarously, and the shock that the delicate mechanism of 
the child receives, is simply irremediable. The whole nervous 
system is shocked and only after a long time do some of the 
centers revive and resume their activity, others remain par- 
alyzed. Some centers remain in activity even at the time of 
the shock. Should certain nerve cells, corresponding to cer- 
tain brain functions, not revive their activity, also centers 
that are required for certain processes in reasoning and the 
use of organs and senses, and they should affect, we will say, 
the frontal region of the head, that child will grow to be an 
idiot. The functions of the back head in the latter case re- 
ceive enough electric activity to develop brain cells of an im- 
aginary nature, which will continue in their drifting tendency 
because of the inactivity of the intellectual brain cells. Thus 
the child not born idiotic will grow idiotic. It grows more 
idiotic, unless its head is shaped as much as circumstances HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
139 
will allow. If it does not revive from the shock, it will remain 
an idiot for life. Those of us who were fortunate enough to 
retain the activity of centers operating upon brain cells of 
the intellectual group, thus controlling the drifting of the 
other to a certain degree, unfold understanding to the degree 
of the development of brain capacity. Yet we are idiots to 
certain degrees, only not quite as unfortunate as the other 
kind. We think, in our way, they are odd, and they in turn 
think that we are odd. It is possible to help them to realize 
their condition by great care being taken in establishing a 
deeper breath and by getting them to observe proper diet and 
labor, they gradually become brighter. 
It is our business to help those unfortunates, and there 
are many of them who have become useful to themselves and 
others. What did we do to them? We got them to breathe 
the first thing, to increase the capacity of breath to get the 
nerve centers into activity, to accumulate a greater amount 
of electricity, thus vibrating upon certain paralyzed centers. 
Then by proper dieting and exercises, we soon got them so 
they were useful to themselves-those who could neither 
talk, nor walk, nor able to help themselves. They improved 
so that they were able even to take up studies of an element- 
ary nature, so that they could write letters and read them. 
What the exercises and what breathing will do for certain 
phases of idiocy, it will do for others. There are 72,000 
nerve centers in our nervous system, but you will not find 
them in the anatomy of the dead. Science does not know all 
there is in man, only what certain authorities claim. There 
are 72,000 nerve centers alone of a transmitting nature. We 
do not care to tell you of any more, lest it shock you back 
again into normal conditions all at once, and you may not 
want such a miracle to take place. IIow many of these nerve 
centers are in activity? Only as many as the surface micro- 
scopist can see. Of course, those which have fallen into a 
condition of inactivity, we cannot expect them to see. We 
will say that science ordinarily will count 250 nerve centers, 
which would be quite a goodly number. As it is, what won- 
derful ideas, what great strides and marvelous accomplish- 
ments through the mere action of 250 nerve centers upon 
our brain we have made. How much greater, if all the 72,- 
000 were in operation! You would feel at this moment, were 
all these thousands of centers to act, your head to burst. 
Some people's heads are always bursting, not because of 140 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
the activity of their brains, but because of the bloating ten- 
dency and the rushing of the blood to their heads which they 
mistake for brain-activity. 
You have wondered why, at your entrance into the class, 
we have taken measurements of your chest and your head. 
We wanted to see how far you were developed, so we would 
know how to instruct you, as we instruct you according to 
your capacity until you have developed to a certain point, 
when we know it would do you good to learn more. You 
admit that you have learned more in all these lessons than 
ever in your life before. It is not from what you have heard 
here, but what your own brain unfolded to you. With the 
lirst conscious breath you begin to accumulate electric force 
that will gradually overcome the paralytic condition of the 
nerves, and you are already receiving the benefits. Your 
memory is getting better, you look better, feel better, and 
know better. When we measured your chest, we did not 
mind how you forced yourself to, show off your expansion. 
We do not care for the expansion of your muscles, we only 
figured on your breath capacity, from which we make our 
deductions as to the activity of the brain, for the size of 
the head has little to do with the brain activity. A frog 
can blow up pretty big, but it is not all breath, it is only 
wind. We also consider the stature, and estimate the weight 
of the bones. A flabby piece of a flesh-pot with a small pim- 
ple on top its shoulders is always a case of little account, 
until the pot, which is only walking about to save funeral 
expenses, be emptied of its surplus effete matter. 
The shock received at the time of birth follows us through 
life and places many burdens upon us which we have not 
deserved and which are due to the ignorance of those who 
gave us this terrible reception into this world. And were it 
not that it was ignorance on their part and that no harm wTas 
meant, it might have been worse, but as the vibrations suf- 
fered no suggestions, we have partially recovered from it by 
virtue of our nature, but a certain degree of the activity 
has to be performed by those still in action, seeking to bring 
about an equilibrium. If you lose your organ of sight, your 
senses of hearing and feeling become more acute. If you 
lose your hearing, your sense of sight becomes more acute, 
so you can see people talk, while in the former case you feel 
your way. So it is with the generation of the electricity 
through the nerve centers of the nervous system. Yet it is HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
141 
not well to run about with dead functions in our bodies. 
We do not want to be crippled as long as there is a way out 
of it. You know how awkwardly a paralyzed man goes about 
his business, and you know he is not as bright as he used 
to be before he was stricken, just as a person having lost 
an organ or part of a limb is no longer the same person. 
The brain functions are suffering. There is intelligence in 
every particle of our being and one part lost means loss of 
intelligence to that degree. 
We now come to an exercise which will help us in the final 
awakening of the paralyzed nerve centers and distribute their 
accumulated forces, vitalizing the brain cells, so as to give 
forth their intelligence to our sense condition. The tingling 
shocks that will occur, the heating influences, and strong cur- 
rents that will penetrate the body and send their soothing 
forces to the top of the head, causing a gentle quivering of 
the pineal gland need not alarm you. It is a natural conse- 
quence of the exercise, a result of our work for the develop- 
ment of organs necessary for our final redemption from sin, 
sorrow, pain and poverty, the final redemption from ignor- 
ance. It is well, before we give you the exercise that will do 
so much to aid us in our work of final emancipation, to make 
a few explanations. You remember that we have said, we 
desire to talk plainly to you on all matters so as to avoid 
misconceptions, and misapprehensions as much as possible. 
There are ways for making things of a system plain and there 
is a way of clothing it in mysticism, using terms, expressions, 
names, words not readily understood by the average of man- 
kind. Our work is to be taught from the house-tops. Every 
child shall hear and know, all men shall get to know of it, 
irrespective of position, color or creed, place or nationality, 
and in their own tongue it shall be delivered unto them. 
This use of foreign words without proper, previous explana- 
tion is merely a way to mystify which accomplishes nothing. 
When you hear us use a term not familiar to you, and not 
found in your ordinary pocket dictionary, we make it our 
business to explain it. If you do not think that is sufficient, 
it is your duty to ask the meaning and not dream about it, or 
give it a meaning, we never intended. When Oriental teach- 
ers come to you, bringing to you the fruit of saving power, 
and they have to use words not sufficiently expressed in your 
tongue, ask them the meaning of them frankly and do not 
gaze at them with open mouths, wondering as to the mystio 142 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
power such a word might hold. Those words are not what 
you have figured them in your fancy. You think persons 
learned, if they can throw around a few Latin or Greek 
phrases and come to you with a few Hebrew expressions. 
You force yourself to be awe-inspired when others use terms 
never heard heretofore in ordinary life. Using a language 
unintelligible to one is merely hiding ignorance, otherwise we 
would speak in words most comprehensive, even to a child. 
Why say Allah, when in your tongue it is God? Why 
Buddha, when we know it is the Enlightened? Why 
Brahma, when it is All-wise? True, there are words used in 
philosophies we cannot find in other languages sufficiently 
expressed and then we are justified in using words peculiar 
to a certain philosophy, until we have become conversant 
enough with them to know the meaning. For instance, we 
hear some people talk about Shusumna which is to open up 
by the use of a certain exercise. It is supposed to be at the 
coccyx whence it vibrates upwards to the brain. These peo- 
ple do not know what this Shusumna is, and it never dawned 
upon them to ask their teacher what they meant by it. In 
great expectations people will sit and repeat certain words 
like "cum, dum, bum, slum, chew gum" and so on, three 
thousand times a day and before bedtime they will take a look 
around to see if Shusumna has not yet opened up. In every 
city w'e find a number of people who have sat for development 
for years and yet Shusumna has not opened up. They go so 
daffy on these things that a constipation of ideas and diarrhea 
of words result therefrom, and they don't know7 what they 
are talking about. This Shusumna is the spinal cord, my 
friends. The spinal cord is of great importance to a thinker 
and a philosopher. It is the vitalizing transmitting function 
to the brain. Its mission is manifold, and it is found that in 
the average man of a stooping tendency with a weakness in 
the control over the vertebne of the spinal column, the 
spinal cord becomes inactive, thus the ideas take on a clouded 
form of expression, but by firm, upright posture, deep breath- 
ing and the utterances of sounds, we can regain its action. 
Kundalini is also a term used frequently, and many there are 
who are waiting for the day to come for Kundalini to uncoil. 
The sympathetic nerves are Kundalini which in their un- 
coiled, that is, active form, send upward the forces required 
for perfect birthgiving of ideas or thoughts. An idea must 
contain all of the elements of activity to Im? of an elevating 
nature and capable of sustaining its existence. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
143 
When the term Kundalini is being used, the object is to 
convey to our understanding the idea that by the inner action 
of the sympathetic nervous system arousing the heretofore in- 
active ganglia to vibration, (thus generating electric fluid cor- 
responding to the action of the spinal cord) a condition of har- 
monious vibrations between the organic functions is being 
established, thus inducing the condition of mind towards con- 
centrative control, awakening our very being towards con- 
sciousness of life and its operations. Material life depends 
upon circulation and the latter is only possible where there is 
breath and the directing of breath. Conscious life requires 
the harmonious action of the spinal cord with the ganglionic 
system, by virtue of its agency with it. 
As breath sets the dynamo of the human form into opera- 
tion, the spirit of things moves down upon its operations and 
transfers its presence to the spinal cord which once in opera- 
tion becomes conscious of the presence of life and recognizes 
the presence of the objective towards which ideas of thought 
become directed and expressed, increasing the consciousness 
of being in accordance to the power of breath. "And God 
breathed into his nostrils the breath of life and man became a 
living soul."-Genesis. 
The breath of life is a condition consequent to the presence 
of form and formation and the culmination of action in one 
decided direction for operation, with an object and purpose 
designated and assigned by the unconscious condition of col- 
lectivity but recognized by the conscious realization of indi- 
viduality which makes up the awakening of being by and 
through the sense condition of expression in the objective. As 
the breath of life or spirit asserts itself by virtue of organic 
correspondence, consciousness of life results by further oper- 
ation, inducing conditions which follow a former state of op- 
eration, or, man becomes a living soul. 
The spirit of man presents itself by action of breath 
whose seat is the lungs, and by virtue of the action of the 
spinal cord the soul life becomes conscious to the senses in 
accordance to the concentration of the mind whose seat is 
the function of memory. The more we breathe understand- 
ingly, rhythmically, the more active the spirit of things and 
more thorough the condition of purification or the control 
over the generating life fluids and their absorption. Thus 
the greater the consciousness of being and the recognition of 144 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
individual self become, which opens the portals of thought 
and breaks the captive's chains of past uselessness and super- 
stition, for which the culmination of time has forced condi- 
tions and environments born of ill behavior, but now, that 
consciousness of life becomes part of our realization in the 
domain of action, we recognize our true position and adjust 
things accordingly to our own good. 
To acquire knowledge and understanding, we must neces- 
sarily become observant and by experience learn to bring into 
order all that seemingly entertains the idea of disorder be- 
cause of insufficient control on our own part. We must learn 
to keep our eyes and ears wide open, be ready to see and quick 
to hear, but wise to weigh everything well within our own 
mind and to destroy all that from the realm of thought which 
is useless to us for the time being and live conscious of that 
which is controllable by our attention towards the uplifting 
of our being. 
There are no two things alike in all the Universe, there 
are no two beings alike, and for that reason, the solution of 
the problem of life is peculiar to each individual in accord- 
ance to their position and their own time of manifestation. 
Dealing in a world of vision, in a world of conscious sensi- 
bility, we must recognize our station in life as a reality that is 
not be underestimated in its operations, but be recognized as 
to its virtues and the possibilities for the attainment of ob- 
jects of higher nature by ascending from one station towards 
the other and controlling them for the common good of all. 
As each and every energy of this collective body of ours be- 
comes more and more conscious of its own individual intelli- 
gence, vibrating the same towards concerted operation of the 
collective mind, there is harmony, there is peace. Love, the 
virtue of the soul, arises to its realm and all is well, not only 
in the sphere of its magnetic realm of being, but throughout 
the electric condition of manifestation, asserting its opera- 
tions throughout all life cycles. 
Activity alone insures us of life. Activity alone brings 
satisfaction to our conscious being. Inactivity, although but 
to a small degree, affects the collective constitution of man, 
and sorrows, sickness and sin are the consequences. The 
nervous system, upon whose operation the happiness of bodily 
or organic conditions depends, must necessarily be kept in op- 
eration towards the generation of the electric fluids which HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
145 
decide muscular motion and make up the vital and energetic 
forces necessary towards organic expression as well as the 
comprehension of the senses. Means are to be used, har- 
monious to the regulations of nature, not for a continued ob- 
servance, but merely to gain an end for an object, that will 
insure us greater results in the pursuits of learning and gen- 
eral understanding. We thus take up an exercise which has for 
its object the arousing of the nervous system towards a 
greater activity by virtue of the basic breath, which is the 
principal factor in all our work. 
We have had six exercises up to the present, which we are 
expected to follow religiously, each one of them once a day 
at least and in accordance to our ability in the use of breath 
and our temperament, in some cases using one exercise, in 
others the same exercise twice and even three times a day. 
In our new exercise, we propose to pay attention to it but once 
a day, as the effects are of such a nature that our system must 
be given ample opportunity to adjust itself and to distribute 
the generative fluids, the same as the digestive organs in their 
office of digestion, separation and assimilation require a cer- 
tain length of time to intervene from meal to meal. We are 
always to remember that it is not the amount of work we do, 
but the attention we pay to it. Thus the little we do, will ac- 
complish more good when done in the spirit of willingness 
and attention than all our careless exertion and effort, no 
matter how elaborate it may be. We are never to force our- 
selves to do things, and whenever we feel that there are 
things for us to do, but we lack the strength and ability to 
pursue them, we do far better to take a rest by drawing in a 
few well directed breaths and stretching the body into various 
positions, thereby insuring a condition of calmness and in- 
spiration to our system which will lead us towards a better 
understanding of our conditions and reveal to our mind the 
means which will prove most effective for our progression. 
Before we have spent three minutes in contemplation of our 
better and higher self, we shall know better than to force 
burdens upon ourselves which only drag us down into the 
abyss of uselessness. Common sense and reason will be the 
guide for our bodily conditions, while the ever activity of 
thought will continue to lead us on by the presence of mind 
which will direct our affairs in life for our good. 146 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
You will find it most advisable when you wake up to1 
stretch your body for a few seconds, air your body, sponge 
it with tepid water or cold, then rub it vigorously with your 
hands, breathing well at all times. Then dress, wash and 
get ready for this exercise, unless you have other simple 
ones you wish to goi through, although you know you cannot 
take many exercises in succession, that you must distribute 
them the best you can during the day, although you may 
take two exercises together that will suit your peculiar tem- 
perament. Procure a milkpan for G or 8 cents, large enough 
to place both of your hands fiat in the dish. Fill it with 
enough cold water to cover what is ordinarily called the wrist 
bone, you find it, as you look at your wrist, a little bone 
sticking out. That's it! To that wrist bone the water is to 
reach and half-way up, but not above it. In the center be- 
tween your hands which must not touch, you place a cent, 
not a dollar. Place your hands in the water, stand erect and 
if stooping be careful that your spinal column does not bend, 
but simply stand bending only at the hips. Now inhale 
through your nostrils, as usual, a deep, full breath, pucker 
up your mouth, with tongue fiat in your mouth, just as if 
you were going to whistle. You can whistle, if you want to. 
Whistle out all you can through the mouth, emptying your 
lungs to their utmost and take another breath, through nos- 
trils, again exhaling through mouth, and again inhale and 
exhale. Note the current of breath going in and out, with the 
eyes steadied upon the cent. You do this every morning, 
before breakfast. The power will increase from day to day. 
The system feels heated for a time and the top of the head 
will throb gently, while the head will feel clearer and 
brighter. When taking this exercise, you may as well use the 
drawing up of water into the nostrils and throw it out 
through the same or spit it out through the mouth. You can 
use this water warm, and later on colder. With a little salt 
it will clear the passages and tone up the organ in general. 
After drying your hands, rub the palm of left with the right, 
then the back of left, in circular motion, and then with left 
hand rub the right, in motions always toward you. Do this 
until hands become smooth. 
With blessings of all good things, 
OTOMAN, 
Prince of Adusht. 
EXERCISE SEVENTH. £e -m INVOCATION. 
Hallowed be thy name, 0 spirit of love, 
The greatest of all sacred attributes. 
Who but a soul awakening to realms of consciousness can understand 
thee! 
For with thee comes the offering up of the useless or dead 
Unto the useful or the living, 
In the same manner as the night is offered up unto the day 
And in turn the day unto the night, 
The summer unto the winter and the winter unto the summer, 
As the wind lifts itself from one sphere into another, yet the sphere 
whence it came misses it not, 
For it has gone forth as thoughts to return unto me in new garments 
of purity, 
And, always remembering the grand opportunities and the possibilities, 
Peace shall dwell within the doors of him who loves liberty. 
Listen, O my soul, to the voice of the three holy children-Thought, 
Word and Deed- 
That speaks in tones of unmistaken certainty. 
Remember the fatherless, the widowed, the afflicted, the downtrodden, 
the outcasts, the oppressed, the lowly, the poor and those in wealth. 
They have the same right to life thou hast, 
As all mankind is of equal value when they breathe for the first time 
on earth, and are of like value when they breathe out their last 
breath into domains of dissolution. 
From the first to the last, the moments of life belong to him who con- 
ceals the preceding existences, and reveals the future as in a cloud, 
A cloud which may be lifted even in time being by the will of him who 
follows in the paths that eventually lead to self-illumination. 
Thus let thy accumulated wealth which has centered before thee, 
Conditionally and unconditionally. 
Flow from thy hands as from the bountiful river of plenty, 
Giving not from thine own or thyself, 
But from that great cause from which thou didst receive. 
Thy deeds of impartiality, justice and love will not be rewarded unto 
thee in the specie of any earthly realm, but in the consciousness 
of that peace which is priceless and above all human valuation. 
As spirit, soul and body are one and the same to the Holy One, 
declaring the beginning and ending of all things, always distribut- 
ing through the law of harmony with the same impartial hands its 
most holy gifts, so are all that breathe but one and the same in the 
sight of him whose god is Love, and whosoever abideth in that 
truth abideth in God and God in him, yea, even life everlasting, 
and to his dominion there is no end. Each season brings forth its 
kind each day, and utters its own speech without the shadow of a 
desire for reward. Let this be the great lesson of the dual sense 
of existence, first manifesting universal selfishness-everything 
existing for itself in its drifting condition of yet unborn elements- 
until it immerges into the spirit of universal love, and by virtue 
of its unitized harmony brings forth into reality the divine child 
of universal progression. Hark! hark! O soul, to the voice of wis- 
dom, and learn to master the great attributes of love, which is the 
breath that awakens to paths of eternal progression. Be it so. 
Unto this end, let all things prosper. 
148 PRELIMINARY. 
TENTH READING. 
From the land of early rise and the valleys where eternal roses 
bloom, Salutation and Greeting;. 
SALUTATION: 
E CANNOT say enough of the great benefits to be 
derived from each exercise when taken separately 
and the great influence upon the nervous system 
when one or more are taken together. We have made plain 
that the exercises are of a general nature and for that reason 
it remains for each one to decide, which proves of the greatest 
benefit to his particular temperament. Those of greatest 
result are the ones best adapted to your peculiar tempera- 
ment, yet the others are to be used, until the result aimed 
at is reached; after that intuition will tell you which may be 
dropped for a time, and when to resume it. Should we forget 
through some error or other, we shall notice how mind will 
impose a reminder upon us, which we are faithfully to carry 
out, lest punishment follow. 
If you find, that you feel somewhat depressed, low-spirited 
or cast down, do not allow those conditions to remain. Stand 
up to your full height, raise your body. Take a few breaths, 
throw up your hands, hold your breath for a few seconds 
before you exhale and fold your hands. Then breathe for a 
while and if nothing comes to you to do, take a seat in an easy- 
chair, still holding a firm, upright position of the spine, but 
with the body otherwise relaxed and arms resting on the sides 
of the arm-chair. Think of nothing in particular, simply fol- 
low the rising and falling of your chest and listen to the sound 
of the breath and the beating of your heart. Send your at- 
tention from one organ of the body to another and at last it 
will come to you what to do. Perhaps, you are to take an ex- 
ercise or other, and if so, do it. Perhaps, you are to kneel 
down in concentration to breathe out some good, cheering 
thought to some poor wandering child of nature. Do so. Re- 
149 150 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
member that every good thought sent out with life, love and 
sincerity will accumulate in its vibrations, realm after realm, 
and fill dimensions upon dimensions, breathing its influence, 
its fragrance unto every one it comes in touch with and when 
its circle is completed, it will rebound, returning to you with 
its thousand-added force from the universal dynamo, to raise 
your own vibrations to higher spheres. As bread cast upon 
the waters returns to you after many days, so every good 
thought given to another will return to you increased, and if 
that thought can be given out with an action, a deed, to give 
expression even to the senses of our sincerity, the greater will 
be its force, for wings will be given to it and it will return 
with a message of success to our heart. As a dime, if doubled 
in its value every month and each succeeding sum doubled 
upon itself would amount to tens of thousands of dollars in 
but two years, so every dime we give for a good cause brings 
us benefits that all the money of the world can never buy. 
There are times when we are restless, and some are trou- 
bled, even with sleeplessness. When you work too hard, you 
will not sleep very well, and if you allow your mind to drift 
about, you overtax the vital strength and you will suffer. 
When a gentle coolness steals down your back, that is the 
time for you to go to rest. That is the time, the spinal cord 
shuts off the flow of ideas of a representative nature and re- 
verses the generation of electric currents in the nervous 
system for the storing up of vitality and the generation of 
life-fluids for cell-formation. At night, or during the sleeping 
state, the mind resumes its inner work for the building of its 
instrument. If the system is overheated, which is brought 
about by force used in the giving out of all vitality, the gang- 
lia of the nervous system are compelled to over-expansion, in 
which condition no generation can take place. Immediately 
the mind becomes disturbed, as electric force is its agent to 
convey its thought to the senses. It cannot vibrate freely. 
There are obstacles that meet its currents. It seeks to arouse 
the will of self-reliance to the act of inspiration whereby the 
nerve centers may be aided in their anxiety to fulfill their 
function. 
The operations of the nervous system are being too much 
overlooked, the bulk of attention being paid to the blood, and 
to the more gross and solid parts of the body. Disease is the 
result of insufficient generation of electrism in the nervous 
system and not the blood; it is then communicated to the HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
151 
blood and from the blood to the flesh and so on. The unseen 
is the starting point of it all. In the spinal cord, which 
is the grand conductor from the brain and the seat of the 
soul, is lodged the whole strength of the system. From this 
spinal cord we see branching out pairs upon pairs of nerves, 
embracing nerves of motion and nerves of sensation, or the in- 
ductive and conductive fibers. From these again we follow up 
others and so on, until we find them spread into millions upon 
millions over the human system, in a network so infinitely fine, 
that we cannot put down the point of a needle without feeling 
it, and we would not feel, unless touching a nerve. 
In all these millions of nerves there is no blood, electric 
fluid only is contained therein, generated by the action of the 
nerve centers, while the blood remains confined to the blood 
vessels and arteries. The blood vessels pass round among 
the convolutions of the brain and through them the blood 
freely flows, yet the brain is but a congeries of nerves and 
is the immediate residence of the mind as the spinal cord 
is of the soul, as the nervous system is of thought, 
the blood, the life. The soul or spirit-mind cannot touch 
any particle of gross matter but acts through the agency of 
electrisin, wfliose source is breath, from which it takes the life 
energy generated as electrism. It again takes it from the 
blood that transmits it from the lungs. The action of the 
blood upon the brain produces no thought, wTere it so, we 
would think and reason in our sleep exactly as well as when 
awake, for the blood flow's and acts upon the brain in sleep 
the same as when we are awake. It is for the nerves only to 
carry out the mission of the mind, yet when engaged in the 
generation of forces to be used by and under the direction of 
spirit-mind to organs of vitalization, it produces reasoning 
and thought-attributes but faintly, and we thus roam about 
as it were in a state of conscious uncertainties. By lying per- 
fectly still upon your back, in a state of relaxation and in an 
attitude of non-resistance, and breathing evenly, there will be 
a cooling sensation steal over the brain. That coolness once 
felt, the nerves contract, resuming their action of generation. 
Tn this act, they continue to reverse their vibrations from a 
circular motion to an elliptical movement, and then all think- 
ing ceases. 
The moment a nervous warmth comes over the brain, it 
tells us that the nerve centers are resuming their activity in 
the body, and tends to wake us up. This condition may be 152 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
forced upon them through the irregular flow or action of the 
blood, which disturbs the mind in its office of directing. IT 
the sleep is good and perfect, it is a magnetic sleep, when dis- 
turbed, it is an electric sleep, because of the interfering active 
agencies. It is not possible to prescribe for others, the time 
required for sleeping. It is possible, by a proper attitude, 
to store sufficient vitality and organize generation for trans- 
mitting purposes in two hours in some, while others would 
require ten, and others, even after considerable sleep, would 
not produce the required vitalization. 
Electricity is the composite form of magnetism from which 
it draws its manifesting forces. Yet magnetism is no more 
electrism than vegetation is soil, but it may return to it again. 
Thus electrism is merely the phenomenon of magnetism by 
virtue of its evolution. It becomes a self-moving, invisible 
substance filling all phases of organized life-manifestations 
and directed to the required action by the power of mind 
which prevents it falling into conditions of a drifting nature 
to one of equalized action. We are at this time living in an 
age of constant investigation and continuous improvements, 
and the light of reason seems to be pouring in upon our 
minds in perfect floods so much so that it carries us away with 
its swiftness, and unless we are able to comprehend its power 
and gain control over this great influx of light, it will carry 
us adrift into some forlorn, little mudpool, where we no longer 
seem to get a chance or opportunity to be rescued. 
Like a mote in the sunbeam, we are floating in an im- 
mensity of space crowded with ideas of the noblest nature, 
knowing no limit, and it is for us to determine to build a solid 
foundation, lest we lose our hold and be carried into space, 
whence there is no return. Those who sniff and sneer at 
others who are determined to open their eyes and be accord- 
ingly, are simply afloat upon the debris in the rushing waters, 
not seeing the terrible torrent before them, towards which 
they are rushing rapidly-but another moment, one terrible 
fall, a crash and all will be o'er. 
There are many things that baffle the scientific world, but 
what of that? If they cannot understand how the water gets 
into the bladder, or what the office of the spleen may be, or 
why there should be an appendix to the colon, and have no 
proof as to where life begins or where it ends, what does it 
matter, when there are minds that are above these questions, 
who have no doubt in their minds as to having all these ques- HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
153 
tions and many more solved? Must we continue to merely 
theorize with those who have not yet been able to see, to un- 
derstand, and to prove? how can they find a thing that is 
only to be found in an entirely opposite direction from what 
they are looking? Know for yourself, think for yourself, and 
always remember that things will reveal themselves in ac- 
cordance to the degree of your comprehension. And although 
a certain thing comes to you at one time differently than it 
did at another, it is simply the degree of understanding un- 
folding to you the truth best comprehensive to your sense con- 
dition at the time. Fear not then, all is well, all is and has 
been right, everything in its own due time. 
In speaking of sleeping and sleeplessness, we would like 
to have you make a few tests for yourself as there is nothing 
better than testing everything for yourself, until you are sat- 
isfied in your own mind, always remembering that observa- 
tion is sister to experience and the latter gives you knowledge. 
For instance, lie down upon your back in a position with head 
level with lower limbs, muscles not wholly relaxed, and the 
mind will begin to wander and ideas of an imaginary nature 
will thrust themselves upon us; we will drift about in our 
fancies and rest becomes an impossibility. 
If you now still rest in that position and draw your lower 
limbs toward your body allowing the knees to spread, a sen- 
sation of fear and trembling comes over you, the circulation 
is partly checked, the respiration difficult, the action of the 
ganglia overtaxed. When lying on your left side, leaning 
over onto your shoulder, so that the arms are free, respiration 
comes easily. The colors before your vision will aways return 
to the deep cream and white and your mind functions enter- 
taining ideas of an elevating, forgiving nature, you will show 
an inclination to pity, sympathy, morality and be reflective. 
Lying upon your face, ideas of a passionate nature will at once 
arise, and act disturbingly upon your brain functions. 
Retiring to bed, with head to the north and feet south, 
lying upon your right, facing west, as you go to sleep, you will 
feel calm and rest will come to you. Breathe fully and 
deeply, banish all ideas from your mind that have occupied 
you during day-time. When you close your shop, your busi- 
ness, when your day's work is done, you have no business to 
weary your mind-functions any longer, but take rest from 
your labors and thy works shall follow thee. Your time has 
come to turn your thought into entirely different channels. 154 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
Wait until morning with your plans for the next day. Each 
day has its own planning to do, and to carry out. But if you 
think you must do it, then get at it. Don't weary your system, 
get up and get to work and do what comes to you and relieve 
your functions of the condition of anxiety and restlessness you 
are imposing upon them. If it has to be done, do it quickly. 
The idea for one to brood about the labor before him that 
is to be done next day! Many a woman retires to bed with 
the scrubbing of the floors on her brain and then wonders 
why she cannot fall asleep when she is constantly thinking 
where she had better begin first in cleaning up the house 
upon getting up in the morning. They turn it all over in their 
minds, they see already how topsy-turvy the house is going 
to look, and they dread to think of it, especially if some one 
from the country should happen to drop in on them, to pay 
them a visit. 
Those people remind one very much of the young mother, 
who with her first-born in her arms, allowed her mind to wan- 
der fifteen years into the future and began to cry bitterly for 
hours and could not be pacified even by her husband returning 
to dinner after a hard day's labor, finding the table not spread, 
and who, frightened at first sight by the picture that pre- 
sented itself before him, learned the truth only after much 
persuasion that the mother had thought of her boy as grown 
up and engaged in the cotton mills, and how it would pierce 
her heart, how terrible she would feel, should that boy come 
home with his little finger scratched by a spindle, and, oh, 
how it would bleed! 
We repeat, if you have anything to do and it is worrying 
you, get right up and resume your labor, however late it may 
be. When you get it off your mind, go to bed. You will rest 
and in the morning you can continue your labors in peace. 
When you retire to bed, you do so for the purpose of gaining 
vitality for the coming day and all drifting of ideas must 
cease. In case of sleeplessness, take a linen handkerchief or 
a piece of linen cloth, fold it into a bandage. Dip the middle 
part into cold water and wring it out. Tie it over the left 
ankle of your left leg, of course, so that the wet part covers 
the anklebone. Cover with a dry cloth to keep it from being 
exposed to the air. Retire to bed. Follow in thought the 
currents of inhalation and exhalation. Do not allow your 
mind to wander to the cloth around your ankle and you will 
soon fall asleep. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
155 
Should you at auy time wake up in the middle of the night, 
don't be disturbed, just find which of your nostrils takes in 
the greatest volume of air. You will find it is the right. Then 
just turn over to the right, close the right nostril and begin 
to breathe through the left. At first it may be somewhat 
difficult, but you will soon conquer and while you yet follow 
the currents of breath, in a few minutes you will find yourself 
in the arms of Morpheus. The benefits received upon retiring 
to bed from concentrating upon breath, are of great efficacy 
for the reason that they will aid you in the power of concentra- 
tion and improve the memory. Concentration upon the breath 
at that time will develop the breath capacity, for although 
you have fallen asleep, the rhythm as decided by the mind, 
will still continue in sleep and the result will be that you 
will get along with less sleep yet gain more vitality in the time 
taken for sleep. 
Do not bathe too often. A good sponge bath of tepid or 
cold water is of greater benefit to the skin than a thorough 
plunge bath. Too frequent bathing clogs the pores as much 
as dirt will, and will weaken the activity of the skin besides. 
There is reason in all things. A man, shoveling soft coal all 
day, may do well to take a partial bath to remove the dust 
from his skin, which would be apt to clog its pores, unless he 
has perspired sufficiently in his labor to carry off the accumu- 
lated dust. But those not working in very dusty places, need 
a bath but once a week-a thorough hot bath, and then care 
should be taken that the skin be kneaded thoroughly, soap 
used freely, and afterwards rinsed off perfectly, the skin dried 
thoroughly, and rubbed with your hands liberally until the 
skin is perfectly dry and smooth, soft and velvety. If not 
velvety after being dried and thoroughly rubbed, it will be 
necessary to dissolve a little oil in a small quantity of grain 
alcohol and the body rubbed smooth with it. 
A cold water sponge-bath before retiring over neck, arms, 
calves, hands and face is an excellent thing, although not 
particularly the face, except the dashing of tepid or cold water 
into the eyes. The face should be washed the night before, 
dried and rubbed with Ko-nut or some other good vegetable 
oil, although Ko-nut is the cheapest and best. And as you 
keep it in your house for cooking purposes, you will find it an 
excellent cosmetic that will put any other preparation on the 
market to shame for its purity. So far, we have found Ko-nut 
to be pure. As soon as we find it adulterated, we shall make 156 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
it known to the world as we wTill with every other preparation 
on the market that is being palmed off under the label of 
pure food, sanitary food, pre-digested foods, or as pure oils, 
powders or lotions. As long as Ko-nut is pure, it will prove 
a perfect universal home remedy. It is an excellent thing for 
the removal of dandruff from the hair by washing the hair 
thoroughly, drying it and then rubbing in Ko-nut over night. 
Repeating this for ten nights will cure any severe case, and 
with the addition of oil of eucalyptus (Australian) it will pre- 
vent the falling out of hair. 
Speaking about Ko-nut oil, we may mention also that there 
are oils for cooking purposes upon the market, far finer than 
the ordinary cottonseed or salad oil, because of their perfect 
process of refinery. We are not in the business ourself, yet 
it is our duty to call your attention to everything that will 
aid you in right living. So far we have found Wesson oil ex- 
cellent for cooking purposes. Should Wesson oil ever become 
adulterated, we will boycott it on the spot, because there will 
be many other firms that will be willing to do the right thing 
by us, until the day of redemption shall come when this nation 
will rise to its full realization and the government will take 
control of all industries best calculated to serve the interests 
of the people. 
Those who have gray hair and would like to have it turned 
back to its natural color and who have learned to stop worry- 
ing, can hasten this rejuvenating process and aid nature by 
using cactus oil upon their scalp or make a simple restorative 
as follows: 
Boil one good handful of onion skins, yellow Danvers, in 
one quart of water slowly for sixty minutes exactly. When 
cool, add one teaspoonful of powdered borax to each pint of 
liquid; one ounce of tincture of eucalyptus and two ounces of 
grain alcohol. Shake twenty minutes and keep in a dark 
place. Rub on scalp before retiring to bed frequently. 
To treat the face and neck properly, so as to enjoy a 
velvety and smooth appearance as well as to remove wrinkles 
from the face, it is best not to wash the face too often in 
water. Too much bathing weakens the action of the skin, 
especially where the organic functions are insufficiently 
active. Through the action of the skin, nature, as a last re- 
sort, seeks to rid itself of morbid matters accumulated in the 
body. Should the action of the skin be retarded, the suffering 
of the body becomes much more intense as the organic func- HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
tions are at a loss to rid themselves of the overaccumulated 
matter. Such a skin takes up the fine dust of the atmosphere 
about us, and first settling in the lines of the face that char- 
acterize our temperament, produces a living organism which 
spreads over face and neck, causing the skin to wrinkle. It 
is not age so much that produces this wrinkled condition; it 
is the fine dust that works itself into the pores. Bathing with 
soap and water alone will not remove the dirt from the pores. 
To treat the face properly, it is best to bathe it at night 
just before retiring to bed. Use plenty of castile or vegetable 
soap and wash the face and neck in as hot water as bearable. 
Rinse off well after a thorough washing. Then use cold water, 
as cold as can be procured and bathe neck and face. Dip a 
wash cloth in cold water and hold it over face. Also a cloth 
over neck, while you dry the face. As soon as face is perfectly 
dried smooth the skin with your own hands; use no flesh 
brush. As soon as face and neck become heated, use either 
Ko-nut butter, almond oil, or any nut or vegetable oil on your 
face. Oil it well and retire to bed with the oil on the face 
and neck. In the morning dash cold water into your eyes a. 
few times. Then dry them and rub the face with a towel. 
You will find that the oil you put on the night before has done 
its work. The towel will be very dirty, as the oil having pene- 
trated the pores, loosens the dust and forces it to the surface. 
In continuing to bathe in this manner, wrinkles disappear 
and the face will retain its youthful appearance even in ad- 
vanced age. Do not bathe your hands too often in water. 
When dirty, oil them and dry them with a towel. As long as 
we keep up the skin activity just that long we shall be able 
to throw off from our system substances foreign to the wel- 
fare of our bodily functions. 
And now that we have learned how to appear youthful, we 
should desire to fill out the face as well as the hollow places 
in the neck and chest, especially when fasting. All we need 
to do is to bring our fists as closely to the armpits as we can. 
Then we inhale through the nostrils as usual. We blow up 
our cheeks and through the smallest possible opening of the 
mouth blow out the breath to its utmost, keeping the cheeks 
puffed out all the time, and the chin well drawn back. This 
will round out the face nicely, while if our necks are to be 
filled out, all we need to do is to fill our lungs with air. Then 
while retaining the breath, work your arms forward and back- 
wards while clinching fists tightly and retaining the breath 
157 158 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
for three or four movements, and relax them as yon exhale 
through puckered up mouth. Doing this before the mirror, 
you will be able to note the result after a few minutes' exer- 
cise, and repeating it two or three times a day, you will be 
amply repaid for your trouble. 
It is perfectly proper that we should appear pleasing to 
our own eyes and feel satisfied with our looks, for unless we 
learn to admire our own selves and gain our own self-respect, 
we shall never be able to expect it from others. 
As we learn to direct our thought in any desired channel 
with the object in view of accomplishing our ends, we shall 
achieve and learn self-mastery, which is the secret of power, 
elegance and happiness. We cannot fail when once we have 
learned to understand the simple law that governs nature and 
have fathomed how to apply the universal principle upon 
which all life is based. 
The more we simplify the operations of manifested being, 
(the sooner wre shall be able to control it for our own good. 
The simple things in nature are the ones that perplex us, 
while the more complicated operations have less charms for 
us. In our fancy we are only too liable to be carried away 
into realms of imagination less useful for the demonstrations 
of an everyday life. We are to learn to demonstrate to our ow n 
selves rather than to demonstrate to others by illustrations 
copied from others. We must be original. To succeed in this 
we must learn to control the powers within us, as everything 
within nature and the universe is directly concentrated within 
the functions of our own brain, and as these brain cells unfold 
by virtue of the conscious action of Ga-Llama, we become 
aware of the knowledge and understanding hidden within 
them and realize the objective of manifested being throughout 
nature, merely as the expression of our own self, as impressed 
upon our consciousness by the self. 
To attain to such knowledge, to gain our end and reach 
the goal of self-recognition, wTe are to pay attention to our 
present need. As a desire arises within our heart, we are to 
further it with our good will by attending to it with our mind 
and bring it into realization. To desire and to win it are two 
different operations of being and require the double action of 
purpose. It does not suffice to merely desire to walk, we must 
express it by getting up on our feet and doing so. Not only 
are we to resolve, to think of the noblest and best, not only to 
aim for the highest and to feel confident in our mind to sue- HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
159 
ceed and to win, but we are also to w7ake up and take hold of 
things as they are coming before us as opportunities to be 
taken advantage of. As we make use of every little oppor- 
tunity greater ones will appear leading us gradually to realms 
untold, where we shall have abundance and realize that the 
storehouse of nature is inexhaustible to him who will econo- 
mize time by opportunities. 
Arising in the morning we do well to stretch our body in 
various positions with muscles relaxed and after a few well 
drawn breaths proceed to our daily calling, keeping our mind 
well centered upon our work, which enables us to hold the 
vital forces of our system under control, and helps to store up 
vitalizing conditions rather than to scatter them. Labor will 
prove to us a pleasure rather than a burden, and instead of 
feeling that we are compelled to slave, we feel thankful for 
the privilege of using our pow'ers and directing them toward 
useful pursuits, which insure us of development, physical, 
mental, spiritual and divine. 
As we concentrate upon the work before us, w7e gain pleas- 
ure and happiness for our reward. Every idea that comes be- 
fore our mind will prove practical as we test it for ourselves 
without delay, and thus we not only work out our own salva- 
tion from the conditions and environments of time,but become 
saviors of nations in the work of the redemption of the whole 
human race; as by the solution of the problem of life through 
the operations of individuality we hasten the day of collec- 
tivity which is the reward of our labors in the manifesting 
sphere of action, that leads us on and on to still grander 
realms and accomplishments. This no mortal eyes have yet 
been able to behold, no sinful ears developed enough to hear, 
no ordinary mind able to comprehend and fathom, but which 
is revealed to the One, ever changing and ever acting through- 
out time and space, but never ending and ever conscious of its 
position. Such is our work in manifestation to work out the 
problem of life. To rise higher, to recognize our true and 
noblest nature, we are to conquer the natures of our charac- 
teristics and unitize them towards the common good of One- 
ness. 
To succeed in this end, we are to become acquainted with 
our peculiarities, rather than to shun them. We are to recog- 
nize them, to confess them as present with us, although not 
within us, as they are merely the outward expressions of accu- 
mulation. As w7e learn them to master them, learn them to 160 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
use them-there shall be no more abuse to rise against us, and 
we will welcome the day that reveals to us our shortcomings. 
We gladly receive our judgment and become willing and ready 
to go on in working out the great problem of creation, which 
has an object in its operations towards ends untold. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
161 
EXERCISE EIGHTH. 
Take a seat upon the floor, oriental fashion (see cut 2, page 
162). Cross the lower limbs first before you stoop down to take 
your seat, for this is to be done gracefully. You are not 
merely to squat yourself upon the ground, for we are not 
taking up a squatter's claim just yet. Cross your right limb 
over the left, and let yourself down easily (see cut 1, page 162). 
Try it again. In getting up from the floor, you are not to 
cling to the floor, just place your hands over hips as you are 
required to do, when you take your seat and raise yourself 
gradually from the floor (see cut 3, page 162). It is no trick to 
do that. If you wish to get rid of a bay window or large 
hips, if you want a form beautiful to behold, you want to 
practice this a few times, sitting down and rising up again. 
To get up easily, all you have to do is to pull one limb a little 
forward and to throw your weight upon it, bending the body 
a trifle forward, and up you go it is so easy, and it will give 
you confidence in yourself, you will learn to balance yourself 
in every possible position. 
You may, if you have gone through fasting and dieting, and 
are living the life of a true being, take up this exercise for 
the purification of the nerves. Place your right elbow into the 
palm of your left hand, chin resting in your right hand, and 
with your index finger you close the left nostril, while you 
inhale through your right. You gaze at the tip of your nose, 
but follow in mind the current of the breath and watch what 
may follow. You do this but for a minute, then alternate posi- 
tion of arms and reverse breathing. Do this only when it 
comes to you to do it. 
Now we shall get up again and take an exercise, we may 
use frequently, if we so choose. 
Take a full breath, throw out the arms, then hit the 
chest. Again inhale and repeat the hitting of the chest, as 
you gradually exhale, for three times. The fourth time, inhale 
and hit the chest again, but hold your breath as you move 
your hands under armpits (see cut 4, page 162), thence along 
to the spinal column, where the hands meet and pass them 
down along the spinal column to the small of the back, when 
drop hands of their own weight and exhale. With blessings 
of all good things, 
OTOMAN, 
Prince of Adusht. 162 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
No. 2. 
No. 1. 
No. 3. 
No. «. tew Bpm INVOCATION. 
To whom shall I give thanks. 
To whom shall I turn and look up, 
When Bliss Absolute, when Light Immeasurable, is manifest in even 
me? 
When even I present through Myself the divine majesty, and am in 
thought not yet able to sense the Ego which is seated in the 
hearts of all mankind, 
2\nd which is the beginning, the middle, and the end of all things! 
My delusion has been dispersed by the revelation of the words that 
have been spoken by that still small voice inconceivable by sense 
alone, 
And that ha~ become plain for my soul's peace as I unfold my na- 
ture to realms untold. 
Faintly at first, then clearer and clearer my vision, my sight, 
Until I behold the mystery of spirit, the inexhaustible majesty, the 
indescribable Self. 
Of the waters of immortality I drink, 
For long I had been thirsting after righteousness, 
And released from sorrow and pain, birth and death, poverty and old 
age, 
I glory in the embodiment of Self-Illumination, beyond even goodness, 
action, indifference. 
By divine power my delusion is destroyed, and once more I am col- 
lected to that state which falls not. 
Free from fear and doubt, 
I am firm, 
And will act according to the bidding of thought divine, which ever 
leads me, if I but follow. Be it so. 
Unto this end let all things prosper. 
164 PRELIMINARY. 
ELEVENTH READING. 
SALUTATION: 
From the land of early Springtime, whence the north wind wafts 
fragrance of flowers divine, filling thy senses with its 
inspiring sweetness, Salutation and Greeting. 
♦fF T is not right to find fault with the conditions of the times, 
|| but it is proper to take a peep at the things around us and 
rid ourselves of their hypnotizing influences for all time, 
so as to clear our mind entirely, knowing for all time that 
whatever is-is best-best to him who views it in the light 
most appealing to the mind. We would, for instance, not mind 
the works of others however delusive in their operations, for 
the reason that they do not concern us. When once dissatis- 
fied with the actions of certain men, you ought to know the 
next best thing to do, that is, drop them as you would a hot 
pancake, and then let them alone. People get exactly what 
they deserve and look for, some getting what they do not 
want, but that is their own lookout. Schemes of deception 
are being practiced all around us, and it is considered quite 
an art to sell a customer something he does not want, as it 
does not require much eloquence to sell people something 
they are looking for. This eloquence is quite an art and it 
is represented in many phases. Some call such an accomplish- 
ment a gift of God, when in truth it is but the gift of "gall"- 
not spirit, but "gab." 
Still, after sifting it all down, we. always come to the bot- 
tom of what is true. The only trouble is that the truth is 
stretched so terribly that it requires a great deal of light to 
see where it began to be stretched and see where it is likely 
to end. But truth there is in all things, but as rubber will 
break when it is stretched too much, so truth will sometimes 
break by over-stretching, and then we cannot use it any more. 
Some man once said that the reason honesty lasts the longest, 
was because it was not in use, and truth would remain, be- 
cause it had never been handled. We still hold that there is 
honesty in every being and truth is its principle, that with 
good intention the man starts out into the world, but comes 
165 166 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
home a wreck. He lacked the character to withstand tempt- 
ations. Is he to blame? Judge not, lest ye be judged also. 
But let us see. 
We will say, here are physicians drugging people daily to 
death, knowing perfectly well the poisons administered to 
the masses. Is it wrong or is it right? Take it as you please. 
Were it not for the demand for drugs into which people have 
gradually been hypnotized and self-hypnotized, such condi- 
tions would not exist. We hold that the physician in most 
instances is compelled to administer drugs, not because he 
believes in the efficacy of the same, but because the people 
demand it. His patient wants medicine and if he refuses to 
give it to him, some one else will. True, that physician lacks 
character as much as the patient. A profession that will force 
one into hypnotic conditions is not a desirable profession to 
enter. There is plenty of other work to do. People need to be 
enlightened upon these subjects for they have been driven 
into these conditions through their ignorance. Even the pro- 
fessions fear to come out and acknowledge the errors of their 
ways, but continually patch up their text-books, knowing full 
well that the hour has come when the accumulation of authori- 
ties has to be thrown aside; yet, out of the debris, they are 
anxiously trying to save fragments of old superstitions, fearing 
lest they be put to shame; and others not of their profession, 
politicians, priests, scientists, aid them in the upholding of 
their errors, while the mass of the people are ever ready to 
follow. As you call into the woods, just so the echo resounds 
to you. 
But men in the professions are so much tired of their own 
and others' theories, that they would welcome a new era, could 
this burden be rolled from their shoulders. But it cannot be 
done; they have to do it themselves by rising and teaching 
the coming generation better methods, although the old fogies 
will learn no more, as you cannot teach old dogs new tricks. 
So the attention should at least be turned to the rising gener- 
ation, which they can win over to the better path. When they 
have done their best, others will come forward and take hold 
of those whom they can no longer reach. Protecting certain 
methods will never do away with injustice. If anything, it 
will only increase crime, for as soon as one certain class can 
obtain license to kill, it will gather around itself all the unde- 
sirable elements who will take advantage of such opportunity 
to obtain protection for their ill intentions. Education in the HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
167 
matter of living docs not belong to any one class, but to all 
people, and all those who hold otherwise are not for the good 
of humanity, but have selfish aims to carry out. This world 
is in need of more teachers and real physicians and less pre- 
scribers of drugs. When people learn enough to know how 
to live they will no longer see the necessity of filling them- 
selves with things detrimental to themselves and society. 
"Coming events cast their shadows before them," and 
things, as they exist, only show what must come, as they begin 
to appear to our senses. When the boat began to sink, the 
captain announced to the passengers on board that there was 
no possibility of escape, that the crew had done all they could 
to save the boat. They could do no more but get down on their 
knees and leave it all to God, when a woman exclaimed in 
tones of surprise: "My God, has it come to this?" Yes, it has 
come to that. The boat of corruption is sinking, sinking. The 
politicians, the priests and their assistants, the physicians and 
their mates, the undertakers and druggists, are doing all they 
can to save the boat. They do it for their own sake. And to 
the people they owe that duty, for they have paid their fare. 
But sink they must, man and rat. It has been decreed that 
nature must revenge itself, that justice may reign upon the 
earth. When a thing becomes corrupt, it must go down be- 
cause of its own corruption. If the people are diseased 
because of their corruption, those of like nature wrhom they 
hire as their slaves must serve them first so as to save their 
bodies as long as they can and do all possible to save them 
funeral expenses, and when they won't last any longer, at 
least do the fair thing by throwing a goodly per cent, towards 
their cooperators. 
Have you ever seen a boat sinking, with people crowded 
upon board? It is a terrible thing, to see. The captain had 
notified the senior of his company that the ship was not safe 
and needed to be abandoned as it was beyond repair. But the 
proprietor would not listen to him. He was hard on the cap- 
tain and plainly told him unless he continued in his duties, 
he would simply hire another man, who would take out the 
ship on its regular trip. The ship was loaded with passengers 
for the Syrian coast. It made its time as well as could be 
expected of a boat in such a dilapidated condition. Occasional 
breaks occurred, yet it went on. The captain did all in his 
power to guide the ship. He had wife and children at home 
who depended upon him. It was for their sakes more than for 168 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
his own that he had not given up his position. It was the 
thought of them that made him more cautious than ever. 
They were nearing their destination. He saw a terrible storm 
approaching. He knew the treachery of the Mediterranean 
Sea. He knew how quickly, how suddenly a storm is apt to 
come upon one, and how dangerous it is to be caught in one 
of them, especially if your ship is not strong enough to with- 
stand its terrible fierceness. 
He ran about giving his orders. Every man took his post, 
threatened of being shot down like dogs if one of them should 
attempt to leave his place. Only a few more knots and they 
would be safely gliding into the harbor. But, what was that! 
Those on shore anxiously looked out to sea. They held their 
breaths in anxiety; moments seemed to be hours. But what 
was it? The howling winds brought terrific, heartrending- 
cries to the shore. All was confusion and but one second more 
and the ship sank into the ocean. Here and there some one 
attempted to save himself by clinging to some raft. There, 
look! another is trying to get hold of the raft; already his 
hand is touching it, but the sailor standing on it fears for 
his own life; with his belt in his hand, he hits the poor crea- 
ture. With the buckle he strikes him upon his hand, one more 
blow and the unfortunate sinks into the cradle of the deep. 
But there comes a wave at this very moment, it washes over 
the raft and the next moment raft and sailor are gone, gone to 
appear before the judgment seat of Him, whose right it is to 
judge. None at the shore cared to venture out into the raging 
sea. Only three who expected their friends on the boat dared 
risk it, although knowing it might be in vain. They never re- 
turned. 
But let us deal with these things no longer than necessary. 
Let us turn our eyes rather to the picture on land where all 
is calm, all is safe, to a degree at least. True, even upon solid 
ground, calamities are apt to overtake us, therefore, let us 
learn how to control the vibrations of nature that even wind 
and waves may obey our will, through the power of the In- 
finite who is mighty to reign, and ever ready to please His 
own. Never mind those that have departed, never mind them 
that claim to know about them. Always remember that there 
is nothing lost in this world. Everything that is thine own 
will come to thee. Then why worry, why trouble ourselves? 
If some one near and dear to you should leave this sense con- 
dition, what is that to you? And if it pains you, if it affects HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
169 
you, it is but your sense condition to which you lean the most 
that makes you feel the loss. To them that are gone, it is but 
gain. It is better so. How and what do you know about it? 
Go and do all in your power to learn more yourself and learn 
by the lives of those gone before you to do better. If they 
have gone, how do you know but what it may be for your own 
salvation, for your own good? Died, that you might live, sacri- 
ficed, that you might enjoy life in its entirety. Seek, there- 
fore, the dominion of heaven, of peace, the harbor of safety, 
of assurance, that you may not blindly run against the rock of 
destruction. 
Still, if you continue to feel downcast and sorrowful, you 
need not run around chasing phantoms and delude yourself 
with the idea you are doing good. If that departed one for 
whom you have endured hours of sleeplessness at night when 
you ought to have had rest, after you have nursed and cared 
for them, have smoothed their pillow that their head might 
find better rest, have fanned their forehead, wiped their 
clammy hands, and you have tried to make their last hours as 
pleasant as you only knew how, even calling in a physician to 
help them on their way, you have done everything that could 
be expected of a sympathetic, true and moral being. Yet 
they passed away. Now, if a big lump of beefsteak, with a 
little pimple on top of its shoulders for a head, should tell you 
he sees her or his spirit around you and hears her or his voice, 
don't get angry at this poor-brained conundrum. Have mercy 
on him; don't kick the life out of him, even though he would 
stretch the truth. Keep away from him. He is not deserving 
of your company. Do you think for a moment that one near 
and dear to you will hunt up a stranger, one who has never 
done anything worthy of praise, that the departed will give 
you the cold shoulder and reveal himself to another, who, after 
being paid a fee, gets into a so-called mediumistic trance, 
which is nothing more than fits, spasms, convulsions, epileptic 
conditions and the like? 
Think of it, your little boy or yoiir darling girl, to whom you 
have been so dear or that mother or father should materialize 
themselves by means of a piece of cheese-cloth, and then only 
by the power of a tobacco-soak, a wine-bibber and grog-shop 
chaser, a smokestack, or an illiterate woman, for a certain 
sum of money! If you think those departed consider them- 
selves hireable by these spirit circus managers, you are very 
far on the wrong path. Think of it, paying a few bits or a 170 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
shilling to go to a spiritual materializing "circus" or stance, 
to see some beloved one appear and tell you they are feeling 
pretty well and they are glad to see you, and such like non- 
sense. If your beloved ones have anything to tell you, let 
them come to you, and if they won't at least be sensible 
enough to be independent, let them stay away. If they cannot 
come and play in your yard, surely you ought not run after 
them in some one's else yard, where you have to pay for such 
a privilege and be tied down to certain conditions besides. 
Wake up there! What is the matter with you? Why will you 
continue in these paths of illusion? Is it not time that you 
began to think for yourself? Then kindly remember, that 
as long as you are chasing phantoms and love to be deceived 
by voodooman tricks and have sprung upon you Santa Claus 
surprises, don't you dare to open your mouth against those who 
call for help at the shrines of saints, against those who feel 
their nearness to them; don't ridicule those who believe Jesus 
is near them and speaks a word of comfort to their fainting 
hearts; don't you ever dare to say anything disrespectful of the 
church, and its sects and denominations, for you have no 
right to judge who are yourself blind, and more so, than those 
who do not boast of their wisdom. Verily, it will be more 
merciful with Sodom and Gomorrah on that great day of 
gathering than with thee, Jerusalem, that boasteth of thy 
lustre and thy riches, but within thy walls art rotten to the 
core. 
Our spirit-mind is the great factor of our individuality and 
by its action all phenomena are made plain and everything in 
the world of senses, however complicated it may seem to the 
yet deluded senses, will be made comprehensible to the mind 
that strives to know. Every thought, every action, every scene 
and face, are impressed upon the brain-the mind-plate of our 
being, the same as sound by a fine needle upon a phonograph 
record. Everything on that record can be reproduced at any 
time desired, and so every phase of manifestation can be re- 
produced by thought and the strength of the memory. You 
can hear voices, you can hear songs, you can see faces and 
forms, visions, everything you choose, not in your imagination, 
but in truth, and others around you may see the same, yet 
after all they are mere reflections of the negative which is in 
your own mind, for if they were not there, the pictures could 
not be produced. They may be produced repeatedly as long as 
the negative is there, yet the negative will not lose its vir- HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
171 
tue, and remember that another, not in the possession of this 
negative, cannot make the picture until you lend it to him. 
But why should you bind your heart to things which you pos- 
sess in the negative only? The original is gone. Let go of it! 
Seek others that have a reality! 
There is no satisfaction in all this phenomena hunting, 
no knowledge to be gained from all its theorizing. Telepathy 
even is nothing to you. People make much of it because they 
do not know or understand it. It has been known by the 
ancients. It is being practiced by all mankind, more or less 
to-day. Some become more proficient in it than others, yet 
it is for all to know and possess. It is merely one of the senses 
opened that enables them to see and know for themselves. 
Orientals know it to be one of the senses developed, which en- 
ables them to see clearer than with the eyes alone, to realize 
the things yet unfolded, to send out thoughts of beauty, of 
truth throughout the world, thus drawing the cord of friend- 
ship tighter and tighter until we shall see face to face that 
there is no mystery, that it is all daylight. Your thought 
knows no limit, and it can be felt if you but think concen- 
tratively and determinedly in your mind the direction you de- 
sire it to go. To become proficient, to make yourself more 
impressible, more sensitive to the vibrations around and to 
control them intelligently, is merely a matter of practice. 
You begin first by looking into a show window; glance at 
several articles therein; walk off, and now picture out in your 
mind all those several articles seen in their respective places 
and repeat the names whereby they are familiar to you. 
Should one slip your mind, should you have a doubt as to the 
true position of a certain article, return to the place and look 
again. Then describe the various colors of each article and 
so on. Place upon a table various kinds of fruit. Close your 
eyes and allow your hand to float over the table; speak the 
names of the fruit before you, touch it, then pick it up and 
open your eyes if you feel you have'made a mistake. Exercises 
of this kind for a few minutes each day will repay you for 
your perseverance. They will strengthen your memory be- 
sides. In going about you will always do well to commit to 
memory certain sights and scenes. Do not take any more than 
you can master at one time. And as you continue to do so in 
your daily walks, you will find that it keeps you out of mis- 
chief, you become rested and you will rest better at night, too. 
Should it be that you desire to write verses or put down 172 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
your ideas which you consider to be of value, take a pencil, 
tie it to your wrist with a silken thread, keep your tablet 
with you in bed and many a time you will find some beautiful 
ideas recorded thereon. They are your own. It is your 
hand that wrote them, your mind that revealed them to you. 
You may have never thought of them, yet they are from that 
same source that guides you in the daytime. It may be they 
are signed, and those signatures are yours also, the expression 
of certain brain impressions, certain conditions, which have 
been caught at some remote time, perhaps. If you desire to 
commit a certain piece to memory, just read it over slowly 
before you retire. 1'lace the book under your pillow, in the 
morning open the book and read it over again, it is yours. 
A person fast asleep can be made to walk around the room 
by merely holding a light before his face and gently calling 
him to get up and walk; he will do so. The senses will re- 
spond if the mind becomes responsive to the bidding. Yet, 
in the morning that person may not remember it, but when 
asked about it the following night in his sleep, he will be able 
to recollect it. Repeating this with him a few times, it will 
impress itself more strongly upon the brain, until after a few 
days it will seem to him as if he had dreamed it and at last 
he will know he has walked in his sleep. But if you had 
marched him around the room, and brought him before a mir- 
ror, immediately he would wake up. A mean little trick it 
is to put the hand of the sleeper into a vessel filled with warm 
water, as bed-wetting would result therefrom without a sug- 
gestion given to the mind, it being a perfectly natural result, 
affecting the bladder which would result in the loss of control 
over its function. 
We desire to study man in his entirety and the relationship 
between man and man as soon as we begin to get an insight 
into our own life. We ought to understand these so-called 
secrets of nature and seek to solve them in their own sim- 
plicity as they present themselves to us and not attempt to 
mystify either ourselves or others and thus complicate mat- 
ters. We will then not forget that attention must be given 
to our bodily conditions, so that we may understand nature 
and nature's calling. Let us watch the birds of the field and 
see how they take in a deep, full breath before they alight, 
see how they can hold the breath and add to it as they con- 
tinue on their flight, how they hold it, and yet from time to 
time give forth notes of their coming. See how the eagle can HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
173 
suspend in midair, how the spreading of his wings will hold 
him there aided by his control of breath. Learn how fakirs 
can continue to live in a dungeon of smallest space for months 
without ever leaving it, and yet live, and how they can go 
hungry for months and yet not starve. And let us learn that, 
although we may get into straits, we need not despair, for we 
will learn how to keep above the raging waters, although all 
else may sink. 
There are so many things we might learn from the objec- 
tive were we but attentive enough and observant as well as 
keen. Nature is full of beautiful lessons of life in all its four 
dimensions of space, the elementary, mineral, vegetable and 
animal, and from out of these four quarters of the earth we 
are to gain our recollection of past experiences. We have no 
need to pass through conditions of evolutions lower than our 
own manifestation if we could but characterize our true 
nature and manifest our being of individuality. Only when 
we forget our life consciousness and drowse into the lethargic 
state of negativeness, we become subjected to the condition 
of that law that regulates nature and instead of being able to 
stand upon our own feet, we are controlled by conditions and 
environments that have forced us into the existence of form, 
which carries with it the suggestions of the past, assigning to 
us our position and with it the struggles inherent to all the 
productions of negative nature. Our reasoning from cause to 
effect being based upon the objective as it appears to our 
senses, which are but partly under our control, cannot reveal 
to us the true nature of the purpose of life. We may try ever 
so hard to delve into the secrets and the mysteries of the uni- 
verse, still, the solution of the great problem will remain be- 
yond the average comprehension. The simple things in mani- 
festation only carry the charm with them that teach ns the 
lesson of life and are as milestones upon our path that tell us 
the distance as to whither and whence. 
Instead of wasting our precious time in arguing about the 
conditions of our day, comparing it with the times past we 
should turn our attention to the present and learn to under- 
stand our own self so that thereby we might be able to map 
out the path we ought to' tread. As long as we shall sit in 
judgment upon our brother and our sister, the day of re- 
demption will be far distant and all our life in vain. As 
long as we are engaged in tearing down, we shall have no 
time left to build up. Leave the obstacles in your way to 
their own fate and resolve to select a position upon which you 174 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
can bestow your energy and construct the castle of solidity 
that will withstand time and clmnge. 
Only too frequently we neglect our duty to ourselves and 
those of our household by engaging in pursuits which have no 
real value. We sit down and talk charity and by the time we 
are through, we have resolved that a person in need of charity 
must necessarily procure the signatures of several members 
belonging to the charitable institution before shelter is to be 
offered the needy one. What a farce I And that we call charity, 
that we call philanthropy! We come together and argue for 
the Sunday and daily closing of the saloons, as they are a 
menace to our young, a danger to their characters and their 
manhood. We pass resolutions and make a platform by which 
our candidates are to stand, and when elected they will merely 
shrug their shoulders and say to us: "Easy, my lord!" We 
talk temperance and abstinence and demand that the saloons 
be closed and the proprietors be forced to give up their busi- 
ness, while wo do not dare to raise our voice against the 
institution that we have raised for our protection and which 
gets its revenue from the distilleries and breweries, and even 
puts its own stamp upon the "fire water," thereby protecting 
it as pure and wholesome. Don't you think you are tackling 
things from the wrong side when you growl and rave against 
the retailer, while the one who stands protected by a power 
you uphold by your voice, remains unmolested? If we would 
but think, reason and reflect we would no longer set our minds 
against the things as they are in effect, but turn our attention 
to the source which needs to be wiped from out our presence. 
We lay a great many things to existing evils, not realizing 
that they are the result of our own corrupt condition, our own 
uncontrolled being. If we would pay attention to the effect 
of foods upon the body and learn to eat and drink only that 
which is conducive to the development and replacement of 
cellular tissues, study the economy of life and economics 
proper, no longer would we be shifting about, scattering our 
life forces, but would learn to enjoy life, thereby laying a 
foundation for the redemption of the race. By proper and 
gradual development of our bodily action and the harmonious 
operations of our functions, we shall learn to appreciate our 
composite being and recognize the beauties of life and the 
grandeur of an existence. Unfolding our sense-conditions by 
degrees, correspcnding to the operations in nature, we shall 
realize that our work is a great and noble one, indeed, and 
that life is usefulness, aches and pains merely the result HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
175 
of misconstrued conceptions, and sorrow and troubles simply 
the misapplication of opportunities presented, and misrepre- 
sented by our misconceiving mind, which by virtue of the 
unbalanced conditions in the collective system of our being, 
expresses certain conditions of a manifesting existence. Once 
we have learned to understand the application of the principle 
of life - the breath - and direct it into the channels most 
desirous for our well being, we shall have no trouble in apply- 
ing our knowledge even into paths where cases of emergency 
arise and demonstrate to ourselves the possibility of directing 
our powers for our own good. 
Whatever befalls you, forget not that a few well-drawn 
breaths in a perfectly relaxed condition, will point out to you 
by a mind thus pacified the best plan or path for you to pur- 
sue. Even though danger be near, the presence of mind by 
the keeping up of the rhythmic breath, will reveal a way out of 
difficulties. What is impossible for philosophy, science, soci- 
ology and religion to accomplish, is given to the breath to 
demonstrate, to carry out. Keeping our mind well centered 
upon our work before us, whatever its nature, we shall never 
fail to derive benefits from it. 
The same breath that can be used to produce cold can also 
be used to produce warmth according to the attitude taken 
by the mind and the position of the body assumed. Thus that 
same breath to which there is no end in manifestation of 
unnumbered phases, may be used to unlimited degrees in 
satisfying our thirst and hunger. To accomplish this, we are 
merely to use our knowledge towards the desired end and 
apply it. When you feel perfectly dry and suffocated, just 
take a long breath through the nostrils and finish the inhala- 
tion by quickly opening and shutting the mouth, drawing in 
air through the mouth, exhaling again through the nostrils. 
The exercise will prove of value in summer time or in asth- 
matic afflictions. 
When thirsty, simply place your upper teeth over lower lips, 
draw in a full breath through the teeth, but exhale through 
the mouth. At once you will feel cooled off, the thirst will be 
quenched, and repeating it a few (times you will thirst no 
longer. Do you see what is meant, that when we will take of 
the water of life we no longer need to run to Jacob's well? 
When hungry, when fasting for purification, when wandering 
about the desert or out in the wilderness far from home, 
and you know not where to get the next piece of bread, 
do not despair. Thy Father, all-loving, has provided you 176 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTTRE 
with everything that will meet all cases of emergency. 
Place your teeth tightly together, with tongue pressing 
against the lower teeth and lips parted. Breathe in, close 
lips immediately, exhaling through the nostrils. Breathe 
again; if saliva forms in your mouth, hold your breath, 
so you can swallow it first before you exhale. You thus 
take out of the air the metal-substance contained therein. 
You can even taste the iron, which you convert into substances 
required for the making of blood. Should you feel that, al- 
though you have sufficient iron in the blood, there is a lack of 
copper and zinc and silver, place upper teeth over lower, keep 
lower lip tightly to lower teeth, now breathe and you can 
even taste the metals named. Then should you feel you need 
more gold element for your brain functions, place your back 
teeth together just as if you were to grind the back teeth, 
taking short breaths only. You will then learn to know that 
there is gold and silver all around us. That our bodies are 
filled with quite a quantity of gold. Should a process be 
found by the thinkers of the world to amalgamate the gold in 
the dusty sands of New Mexico and other fields into solid 
gold, it would be but one more step to get an idea how to win 
gold out of human bodies and you would no longer see them 
bury their dead, but their lust for gold would be so great, 
they would run their own dead through concentrators. Thus 
a man considered good-for-nothing would after all be taxed 
according to the value of metal he would be liable to bring 
should he die, and his creditor would 
not rest until he had his debtor milled 
and the contents properly assayed and 
his share turned over to him. Even the 
banks would then loan money on 
anybody, and by default of payment 
would simply have you concentrated to 
get even with you. 
Should you find yourself in a con- 
dition where it is necessary for you to 
keep up for a considerable length of 
time, take, besides the various breath- 
ings enumerated in these lessons, a 
handful of soil, two inches from below 
the surface and tie it over your navel 
with a cloth, exposing that part to the 
sun-light, for a time at least. Repeating this half a dozen 
times a day, you will be enabled to keep up your strength for HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
177 
many more days and after some practice in the breathing, 
even weeks. 
And now we come to our regular exercise. 
EXERCISE NINTH. 
Throw your head backwards. Inhale fully; now strike 
your chest with your Hat hands, still inhaling, and throw up 
your arms simultaneously, and while you are retaining your 
breath, bend the body forward and allow hands to touch the 
floor, but do not bend your knees. Now, as you are exhaling, 
rise gradually and keep your hands gliding along your body 
over chest and throw them into position. You can repeat 
this exercise to suit your own fancy. It will be a great re- 
storer to your depleted lower organs, strengthening the 
muscles of the trunk of the body and making good dislocations 
of organs (see cut, page 176). 
EXERCISE TENTH. 
Many of us are troubled with colds 
and their consequent affections, such 
as catarrh, etc. Such conditions are 
due to the overaccumulation of mucus 
in the stomach. As this mucus at- 
tempts to leave the system but cannot 
because of the inactivity of its native 
channel, some of it rises upwards and 
causes an irritation to the membranous 
lining which when inflamed produces 
coughs and hawking similar to that re- 
sulting from lung affections, and are 
frequently mistaken as such. We are 
to give our lungs freedom to act and 
space to expand in. The spine must 
necessarily be set more firmly to 
avoid all pressure upon the sympa- 
thetic nerves. Frequently we find one 
shoulder higher than the other, due to 
neglect on our part in changing posi- 
tion frequently when engaged in cer- 
tain kinds of work. To overcome all 
stooping tendency, as well as freeing 
our organic functions from mucus, and 
getting more freedom for our back 
lobes to move in, we will have to take a particular exercise in 178 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
the morning after arising. This exercise will produce the 
desired end to such a degree that we shall never miss taking 
it, as the effect will prove beneficial in every respect. 
In the first place, take a piece of chalk and draw a line on 
the wall even with the end of the fingertips placed on the 
wall as high as you can reach. Then place another mark four 
or more inches above the first Now walk away several steps 
from the wall. Then walk towards the wall, inhaling, and as 
soon as the right foot comes to be set against the wall, strike 
up with your hand to the highest chalk mark, retaining the 
breath, with the heel of the left foot a trifle raised above the 
floor. The muscles of the body are to remain in a relaxed 
condition, while striking the wall. The hand does it with 
force, but the arm, in particular the wrist, is to remain per- 
fectly relaxed and flexible. In returning to position, exhale, 
and when inhaling walk towards the wall. Now turn around 
and walk towards the wall so that the left foot comes to the 
wall and strike with left hand. Do this three or four times 
with each hand, always remembering that in all movements 
where arms are to be thrown upward, you are to retain the 
breath, to gain a perfect result (see cut, page 177). 
With blessings of all good things, 
OTOMAN, 
Prince of Adusht. tew Wn INVOCATION. 
There is Light throughout our daytime. 
Even at night there shineth Light. 
Be this daily then my question: 
Do I always do the right? 
Do I follow my heart's bidding? 
Do I act right, nobly, best? 
Do I work with all my power? 
Do I prove I am divine? 
Do I act, as I am thinking? 
Do I help those that are sinking? 
Do I rescue them from shame? 
Do I see my own reflection in the animal and all factions represented 
by mankind? 
Do I live by self-abnegation, loving every tongue and nation? 
Do I seek the better part? 
Do I always stand for justice? 
For my brother's cause, do I fight? 
Do I feel to sacrifice, if needs be my own life ev'n unto death? 
Do I use my very power to upbuild God's glorious Bower over foe or 
friend alike? 
Do I feel, it's all illusion 
When I fall into delusion 
That I live for my own self? 
Do I know that glorious lesson, that Esau-Jacob I'm myself? 
That they are but the conditions which shall lead me through all 
nations, from out darkness into Light? 
If I know then what my duty, if I know what I must do, 
If I know then my position, know of things I must undo, 
If I know whate'er befalls me, that I am steadfast to the end, 
If I know that God, all loving, called me to Him not in vain, 
If I know wrong perpetrated, that I never will uphold, 
If I know it must be righted-even though through death I go, 
If I know to me 'tis given, to consider all things good, 
If I know that any labor gives me ample livelihood, 
If I know it is an honor to produce, to work, create, 
If I know I owe my duty to myself, to love, not hate, 
Then I shall gain satisfaction, then in peace on earth I'll dwell. 
Then I'll hear the sweetest music, although but the ringing of a bell. 
Then this world will grow sublimer, as I closer to it draw. 
Then I shall enjoy the pleasures that in dreams my mind foresaw. 
Then with eyes of open candor, even into suns I'll look, 
Then the universe before me shall be open like a book. 
Then no sorrow, no more trials, nor temptations I'll endure, 
For the Old will all be vanished, 
Heaven and Earth be always New. 
180 PRELIMINARY. 
TWELFTH READING. 
SALUTATION: 
Salutation and Greeting- to All. 
♦<r N this reading, wo shall take up our exercises first and 
then consider points that may seem of interest. Seat your- 
self on the floor as in the eighth exercise. Now, without 
any effort or change of the position of your limbs, kneel for- 
ward, and then again take your seat on the floor and as soon as 
you can master that, get on your knees. Cross your arms be- 
hind you, so that you can place your hands under the armpits; 
that will protect your spinal column and give you firmness in 
accomplishing results from these exercises. While inhaling, 
change your position from kneeling erect to sitting upon your 
heels. And now retain the breath while you bend your body 
as far backward as possible, head touching the floor (see cut, 
page 182); now bend the body forward, the chin touching the 
floor in front of you; now raise to your first position while 
exhaling. You can repeat this as often as you think advisable. 
It will set the vertebrae of your spinal column more normally. 
And if you have any dislocations of the spine, to one side or 
the other, in bending, simply throw more weight of the upper 
body to fhe side you notice the irregularity of the spinal col- 
umn. 
Now take a kneeling attitude; place both hands upon the 
floor and throw out your limbs behind you so that your body 
rests upon toes and hands, all the trunk of the body being 
suspended (see cut, page 183). Raise your head a trifle as you 
inhale and when retaining breath, touch the floor with your 
chin or tip of nose and exhale as you get back into position, 
taking care that the trunk of body does not touch the floor; 
its weight must be upheld by the breath. Do this as often as 
you see fit. Yet always remember that you must not force 
yourself to do it, as it is liable to tire you, if not done by the 
power of will. 
181 182 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
Now jump into position, kangaroo-like, putting fists down 
upon the floor beside your body, yet sitting, as it were, with 
body erect (see cut, page 184). Take a full breath and jump 
high into the air, yet retaining position. Jump high and do so 
three times in succession,always coming down on the floor into 
original position. Then rise and take a rest of shorter breath- 
ings and placing hands to small of back, kick yourself alter- 
nately right and left, al- 
ways touching the coccyx 
or thighs (see cut, page 185). 
Do this several timesand if 
you feel like walking the 
floor and kicking yourself, 
it will do you good. You 
will find that as you try to do the kicking easily, you will 
always strike the desired part, while, if you use effort, thus 
tensing the muscles, you will never reach the desired spot and 
it will tire you besides. It will teach you this great lesson in 
life, keep cool, and take things easy and all will come your 
own way. You will begin to feel that it would have been bet- 
ter for you had you learned to kick yourself before, yet it is 
better late than never. 
Through with this, you inhale and raise your left limb as 
high as you can; lower it again, kick behind, and let it down 
on the floor. Do the same with the other limb. Again, when 
you inhale, raise your limb, take hold of it with both hands, 
raise it higher and higher to your body, holding the breath; 
in letting down the limb, exhale, standing firmly upon one 
leg at a time (see cut, page 186). In case your organs are low- 
ered, which they are in most cases, and for which reason there 
js so much trouble, you will, through all these movements, 
strengthen the muscles and replace them in their original posi- 
tions. It is because of the displacement of stomach, liver, 
kidneys and organs of a more delicate nature that you suffer. 
Mind will stimulate that condition if desired, but is powerless 
to reach the cause for a permanent cure, as it lacks the agency 
of electrism in transferring its force to these organs. You 
have learned to understand that electrism is the manifesting 
agent of physical manifestation, through which the mind, 
transfusing its influences, controls all the functions, or the 
mechanism of the body. It makes this arm of mine move by 
virtue of its ever-activity, but if that arm is paralyzed, mind 
will not move it. I have not the will to do so. Why? I am HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
183 
lacking the generation of electric currents to that part of the 
body. 
Those portions of the body, whose ganglia are still ex- 
panding and contracting, will respond to the bidding of the 
mind, others cannot, although the will may try to follow the 
biddings of the spirit-mind. Is mind powerless? No, it has 
the power to do, but as that particular field cannot respond 
to its bidding because of its senseless condition, it must use 
its power over other parts ready to respond to its action. Let 
electrism form in those parts described and they will respond 
to the thought. The blood is still circulating through the 
parts paralyzed, it still keeps the flesh warm. Everything 
has the appearance of a perfect limb, and yet it is motionless. 
Will the addition of blood produce action? No. What must 
I do? Breathe such breath, in such attitude, as will vitalize 
those particular ganglia 
to generating and grad- 
ually, according to the 
degree of generation, 
that limb will respond 
to the soul's bidding, 
because of its resum- 
ing harmonious condi 
tions with nature in 
full. The reasons for 
paralyzed conditions are 
many. We cannot enu- 
merate them in these 
studies. 
We are now here to 
help people quickly 
over and beyond such undesirable, deplorable conditions, and 
they must learn how to remedy them quickly. We say quickly, 
as there is no time for theorizing. Time is so short and life 
is precious, otherwise it is not wrorth living. And if the con- 
trol over the body is gone, if we are not aware of the source 
whence to draw vitality and strength to give life to these dead 
bones of Isaiah's cemetery, then let us get out of the way and 
not stand in the way of others as a miserable example, fright- 
ening to death the unwarned, those unaware. Let us keep away 
and get out quickly, before we contaminate the air with our 
foulness. Let us throw away this carcass, for it is no longer 184 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
any good, but an object of pity, full of sores, of pam, and it 
is only a drawback to those who have to pass your way. But 
if you desire to live, then get out of that condition. Why are 
you standing brooding over it? Be up and doing! Get those 
limbs into motion! Breathe, even if it does hurt you because 
of disuse of your respiratory wings. Breathe a little, then 
more and more, and do something. Saw wood, chop wood, 
do it for those who are too busy otherwise. Get up and out 
ami do not think because you possess a few dollars, that work 
does not become you. If you have too much time to spare, 
pick up those tramps on the street, give them a wash, mend 
their clothes for them and send them out into the world with 
some good noble thought Go into the back yards of those 
who have not learned to clean them up. Show them how to 
do by doing it for them and set them a good example. 
Go to that home of poverty-stricken parents where mother 
is sick and children neglected. They are sick because of 
ignorance. Don't go to only tell them there is no sickness, 
no sin, as that will harden their hearts against you, and it 
will be a detriment to them. Clean up their home. Fix them 
a good bowl of soup; see to it that they have clean linen and 
the children are sent to school. You 
will find that after speaking a few 
encouraging words, you will awaken 
in those poor creatures, for the first 
time, symptoms of life. They will 
learn how to live. It is all very nice 
for you to belong to a half dozen 
clubs and go to tea-parties and talk 
it all over, year in and year out, as 
to the ways and means for relieving 
sufferings and so forth, and pay your 
dues and assessments, with a little 
gift now and then to the poor. But 
it won't do. This only encourages 
crime and sets the hearts of the 
needy against you. They feel you 
only do it out of pride; that you do 
it out of mere sympathy. But if you 
were asked by them to take home a pair of trousers with you 
to mend, you would be indignant and would say: "What do 
you take me for?" There you would show just what you are 
and what you are doing it for. And you can rest assured that HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
185 
all you do in that way of philanthropy is only a detriment to 
those in need and to your own self and to society. 
Just give it a little thought and don't get excited and jump 
at conclusions. Sit down and reason for yourself, and you 
will soon get out of your delusion. Get 
to work yourself, we say, and then you 
will reap results. Keep active at all 
times. Have plenty of change, physically, 
mentally and otherwise. You know how 
you feel when you are out of change- 
we mean short of money. Well, just so 
you feel when your body has not suffi- 
cient small change. It is the small 
change that does the business ; it is the 
small changes you are making physi- 
cally that assures a good condition of 
the body. 
Speaking about suggestion, it is not 
denied that upon negative conditions it 
has great influence. But we hold that 
a negative condition is detrimental to 
the individual and to society, that neg- 
ativeness and positiveness must be 
polarized to make us perfect beings, for 
whenever a one-sided condition is present, there can be no per- 
fection. It is thus possible to constantly grope in darkness as 
long as we are under the influence of continual suggestion. 
We are then drifting about all the time. It is a stimulant 
that keeps us from seeing ourselves in our true light and when 
we once fall into such a state of delusion, we drift farther and 
farther into it, until we recognize it to be a power that in 
reality has no existence other than our imagination and fancy. 
So, it is possible to delude ourselves even into the condition 
of having or possessing power over others when in reality we 
have none. We even go so far as to impose upon others, deter- 
mined to have them accept our theories that we are trying to 
demonstrate and do not even shrink from using means of a 
delusive character to prove our assertions as true. 
What a state of imagination! Of course, it is all for the 
sake of saving one's funeral expenses, for everybody and every- 
thing wants to live, yet we are not willing to create what is 
necessary for our subsistence, and ways and means are 186 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
schemed out for helping one to get the necessary wherewithal 
wherewith to gain a livelihood. 
We do not blame anyone and would not find fault with 
them, except for the benefit of those who are getting out of 
illusion into light, for the benefit of those who have begun to 
see deception, for the benefit of those who are tired of such 
theories without foundation, yet who still have certain doubts 
because depending upon one sense or another, 
thinking they have witnessed phenomena they 
cannot yet account for. We shall just mention 
a few things that will make you feel that the 
exercises given in this lesson are timely, indeed, 
and that you can go about kicking yourself all 
over. Don't kick anyone else. You have no 
right to do that. Many of those who have led 
you into conditions by deceiving you ofttimes, 
do not know it themselves. They are not dem- 
onstrators themselves. They have studied those 
wonderful sciences and witnessed demonstra- 
tions and now simply make repetitions of the 
same. We will just mention hypnotism, for in- 
stance, all other phases belonging to the same 
category of suggestion and deception. 
You have all witnessed a hypnotic perform- 
ance or circus. Same thing. Spirit circuses, of 
course, belong to the same category. We will 
say, you have yourself been called upon the 
stage to act on the committee, or to be a subject. 
You may not believe in hypnotism. You may be a sceptic as 
they call it. Yet, when you come off the stage, you are con- 
vinced that there is something in it. You know that a demon- 
strator has to always bring his own subjects with him-that 
is perfectly proper, it is all made very plausible by him. You 
can see the reason for that, so it needs no further explanation. 
You are told to stand up, we will say, and to look steadily at 
an electric light lamp, or at any other object, for that matter. 
The performer tells you, he is going to make you fall back- 
wards into his arms. lie comes from behind you, after you have 
gazed at the given spot for some time, and after he has ad- 
justed his vest a little, a weakness that all performers of this 
class have, he comes in front of you, and giving you a slow 
pass over your face-a whiff-and you drop into his arms, of 
course, immediately rising again. Marvelous, wonderfool! HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
187 
Everybody with mouths wide open witness it; you are dazed; 
you go oil the stage and wonder what has happened. You are 
convinced. 
You have been given a disk to look at, perhaps, and after 
gazing at it steadily, as you are anxious to get at the truth of 
the thing, you notice the demonstrator approaching the sub- 
jects and giving them passes. You notice whenever he comes 
to you, you get that dazed feeling, just for a moment. Yet 
you won't be influenced by it, and, at last, he has to send 
you off the stage. "You will have to have a few more sit- 
tings," you are told. Of course, his regular, old-time subjects 
are so sensitive that they respond to the passes at once. Do 
not laugh, please. This is a serious thing. It is the wonder 
of the age and the research societies and scientists are going 
daffy on it, so it must be all right. 
Have you ever noticed that the demonstrator goes off the 
stage occasionally? Have you ever noticed that he has that 
peculiar habit of adjusting his vest frequently? Does that 
vest inconvenience him, does it not fit him? Have you ever 
noticed that after his hands have taken hold of his vest and 
pulled it down, as it were to adjust the vest, that he felt 
stronger to advance to his subjects and give them passes? 
Do you think that in France and in hospitals in other coun- 
tries, where so much fuss is made about suggestion and hyp- 
notism as an agent in operations, where the patient is to be 
put under influences, that "suggestion" is used? You are 
not allowed to be present when the operator puts a patient 
under the influence; only he and his assistants are present. 
To make believe that the patient is not going to be put under 
anaesthetics, as this is widely dreaded, they give him passes. 
After they have given him the important stare, they love to 
poke their fingers into the patient's face. Could you but see 
it! You could not help but burst out into laughter and roar 
because of such ridiculousness. While the patient is looking 
at the operator and his mind is centered upon his monkey- 
shines, the assistant is not idle and in a few moments, the 
patient no longer knows what has happened. Has he been 
hypnotized? Is he asleep? Certainly, but by what power? 
Well, my dear student, can't you guess? Must things be 
knocked into you with a fence-post, and can't you think, unless 
a stuffed club is swung over your cranium? Why do you sup- 
pose they are so anxious to get close enough to you to give you 
that-whiff? There lies the secret! Now you have it. Yet, is 188 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
there no such thing as being put under an influence by sug- 
gestion? Certainly. But it is not the power of suggestion of 
an operator. It is the suggestion of your own self. It is self- 
suggestion. If you would not make a suggestion of your own, 
if you did not give it the stamina for further vibrations, if you 
would get your mind to control your physical functions by 
your will, never could an operator put you to sleep. He has 
no more power than a fence-post upon which you may concen- 
trate your mind for the purpose of getting under the influence 
of sleep. Yet the fence-post did not do it; you selected it as an 
object of concentration to steady your eye upon. Fear, and 
suggestion of fear, is the incentive of all hypnotic suggestion. 
Seeing a person drop down from a building, it takes your own 
breath momentarily. You cannot take another step, your feet 
are as fastened to the ground, you lose control over yourself 
momentarily. You are horror struck. There are hundreds of 
degrees of fear and hundreds of ways to induce conditions of 
phenomenal suggestions. But it interests us no longer. It 
has lost its charm the moment we throw the searchlight of 
truth upon it and find that the object that scared a whole 
village into frenzy, thinking it was a bear lying on the street, 
was because a drunkard on his way home had run against it 
and it had given an awful groan. But now as the villagers 
came up to it, with their lights turned upon it, it was found to 
be but a bass-drum, which some tipsy musician had dropped 
in his uncertain condition on his way homeward. 
People love to make a fuss over things and discuss and 
debate them and even get excited and into fighting over some- 
thing they know nothing about. In fact, after investigating 
the whole affair, it will be found that there is generally noth- 
ing to it, and that there is not anything at all in the reports 
made about it by those engaged in the controversy, nothing 
worthy of credit, but that an entirely different incentive was 
the cause of the excitement. It is like the town that got into 
a riot and caused much bloodshed, which necessitated the 
calling out of the militia to squelch the troubles. After in- 
vestigations had been made as to the cause, the testimonies 
being very conflicting, no one really knew the start of it. It 
took some time to trace the trouble from one to the other 
engaged in the uproar, until finally, all being sifted down, 
it wras discovered that a huntsman, calling at the cooperative 
town-store, had asked for honey. The jovial shopkeeper had to 
get upon the counter to reach for the jar. In his reach, he HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
tipped the jar a trifle, a drop of honey fell to the floor. A fly 
immediately lit on it and the cat, in her hurry for prey, made 
a jump for the fly that the huntsman's dog watched intently 
with pleasure. Seeing the cat jump on the innocent fly, it 
raised his canine-nature and jealousy, and with one bound he 
got the cat by the collar. The huntsman called the dog, but the 
dog would not listen. The shopkeeper got into a frenzy over 
the dog's daring to touch his favorite cat. So, with one bound 
over the counter, he went for the dog, which he kicked. This 
caused the blood of the huntsman to rise and he got hold of 
the storekeeper and soon they were in a fight. People out- 
doors who saw what was going on inside, sided with the hunts- 
man, others with the storekeeper and they all got into a fight. 
Everything that had legs ran to the scene of excitement and 
consequently got entangled into the trouble and, lo, before an 
hour had passed, the whole town was in an uproar, all on 
account of-a drop of honey. 
But now we have come to a point where the believers in 
hypnotism will make an awful noise. After they have given 
you all the tests possible and you have given them all the bene- 
fit of the doubt, they will give you a test that will make you 
think. They have one phenomenon still left in their favor and 
here is where they will play trumps. Here they will see the 
masses wonder at them with astounded and confounded 
senses. The operator will place a subject upon the backs of 
two chairs. He will cause his body to become rigid in the 
twinkling of an eye, as it were. The passes seem to work this 
wonderful, magical transformation. A huge rock will be 
placed upon the chest of the victim. A sledgehammer passed 
around for examination. Some one is called upon to swing the 
sledgehammer on the rock resting upon his chest and it will 
become shattered into pieces, perhaps a thousand pieces. We 
are not particular about stretching this great phenomenon. It 
is the cataleptic state. In this state only is it possible to 
accomplish this marvelous feat. This is the world-renowned 
cataleptic state, which puzzles many a mind. Do you still 
doubt the power of hypnotism, the power of the operator over 
the subject's mind? Your doubts are removed, you are now 
convinced that there is something in this power of suggestion, 
which you cannot fathom. Maybe it is the devil's work, some 
will say, for it is acknowledged by religionists that the devil 
has the power to do wonderful things, even things that will 
189 190 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
delude the saints, if possible. But fear not, thou little flock. 
Fear not! 
Let us go a step farther! Let us examine the case. To 
make it easy, very easy, just put yourself on the two chairs. 
Make your body rigid, by stretching it out well. Breathe 
fully, close your eyes if you like and either take hold of your 
trousers' legs, or cross your hands over your chest, still keep- 
ing rigid. Have some one sit down on you, more than one, if you 
like. Then let them go through the experiment and you sit 
down on them in turn, and you will then know that it is an 
easy thing to sit down on a subject in the cataleptic state. It 
will dawn upon you that it is all in the breathing. When you 
hold the breath, you can carry the weight and not feel it. 
We use and have used the identical position now known 
as the cataleptic state, as an exercise to control the muscles 
of the body and gain strength of the spinal column. It will 
be well to go through this exercise in the morning after rising 
from bed for a few minutes. Another good and useful exer- 
cise that will set the unwearying to marveling and attributing 
the phenomena to some unknown power, is to first stretch out 
upon the floor; make limbs perfectly rigid while inhaling 
fully, and when retaining breath have another party take hold 
of you at the thighs and set you up upon your feet. You will 
find it an easy matter to raise one another and exercise 
motions and movements superior to anything in gymnastics 
and physical culture. 
Now take a broom. But your hand around it with thumb 
down and elbow turning to the front with the end of the stick 
down and the whisk up. Take a firm position. Then holding 
the breath, have two or three persons, for that matter, do 
their utmost to push the handle through your hand, by press- 
ing their weight on it steadily and they will not be able to 
push the stick through your hand. 
Take this same broom into both hands and bring it out 
before you with arms well stretched. Bend your body forward 
by breathing through upper lobes. Rest with one foot firmly 
upon floor while the other foot comes closely behind the former 
with heel a trifle raised above the floor. Now have as many 
as can place their hands upon the broom handle push steadily 
with the intention to move you from your position. They will 
not be able to do it. After a little practice, it will almost seem 
marvelous to people. 
Have a person stand upon their feet while two others, one HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
on each side, place their little fingers under the foot of the 
subject. As soon as all three breathe, it will be possible for 
those two little fingers to raise the body of a two-hundred- 
pound person, and as long as subject will hold breath after 
being hoisted up, those two little fingers will hold him up in 
position. After a little practice in breathing and retaining 
breath it will be possible to carry the subject around the room 
as if floating in midair. All these phenomena are being used 
under the cloak of magnetic wonders and power of suggestion 
and such like. A very favorite exercise is the following, used 
to deceive the uninformed and to convince them of the great 
power of magnetism. Fold your hands and hold them about 
ten inches from your body with both elbows raised even with 
hands in front of you. Now have some one take hold of your 
arms above the elbows and have them try to separate your 
hands. While you take it easy, they have to exert themselves 
with all their strength and they will not succeed in separating 
your hands. 
All these positions are splendid exercises for young and 
old, and especially beneficial when indulged in in the morning. 
In fact all the exercises of the last three lessons are to be 
practiced immediately upon arising from bed. The bodily 
functions are at that time most receptive and responsive to the 
generative conditions of the nervous system, and being vital- 
ized because of the equal distribution of electrism generated 
by the ganglionic action of the nervous system during sleep, 
the muscles of the body are more easily controlled, and thus 
it is much easier for us to determine their proper location so 
that we can invigorate them by these movements and in time 
get them to such an action as will raise the organic functions 
of the body heretofore weakened in their operations because 
of them lowering and having a dislocating tendency, due to 
the weakened condition of the muscles, which muscles depend 
for their elasticity directly upon the continuous generation of 
electrism by the ganglia of the nervous system, and the lat- 
ter is only possible when the lungs are kept in perfect action 
through the breath concentrated and operative towards the 
consciousness of the Ga-Llama contained therein. 
Paying attention to the consciousness of breath from time 
to time, the action of the bodily functions will be continuous 
and by such harmonious action the consciousness of intelli- 
gence being assured to the individual energies of our collective 
body, the mind condition is found in a state of realization and 
191 192 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
in a position to express itself intelligently through the senses 
correspondingly harmonious. Our brain cells continue to unfold 
and by virtue of the harmonizing vibrations towards each 
other and in unison with the individual intelligences of the 
collective energies of our composite being, we shall be able to 
solve all the questions that are perplexing all minds and find 
a solution to everything pertaining to the problem of life, 
which alone gives satisfaction to the ever searching mind. No 
longer is it possible then for our mind to be deluded by the 
objects of this world of presentation, as the objective in this 
sphere of manifestation is merely reflections concentrated in 
the cells of our brain functions which, when once brought into 
action, react upon the mirror of mind their true nature and 
reveal to our senses even the things pertaining to the remotest 
past and the future which, culminating into the present, polar- 
ize before our being the reality and grandeur of existence. 
Dependent upon our own resources, armored with the 
shield of self-reliance, we shall be able to seek the better part. 
Neither belief nor faith in claims and assertions shall be our 
lot, but knowledge of things will be our crown for the work 
we have done towards the achievements and accomplishments 
of this nobler position. Once we begin to breathe consciously 
and begin to pay attention to our present need, we need no 
longer worry but go on directing and acting accordingly. All 
conditions and environments once having us in their grasp 
will be overcome as we continue the process of evolution by 
corresponding involution. We shall not find fault with the 
existing things, as in them according to their position we see 
the phase of manifestation once entertained and expressed by 
our own self, but now standing before us in memory of once 
occupied conditions, whereby we may be warned and learn to 
keep out of the past and to turn our attention to the goal 
before us, that holds out to us nobler ambitions. We will 
not look down upon our fellow beings but recognize them as 
part of the complex whole. In their existence and their 
actions we shall recognize the accomplishments of a part of 
our own self and by charity and love we shall arrive at that 
position which knows no difference as to the source but recog- 
nizes effects only, consequential to the degree of vibrations 
manifesting as to direction and time. Let us remember that 
the appearances of things are deceptive and unless our per- 
ceptions are keen enough to derive our experiences from obser- 
vations well tested, we shall grope in darkness. Before we HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
enter into fields of investigation, it is best to be fitted with, 
well attuned senses which respond to the desire of our heart. 
My friends, if you will but use your reason and investi- 
gate things, you will find that all those things you consider in 
their presentation so wonderful, are but the simplest things 
imaginable, and that it is your self-deluded mind that draws 
deductions, not from the thing as it is in itself, but as it ap- 
pears to the senses. Do not investigate things from the hidden 
side as presented to you by truth stretched, but from the base 
of its real nature and you will soon find the principle upon 
which it rests not phenomenal, but of a physical nature, 
means of like nature having to be employed. It is not 
trickery, it is not fakiry, it is not humbuggery, as you cry out. 
It is a mere phenomenon of a physical nature brought about 
by physical means and you and I can do it, if we but under- 
stand its simplicity. Investigate! Now go home and do like- 
wise. Do not take things for granted! Do not run into things 
blindly, keep your eyes and ears open. And to be able to have 
eyes and ears always on the watch, you must develop the 
senses to a condition of sense. Those politicians who are driv- 
ing you to the poles blindly will find their soft snap gone. 
They will have to turn their attention to social economics. 
The physician will have to study dietetics and know the vir- 
tues of foods and their effects upon the body, and give pre- 
scriptions of recipes for a change of diet. Instead of powders 
and pills, the druggist will sell perfumes, cosmetics and oils 
and nut-butters for cooking, baking and the softening of the 
skin when it seems desirable. The chemist will have to go 
with his science into the kitchen and take the place of the 
cook, while the cook will no longer be needed, but must either 
study cookery from nature's standpoint or else do other work. 
The priests, holding before the people their scare-crows of 
theological superstitions, will have to devote their time to 
teaching the people the science of life in its true colors and 
leave the painting of a dogmatic heaven and hell to those of 
the past. In fact, there will be beauty all around when 
there's love at home. We need to love one another. Of 
course, this will remain true, that we shall continue to exer- 
cise more love for some than for others when taking this same 
standpoint, but as there is no end to matter, no end to space, 
there will be no end, but we will love them all, in time, only 
that some we love to have near, while others we shall love 
better in the distance, and others, the farther off they are from 
193 194 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
us, the more we can love them. There is everything in the 
understanding of the application of distance, for there is no 
hatred, all is love, for God is Love. 
With the instructions before us, we cannot otherwise but 
•admit, in honesty, that we have learned more than we antici- 
pated, and all because of our earnest attention paid to the 
power of breath which is our spirit of life. That by continuing 
to breathe from day to day, continuing to follow as we are 
led by our own spirit-mind which is guided, although yet un- 
seen, by our senses, and which will reveal itself to us as we 
learn to understand our own nature better, we shall see all 
things as they are in truth. Nature will then appear to us as 
if clothed in an entirely different garb, the sun appear 
brighter, the moon and stars seem more beautiful, nature in 
all its variety far more sublime, grander, and we will see all 
mankind as good, in spite of all complexity. Love will do all 
this because of its being breathed upon us and by the con- 
centration of this breath, Love will continue to evolve for all 
time and space and forever draw unto us all that constitutes 
our very being. 
Cheer up, my soul, for success shineth upon thy path. 
Thus let us continue ever in the good. 
With blessings of all good things, 
OTOMAN, 
Prince of Adusht. lEgyptiQU^D^tiir^ Egyptian Priestess in her first posture. FOREWORD 
FOR many years, and ever since the introduction of Health 
and Breath Culture we have been prevailed upon to pub- 
lish and illustrate Egyptian Postures, that the farther 
advanced pupils may follow the trend of their promptings unto still 
higher attainments, since upon the Plains of Progression their can be 
no final, but a continuity of efforts. But, as repeatedly assuring our 
Students, we have never had an intention of directing our talents to- 
ward literary pursuits, our intention has been to simply voice subjects 
of interest and value, leaving the wording, arranging, transcribing and 
systematizing to those, who have been particularly gifted in that 
direction. True, some have made an attempt, but insufficiently 
versed in Subjects of Scientific Principles and Measure, have too 
hurriedly offered to the world what they themselves have never tested 
or experienced, thus creating a mass of complications. The Spirit of 
our Times demands thoroughly tried, efficient, demonstrable and 
simple methods, be it on lines of physical, mental or spiritual de- 
velopment. 
Physical culture, Body culture, Swedish and Rhythmic move- 
ments may be practically new to us, and be more or less unscientific 
in theory and practice, but Scientific Gymnastics have run parallel 
with people of a civilized type. Wherever Scientific Gymnastics be- 
came a part of daily regime, whether observed by the stalwart Ro- 
man for physical handsomeness, the Greek for philosophical reasons, 
the Egyptian unto higher spiritual attainments, matters little, as in 
either and all cases the pneuma, the spiritus, or the breath consti- 
tuted the impetus unto bodily movements or pantomime. 
The Romans copied the Greeks, the latter the Egyptians, and 
into Egypt everything of note and value poured, as streams empty 
into the mighty ocean that receives them with open arms, since Egyp- 
tians believed in absorption. Here then are found the higher and re- 
fined schools in scientific healing, philosophy and religion, where the 
system of education is brought down to a minimum, meeting the de- 
mands of the threefold nature of man. The curriculum of academic 
learning consisted of evolutionary developments and innocent sports 
rather than the sweating system of lecture torture. Even in our 
days the students follow sports, although crude in nature, because of 
the little interest shown by the faculty, and we can thus account 
for the lack of scientific measures. 198 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
In offering the Egyptian Postures we hope to fill a long-felt 
want, meeting the demand in part at least, if not in whole. True, 
we do not enter into any details, satisfying the unsalable critic, who 
confines himself largely to theory and surface. To meet every in- 
valid mind, with the purpose of sweeping off cobwebs of antiquated 
learning, would require volumes of writings. Suffice it to say, that 
after thorough practice of the Twelve Lessons in Health and 
Breath Culture the Egyptian Postures will more than convince 
the most sceptic of their efficacy, and although simple in their appear- 
ance, the execution of each Posture, in their order as given, will prove 
their worth better than all the spear-pointed arguments. 
In taking these Postures we should always bear in mind, that 
in as much as all the exercises in Health and Breath Culture 
must be taken on the breath, if good results are to be immediately 
obtained, even so the Egyptian Postures are not only to be taken 
on the breath, but be accompanied by music and song, in the higher 
or mental sense at least, applying humming, that the more difficult 
poses may be readily mastered. 
All Postures are poses, more or less, and it is necessary that 
the gymnast remain in each pose long enough to feel perfectly re- 
laxed, poised and confident. 
Before attempting the practice of Egyptian Postures it may 
be well for the gymnast to study the illustrations carefully and recall 
to memory all he has learned in anatomy and physiology. There- 
after take the positions in the order given and in the manner de- 
scribed. 
Students of Egyptology will recall to mind some of the Postures 
and remember that the Egyptian Physician, Priest or Judge prescribed 
to the needy Postures for the healing of sickness, sin or deficiencies. 
Although lost sight of for a time, the study of Archaeology has 
revealed many treasures of former accomplishments, and what here- 
tofore appeared as mere embellishments, or meaningless idols of stone 
or wood, now disclose their original purpose, posing as Saints in 
their sacred attitudes assuring perfection in all things by following in 
their divine footsteps, thus fulfilling the part we have so long sought. 
May then the Ideals (idols) of the Ancients, born of good en- 
deavor, prove unto mutual understanding and wrought in us the 
gold of virtue that alone can free us from entanglements of error, 
and place us where talents may be utilized to best advantage. 
With showers of Blessings, 
OTOM A N, PRINCE OF ADUSHT. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
199 
POSTURE LESSON 
EVERY RACE has its sports, its religious rites or its entertain- 
ments, calculated to stir the mind and stimulate the body to 
greater action through the circulatory and nervous system. Every 
phase has much in its favor when rationally considered, and dis- 
closes great wisdom on the part of Nature to further the change in 
the blood that made the anthropological developments possible, to 
the extent of sharp lines of demarcation, seperating one race from 
another not only as to color but as to mental possibilities, so much 
so that with the development of each successive race greater en- 
dowments become embodied, making life's most perplexing pro- 
blems as solveable as the fading of stars at the break of day. 
Up to the Aryan race this blood purifying process has become 
quite evident and wherever ambition unto higher attainments 
asserted itself, there man would seek to discover Nature's only and 
infallible means unto ethnological developments conducive to higher 
culture. The Egyptians, although a mixed type, recognized the 
importance of the blood through dynamic action and discovered in 
a more general way the necessity of equal and corresponding de- 
velopment of the mental inclinations to that of the bodily functions, 
not only to assure health of body and mind, but to gain control 
over all the spiritual attributes, assuring perfection. The heart, as 
the center of the circulatory system, with the dynamics directing the 
ganglionic operations, distributes the blood in accordance to the 
fineness of its texture to whatever part desired, and according to 
the chemical operations induces thought waves communicative with 
mind and its concept. The Ancients seemed to have understood 
the physiological modus operandi of heart and mind when they 
said: "From an impure heart flow evil thoughts." 
Father Ammann in "The Coming Race and Race Hygiene" 
gives to the scientific world the key to life when he says: "Blood 
is the original matter which influences all outer manifestations and 
formations and changes them in the course of development. Blood 
is the essential race builder. The consistency of the blood deter- 
mines the infallible sign of racial relation. The purer the blood, 
the clearer the pigment. The darker the skin, the lower the race. 
Blood is not only the carrier of the inherited, but also the progenitor 
to all the attainable spiritual tendencies." 
The Egyptian Postures have it for their purpose to increase 
chemicalization of Thought-waves and with it the refining of the 200 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
Blood, which assures refinement of the Heart so necessary unto 
higher culture and greater attainments. 
Not enough can be said about the value of Egyptian Postures. 
Suffice it to say that the diverse positions taken and the rhythmic 
breath applied will send the blood to every part of the body and re- 
lease sub-luxations to an extent of eradicating adhesions, making it 
possible for the nervous system to gain absolute freedom, promot- 
ing brain development. 
Before taking the Postures proper we would advise the Finger- 
exercises as given in the plate and follow them in regular order down 
to the Fist exercise, applying the Rhythmic Breath at all change of 
positions. Retain each position long enough to feel that the exercise 
is aiding you in conquering weakness. Use every relaxed effort to 
hold all other fingers in perfect line, while the one finger points into 
"the hollow of thy hand." 
Best results from these exercises are obtained in the early 
morning and upon an empty stomach, adding greatly to the de- 
velopment if taken in the open and in concerted action, where har- 
monic surroundings may be observed. 
After some attention to the various positions of the fingers, the 
fist, the wrist, the elbow and the arm it will be found that in the 
waking state the muscles readily tense more, and that for this rea- 
son we have to arouse ourselves to adjustment. A tense state means 
loss of energy. Scientific exercises, prompted by good judgement 
and reason, are calculated to check undue loss and build up the 
human mechanism to an extent of assuring satisfaction and success. 
Further attention to the diverse postures will reveal to the reli- 
gious practitioner that diverse organs of the body are quickened to 
a more normal action assuring stimulation and with it further devel- 
opment of bodily and mental functions, in which the epiphysis, or 
pineal gland, the spinal cord, the solar plexus and the sympathetic 
nerves play an important part. 
The Egyptian Postures in this Series assure the physical and in- 
tellectual development in the gray matter, touching the spiritual side 
only to the extent inherent. 
As the Fist predominates in these Postures observe position of 
fingers; draw them in closely, so as to fold the tips with the mounts 
over the heart line and lastly head line. Set them firm and tight. 
Now press the thumb upon the second phalanx of the second, third 
and lastly the fourth finger, at the same time keeping the fingers in 
their original position. The thumb is to press tightly, while fingers, 
hand, wrist, elbow, arm and shoulder relax that the bicepts and tri- 
cepts may have freedom of control and the mind become at ease to 
use its talents and gifts. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
201 202 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
POSTURE SET ONE. 
Fig 1) Is the introductory position used in all Kneeling Postures. 
The features in this position are the perfect lines drawn by deflation 
of abdomen until the floating ribs are drawn to a tightness, compell- 
ing the chest to expand to the utmost point. This gives freedom to 
the lungs to move in the immoveable chest cavity at will, eradicating 
all adhesions, assuring limberness to shoulder joints and arm sockets, 
giving the face a most pleasant expression; for pleasant we must 
look and pleasant we must feel. The next point to be observed is 
the looseness and freedom of the neck. Then the placing of the fist 
according to fist illustration on page 201, taking care that every 
hint is followed, as much depends upon the right setting of the fin- 
gers and the thumb of both hands, owing to the fact that the nerves 
are not only stimulated through these positions but quickened to a 
more normal and eventually a greater ganglionic generation, charg- 
ing the system with healthier chemicals, inducing better thinking. 
Fig. 2) Kneel down, make fists, and place them close to neck, 
but resting upon shoulder groove. Empty the lungs to the utmost; 
arrest all action for a few moments. Now fill the lungs and while 
retaining the breath, bend the body forward, touching the floor 
with forehead at first and later with chin, remaining in that position 
as long as possible. Returning to original position, exhale and run off 
the scale ha, ha, he, hi, hii, hu, ho, ho, according to the French or 
German, using no effort whatsoever. Release the hold of fist only 
when prompted to do so, and then relax the fingers just for a few 
moments. 
Fig. 3) Retaining the same position as in Fig. 2), inhale, retain 
the breath, and bend as far back as you can, exhaling as you return 
to original position, while humming a tune. It may be well to pile a 
stack of books behind one, removing one book after another each 
day, and until head comes to rest upon the floor. With each day 
lengthen the time of retentment. 
Fig. 4) Take to original kneeling position and keep fists in same 
place, taking care that fingers and thumbs are placed tightly. After 
thorough emptying of the lungs, which should be done by humming 
an appropriate Health or Peace tune, arrest all breath action for a 
few seconds and then fill the lungs to the utmost; arrest all breath 
action and bend body as far to the right as possible and until the 
right elbow touches the floor, retaining gracefulness as to the lines of 
the body and expression upon the face. Returning to the original 
kneeling position, empty the lungs while humming the Harmonic 
scale or an appropriate tune. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
203 204 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
Fig 5) Same kneeling Position; keeping the clenched fists tight 
against the shoulder joint. Always empty lungs thoroughly, arrest 
breath action for a few moments. Fill lungs with ease, while chest 
is well set. Arrest all action and bend body to the left and until 
left elbow touches the floor. Hum a sweet tune when returning to 
original kneeling position. Do not release fists from their position. 
Continue to clench fingers and press thumbs. 
Having gone through these positions until they become easy, take 
all four positions in rapid succession and upon one inhalation. 
This done, take each position upon an exhalation; and thereafter 
all four positions upon one exhalation, which means to say, you 
hum a melody until lungs are thoroughly emptied and then go 
through the movement and movements. 
POSTURE SET TWO. 
Fig. 6) This position is identified with Fig. 2 in POSTURE SET 
one, but constitutes a new series owing to the difference in the effect 
upon the nerves. Here the fists are placed and dug deep into the 
arm pits, controlling and keeping thumbs tightly to the lines set. 
Study the illustration carefully. The emptying of the lungs upon a 
melody and filling same remains like in former posture. 
Fig. 7) All the former instructions are to be observed. After 
the Forward movement the Backward movement follows. Then the 
Side movement with right elbow touching the floor, followed by the 
left elbow. Note the difference in the lines of muscles when com- 
pared with Fig. 4, where the fists rest upon the shoulders instead of 
under armpits. 
POSTURE SET THREE. 
Fig. 8) Applying all previous instructions, place first one fist, then 
the other between shoulder blades and until both fists meet. The 
nearer the shoulder tips the better. As soon as fists are adjusted 
to the highest possible point take the Forward movement with chin 
touching the floor, followed by the Backward movement, the back of 
head or crown touching the floor; then the Side movement in which 
the right elbow touches the floor, followed by the Side movement 
where the left elbow touches the floor; applying further instructions 
as given in the last two paragraphs of Fig. 5. 
Remember, that all tension is due to inattention. If chest is kept 
in place and neck held freely, while all the muscular force remains in 
the fists, a strange relaxation throughout the body will be observed. 
The cracking of joints need not alarm us. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
205 206 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
POSTURE SET FOUR. 
Fig. 9) While the tight fist rests between shoulder blades the 
left arm is swung in front while the left hand reaches the left ear 
from behind, giving it a yank as the head turns and chin rests on left 
shoulder. Now reverse fist and hand, chin resting upon right 
shoulder. These two features accomplished, perform same while 
taking the Forward body movement, the Backward, left and right 
Side movements described in posture set one. 
POSTURE SET FIVE. 
Fig. 10) Run up the spinal column with right fist, the elbow 
resting in the palm of left hand, which is to push the right arm 
toward the seventh vertebrae, remaining in that position for at least 
one minute, humming a sweet tune. Reverse arm and hand, 
adding the four positions given in posture set one. 
This done, relax arms and hands quickly; lift arms high above 
head and take the quick wrist shake, moving wrists to right and 
left for at least twelve times. Then bring arms horizontally in front 
of you and shake hands which must be limp from the wrists down. 
Now draw arms toward yourself, shaking hands before your face as 
if fanning. Take both, the right and left wrist movement. 
POSTURE SET SIX. 
Fig. 11) Place left fist under left arm pit. The right fist as far 
up the spinal column as possible. Pound along the spine, from fifth 
vertebrae down to coccyx, and all over the back; then reverse position 
of fists. Go through the four positions described in set ONE and 
two. With face on floor, as in Fig, 10, attempt to touch shoulder 
with your chin, using effort, if needs be, to pound the back. 
POSTURE SET SEVEN 
Fig. 12) Left fist up the back, while the right pounds the nape 
and all of the back of neck, the shoulder blades and between them. 
Reverse positions of fists. Add positions of set one, two and 
five. Finish up with last paragraph of SET FIVE. 
For especial stimulating effects which will prove nerve quicken- 
ing, place the elbow of the right arm into the hand of the left arm 
which is brought around to the right side of the body across the 
back. With the right fist manipulate every part of the body, 
even down to the knees, calves and ankles. Reverse position; also 
adding Forward, Backward, left and right Side movements, and 
finish up with last paragraph in SET five. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
207 208 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
POSTURE SET EIGHT. 
Fig 13) Kneeling posture. Bring left arm under left shoulder 
and up the spine, while the right arm is brought over the right 
shoulder, and between shoulder blades. Here one finger of each hand 
link, going through linking with all the fingers; then all the fingers 
of both hands grip tightly into one another. This accomplished 
reverse positions of arms. 
This done take the Forward, Backward, the left and right Side 
movements, while hands are linked. 
Fig 14) Standing position at first. Place arms and fists as in 
Fig. 13. Have corresponding knuckles of fists brace each other 
tightly. As soon as successful in this feat, perform this knuckle 
bracing in the Kneeling posture, taking the Forward, Backward, 
the left and right Side movements. 
POSTURE SET NINE. 
Fig. 15) Kneeling position. Place elbows tightly into hips; with 
fists hit chest harder and harder, using no tension. Add Foreward, 
Backward, left and right Side movements. 
Now place elbows behind as far as possible, touching each other 
with fists pounding the chest. Add the Forward, Backward, left 
and right Side movements. 
While elbows rest tightly against hips stretch forearms in front of 
you, upward and downward. Do this quickly and systematically. 
Add the Forward, Backward, left and right Side movements. 
Finish up with last paragraph in SET five. 
Fig. 16) Kneeling position. Fists clinching. Arms thrown out 
in front but not tensing. The drawing out is effected from shoul- 
der sockets, as if to strike a hard blow while perfectly relaxed. 
Add the four movements of Forward, Backward, left and right 
Side, throwing both arms as far behind as possible, when taking the 
Forward movement; throw arms out in front of you when going 
through the Backward movement. In both of the Side movements 
the arms are to be thrown high above head. 
Be sure to observe the humming of a tune or running off the 
musical scale while going through these exercises. 
Go through the maneuvres of Fig. 16 in a standing position, adding 
the Forward, Backward, left and right Side movements, taking care 
that the chest is kept in an immoveable position, yet exerting no ten- 
sion. Watch yourself. Adjust your positions to as perfect lines as 
possible before going through the movements. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
209 210 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
POSTURE SET TEN. 
Fig. 17) Place bend in forefinger as given in illustration of 
Hand 4 upon atlas, while forefinger of other hand rests upon chest. 
Now press fingers tightly into the parts touched, vibrating gently at 
first; gradually increasing the pressure to a rigorous point, imme- 
diately relaxing and reversing hands. 
Having succeded with the forefinger exercise, now use middlefinger, 
third and little finger, making sure that fingers not in use are kept in 
perfect line. 
POSTURE SET ELEVEN. 
Fig. 18) Kneel upon left knee; the right limb is placed on an 
angle. Place palms of hands tightly together; the left thumb placed 
over the right. Press hands tightly against the heart. Bend body 
forward, backward and either side. Reverse position of limbs. 
Fig. 19) Place tightened hands behind so as to rest thumbs be- 
tween shoulder blades. While left knee rests upon floor, stretch the 
right limb behind as far as possible. Take Forward, Backward, left 
and right Side movements. Now reverse limbs and go through same 
movements. 
Keep hands in same position as above. Place right limb in front 
of you while right knee rests on floor. Go through Forward, Back- 
ward, left and right Side movements. Now reverse position of 
limbs and pass through the same movements. 
Fig. 20) Place arms and hands high above head while the knee 
of one limb rests upon the floor, the other limb straightened out in 
front of you. Bend body Forward, Backward and either Side. Re- 
verse the position of the limbs and go through the four movements. 
Keep hands above head; right knee to floor; left limb in front of 
you; while humming or singing a sweet melody, Spenta Ainyahita 
preferred, draw the left limb slowly into an angle and gradually 
behind as in Fig. 19, returning limb to a position as in Fig. 18. 
Now reverse positions of limbs; place left knee on the floor; set the 
right limb on an angle as in Fig. 18; keep hands high above head; 
now move right limb in front, back to an angle; move limb slowly 
as far behind as possible, and back to an angle as in Fig. 18. 
Now take limb position as in Fig. 18 and arm position of Fig. 20. 
While moving the right limb in front of you bend body backward 
and return to limb position of Fig. 18. Move right limb as far be- 
hind as possible, while body and arms move forward. Reverse 
movements. Attempt Side movement with limbs moving into posi- 
tions as described. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
211 212 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
POSITION SET TWELVE. 
Fig. 21) Kneeling position. Both elbows set tight into hips. 
Fold hands; one set of fingers at a time and until all fingers are 
folded. Clench hands tighter and tighter; draw them close to body: 
imploringly lift them up and away from body, swaying the body 
backward and forward, touching the floor while hands are held 
tightly to chest. Rising from this position seperate the hands 
quickly and double up your fists, placing the left over small of the 
back while with the right fist strike rigorously the chest nine times 
and cross your body by striking the forehead, left shoulder, right 
shoulder and the pit of the stomach, 
POSITION SET THIRTEEN. 
Fig. 22) Take an erect position. Place fists upon shoulders. 
Dig them into the grooves. Keep elbows in perfect line. Bend the 
body forward as far as possible and immediately as far backward, 
quickly returning to the erect position. Knees must not move a 
hair breadth; the movements must be from the hips. 
Fig. 23) Position the same as Fig. 22. Upon humming bend 
body to one side and in so doing, gradually rising upon toe-tips. 
Draw up the body as if attempting to sever part upon part and bend 
to one side as if determined to touch the hip. Be sure that arms and 
elbows remain in perfect line as given in illustration. 
As soon as one has become quite proficient in these movements it 
is well to sway the body rapidly from side to side, for a half a dozen 
times, always humming a tune or running off the musical scale. 
POSTURE SET FOURTEEN. 
Fig. 24) Procure two celluloid or poplar balls the size of walnuts 
and attach to them willow or any other elastic sticks, long enough to 
manipulate them with ease. Start working the spine as if sounding 
an Xylophone, starting with the little mallet to manipulate the one 
side of the spinal column from above, the other side from below, 
both mallets striking in concerted action, each attempting to reach 
the farthest end of the spinal column, working in opposite directions. 
The kneeling erect position is to be taken first, followed by the for- 
ward bend, the backward and either side. In this way every part of 
the body may be touched up; lastly the arms, the thighs, calves and 
feet. The most awkward positions will prove most effective. 
The benefits from this exercise alone will be so great that we fear 
the enmity of the Healing craft, but we hope that their largeness of 
heart and perfect culture of mind will outbalance these simple efforts. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
213 214 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
POSTURE SET FIFTEEN. 
Fig. 25) Take an immaginary sitting posture. At first you may 
have to use a toadstool seat. One limb remains on an angle, with 
foot placed flat upon the ground; the other limb is straightened out 
in front, at first with foot supported against some convenient object, 
later on levitated. Place elbows upon knees, taking care not to curve 
the spine. While one arm remains perpendicular, the other is slowly 
placed horizontally. Now reverse the positions of the arms, and be- 
gin to swing arms alternately, slow at first, then more and more 
rapidly. When successful with movements while fisted, add the 
various finger exercises given in illustration of hands. 
Fig. 26) Position is like the former only that the foot of the 
right limb is placed upon the floor, while the heel of the left rests 
upon a thin rod. The chest has to be raised to a high point to make 
the resting of the elbows upon knees possible and not curve the spine. 
With one fist at a time, at first, and then with both fists at the 
same time strike the shoulders slowly, and more swiftly as you gain 
more confidence in yourself. 
POSTURE SET SIXTEEN. 
Fig. 27) Kneel down. Draw shoulder blades tightly together. 
Place fists upon chest which bulges out to the utmost. Now raise 
your right foot slowly from floor and with the heel manipulate the 
sciatic nerve the same as if using a mallet. Having done so for at 
least a dozen times, drop foot slowly to the floor and raise the left 
foot until the heel touches the sciatic nerve, going through the same 
maneuvres as with the right foot. 
After some time it will be possible to take this manipulating exer- 
cise while the trunk of the body sways forward and backward. 
Fig. 28) Kneeling position the same as in Fig. 27. Arms and 
fists in the same order. First lift the left foot with heel resting upon 
the sciatic nerve followed slowly by the right foot. Then lift the 
right foot first and have the left foot follow. The difficulty in per- 
forming this exercise may be partly overcome by resting the back of 
the head against a solid railing, but care should be taken not to tense 
the muscles of the neck. One should study all the lines of this 
Posture first, as we would read over a difficult music piece, before 
attempting to execute it. The mind must go through it all and once 
the lines become vivid it will go a long ways toward realization of 
even the most difficult exercises. Humming a tune will aid greatly 
in checking tension. But during the performance of the most 
difficult part of the exercise the breath will be suspended. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
215 
'3 216 
POSTURE SET SEVENTEEN. 
HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
Fig. 29) Lie down on back. Straighten out all of your^body 
with chest raised high. While knees are being raised draw feet so 
close to body that heels touch the sciatic nerve and the toe-tips the 
floor. The arms remain relaxed while an effort is made to appar- 
antly pull them out of their sockets. The fists are tighly clenched. 
As soon as position seems to be satisfactorily adjusted the attempt is 
to be made to touch the knees with chin or forehead, immediately to 
return to original lying position. Three attempts to touch knees 
with chin will suffice within six hours. 
POSTURE SET EIGHTEEN. 
Fig. 30) Kneel down. Bring fists to armpits. Now bend back- 
wards slowly, keeping feet in close touch until the seat of the body 
rests within the souls of the feet and the head slowly and gently 
sinks into a few pillows and later, after several successful attempts, 
upon the floor. 
The same position may be taken while fists are placed upon 
shoulders, later over-head and beside body as in Fig. 29. 
POSTURE SET NINETEEN. 
Fig. 31) This position is to be practiced upon the floor at first, 
so as to insure perfect control of muscles. Learn to keep the knee- 
cap well drawn in. Shoulder blades and arms must keep free from 
any support. Use several books for the support of the neck, grad- 
ing the sizes of books in such a way that the smallest and narrowest 
book comes on top for the neck to rest upon. Use the same highth 
for the heels to rest upon. After some practice neck and heels may 
rest upon a set of wooden railings and lastly upon earthenware 
vessels as the Egyptians used them. As soon as the body feels firm, 
lift your arms, which until now hung beside the body. Be sure fists 
are properly clenched. As soon as arms stand perpendicular, slowly 
draw them higher as if attempting to pull them out of their sockets. 
This accomplished, move arms over-head, and until in a perfect 
horizontal line with the body. Now return arms to their perpendicu- 
lar position and lastly drop arms beside the body. The limbs too, 
but only one limb at a time may be raised into a perpendicular posi- 
tion; lastly alternating with one foot and one arm at a time. 
AFTERWORD. 
May perseverance and good judgement bring to you as many 
blessings as have been and are being showered upon the Faithful. 
O TOMAN ZAR-AD USHT. HEALTH AND BREATH CULTURE 
217 
5 >'